7 alee er ee seer weiner ate - f wy oe “ : “ ate ere - ee —<— a: seagrymen wees = oe » ~ a ee ‘ Ane oa , - — ~ aa eee * - teal = yee are - = ~ — - - ~ ” “ ~ oe - : Pre mo . ~ ~ . " - me = - a ~ - tied - eater ~- — “ - ~ MURR RUA AAA AAA AAA AATATAPATAVATATAVATALAVATATATAVATAVAVAVATATAVAVATATATATAYAVAVAVATAVAVAYAYAYAYAVAVAVAVAVAVAVAVALALALALALAVALAVAYVAYVAVAYAVAVAVAVLVAVAVAVAVLVLVZVZYL LATATATATATATATATATATATAVALALAIALAL, SYDNBY, MAY, 1899. RECEIVED from the ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES, the:; Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of N.S.W., Vol. XXXII., 1898. Name of Society or Recipient, {nn : Signature or Stamp. OLE. 22 tes A ee ae a ee ee ek LE aE ee eee : N.B.—You are respectfully requested to return this Receipt at your early convenience. If no acknowledgment be returned it will be taken as an intimation that you do not wish to receive any further Publications from this Society. Address: The Hon. Secretaries, Royal Society of N. S. Wales, 5 Elizabeth-street, Sydney, New South Wales. JOURNAL AND PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES FOR 139s. (INCORPORATED 1881.) pee me 4 xX Xl. EDITED BY THE HONORARY SECRETARIES. TdE AUTHORS OF PAPERS ARE ALONE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE STATEMENTS MADE AND THE OPINIONS EXPRESSED THEREIN, PUBLISHED BY THE SOCIETY, 5 ELIZABETH SfRE#T NORTH, SYDNEY. LONDON AGENTS: GEORGE ROBERTSON & Co., 17 WARWICK SQUARE, PATERNOSTER Row, Lonpon, E.C. 1898. $6 6,94Y NOTICE. THE Royat Society of New South Wales originated in 1821 as the “ Philosophical Society of Australasia”; after an interval of inactivity, it was resuscitated in 1850, under the name of the ** Australian Philosophical Society,” by which title it was known until 1856, when the name was changed to the “ Philosophical Society of New South Wales”; in 1866, by the sanction of Her Most Gracious Majesty the Queen, it assumed its present title, and was incorporated by Act of the Parliament of New South Wales in 1881. NOTICE TO AUTHORS. The Honorary Secretaries request that authors of papers requir- ing illustrations by zinco-type or photo-lithographic process, will, before preparing drawings, make application to the Assistant Secretary for patterns of the standard sizes of diagrams etc. to suit the Society’s Journal. NOTICE. The Society’s Journal for 1898, Vol. xxx11., has been forwarded to the same Societies and Institutions as enumerated on the printed list in Vol. xxx. (viz. 400), with the addition of the Field Columbian Museum, Chicago; Royal Society of Sciences and Belles Lettres, Gothenburg, and The Editor of Science Abstracts, London. It is requested that the volume may be acknowledged by returning the Form of Receipt (to be found stitched in the com- mencement of the volume) signed and dated in order that any * delay or mis delivery may be brought to notice. ERRATA. On page 205 “On the Pinenes of the oils of the genus Eucalyptus,” lines 14 and 16 from top, for “ terpene,” read “ terpin’’; line 15 from top for “terpenes,” read “‘terpins.” Page 73, footnote 1, for “ x111.” read ‘‘ XvIII.,”’ » . 48, line 7, for “ list,”’ read “‘ lists.”’ , 82, line 6, for “ pronounciation,” read “ pronunciation.” PUBLICATIONS. O Transactions of the Philosophical Society, N.S. W., 1862-5, pp. 374, out of print. Vol. I. Transactions of the Royal Society, N.S. W., 1867, pp. 83, 9 ” Il. ” ” 09 » » 1868, ,, 120, ” ” Til. ” » ” 9 ” 1869, ,, 173, ” ” IV. 9 9 29 ” ” 1870, ,, 106, ” ” We ” ” a 9 ” 1871, ,, 72, ” 9 VI. ” ” ” ” ” 1872, ,, 123, ” ” VIl. 9 99 9 9 9 1873, ,, 182, ” ” VIII. ” ” 9 ” » 1874, ,, 116, ” ” IX. 29 29 ” ” ” 1875, ,, 235, » a X. Journal and Proceedings Fn a 1876, ,, 333, HG ” XI. ” 29 ” ” ” 1877, ,, 805, a XII ss r Ae me 1878, ,, 324, price 10s.6d. a5 XIII AG a5 a as an 1879, ,, 255, ,, 10s. 6d. 50 XIV. “5 pies $5 - oa 1880, ,, 391, ,, 10s. 6d. » XV. 5 45 3 as 56 1881, ,, 440, ,, 10s. 6d. ” XVI. ” ” ” ” ” 1882, ,, 327, ,, 10s. 6d. eX VIEL: os AG 8 as an 1883, ,, 324, ,, 10s. 6d. » XVIII A Ss 4 Me es 1884, ,, 224, ,, 10s. 6d. ” XIX. 9 ” ” ” ” 1885, ,, 240, ,, 10s. 6d. ” XX. 29 2 9 ” ” 1886, ,, 396, ,, 10s. 6d. ” XXII. 2 ” 29 ” ” 1887, ,, 296, ,, 10s, 6d. oo @-40 8 aa [9 Ae +s ae 1888, ,, 390. ,, 10s. 6d. » XXIII a a An 9% An 1889, ,, 534, ,, 10s. 6d. » XXIV ” ” ” ” ” 1890, ,, 290, ,, 10s. 6d. » XXV. ” ” ” 2” ” 1891, ,, 348, ,, 10s. 6d. » AXVI, sO aA s 3 5 1892, ,, 426, ,, 10s. 6d. » XXVIII. 5 An ‘7 - Aa 1893, ,, 5380, ,, 10s. 6d. »XXVITT 33 A nA 5 ‘5 1894, ,, 368, ,, 10s. 6d. re OE re os on 5 Ae 1895, ,, 600, ,, 10s. 6d. iene 2: OG a0 “ a nA Pe 1896, ,, 568, ,, 10s. 6d. PK... cap ie 1897, 5, 626, ,, 10s. 6d. ROXIE . = 1 1898, ,, 476, ,, 10s. 6d. CONTENTS. VOLUME XXXII. OFFICERS FOR 1898-99 . List oF MEMBERS, &e. . ART. ART. ART. ART. ART. ART. ART. ART. ART. ART. ART. ART. ART. ART. ART. I.—PRESIDENT’S Apouahe. By Henty Dean, M.A., MU. Inst. C.E. II.—*‘Aeronautics.” By L. Hargrave 3 IiI.—Australian Divisional Systems. By R. He ‘Mathews, L.S. IV.—Artesian Waterin New South Wales. By J. W. Boultbee V.—On the “Stringybark” Trees of N.S. Wales, especially in regard to their Essential Oils. By R. T. Baker, F.u.s., Curator, and H. G. Smith, F.c.s., foo ROME! Museum, Sydney V1I.—Current Observations on EHS VGaladian® ‘Rudtlalin Route. By Capt. M. W. Campbell Hepworth, F. Rk. Met. soc., F.R.A.S., R.M.S. Aorangi. (Communicated by Mr. H. C. Russell, B.A., C.M.G., F.R.S.) : VII.—Water-spouts on the Coast of New South Wales. By H. C. Russell, B.a., c.M.G., F.R.S. (Plates ii. -1ix.)... VIII.--Some Physical Properties of Nickel Steel. By W. H. - Warren, Wh. 8c., M, Inst. C.E., M. Am. Soc. C.E., Challis Professor of Engineering, and S. H. Barraclough, M.M.E., Assoc. M. Inst. C.E., Lecturer in Engineering, University of Sydney JX.—Key to the Tribes and Genera of Welanoepermicn; (Olive-Green Seaweeds). By Richard A. Bastow, Fitzroy, Victoria. (Communicated by J. H. Maiden, F.u.s.) (Plate i.) X.—Etude sur les Dialectes de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Par Julien Bernier. (Communicated by C. Hedley, F.t.s.) XI.—On the Pinenes of the Oils of the Genus Eucalyptus, PartI. By Henry G. Smith, r.c.s., Technological Museum, Sydney... Bae XII.—Soaring Machines. “i L. Hararave .. XIII.—Native Vocabulary of Midceliancous New South Wales Objects. By Mr. Surveyor Larmer. (Communicated by Professor T. P. Anderson Stuart, m.p., by a of the Honourable the Secretary for Lands XIV.—Current Papers, No.3. By H.C. Russell, B.a., c.m.a. F.B.S. (Plates x., xi.) XV.—The Group Divisions and inutiation Gerenantes of the Barkunjee Tribes. By R. H. Mathews,u.s. (Plate xii.)... 104 120 132 150 169 173 195 209 223 230 241 (vi.) Art. XVI.—The Blue Pigment of Corals. By gece Liver- sidge, M.A., LL.D., F.B.S.. .. 206 Art, XVII.—Annual Address is the ‘Bawtheoting Seotion! By T. H. Houghton, Assoc. M. Inst. C.E., M. Inst. ME. .., iL, Art. XVIII.—The Narrow Gauge as applied to Branch Railways in N.S. Wales. By C.O. Burge, M. Inst. C.E. ras sink ORC Art. XIX.—Engineering Construction in doanaciion: with Rainfall. By J. I. Haycroft, M. Inst. C.E.1., assoc. M. Am. Soc.C.E. ... XXXIII. Art. XX.—Some Notes on a Wharf recently built in deep water at Dawes’ Point, Sydney, N.S. Wales. By Norman Selfe, M. Inst. C.E., &c. coe 6. LXIV. Art. XXI.—Notes on Hydraulic Borie Apparatus. By G. H. Halligan, c.E. ... . LXXII. Art. XXIJ.—Lighthouses in N, Ss. wales “By H. R. Cantata M. Inst. C.E, ... of LXXXII. Art. XXITII.—A ieee Mecuene fan pone Alieaacine Pee. By Professor Warren, Wh. Sc., M. Inst. C.E. aie ie eae CVIELE ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS ... : se ade sie ae Li PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENGINEERING SHON , ut ee 3 Ix. ProceEDINGs oF THE MEDIcAL SECTION ... aes Sai wey LXV. InpDEx To VoLumE XXXII. _... ae on Ae se (xxvii.) Aopal Pociety of Hey Pont ceXales. ee rem res E7Om 1898-99. Honorary President: HIS EXCELLENCY THE RIGHT HON. HENRY ROBERT VISCOUNT HAMPDEN. President: G. H. KNIBBS, F.R.a.s. Vice-Presidents: Pror. ANDERSON STUART, m.p. | Pror. T. W. E. DAVID, B.a., v.a.s. Pror. THRELFALL, m.a. HENRY DEANE, m.a.,M. Inst. C.E. Hon. Treasurer: H. G. A. WRIGHT, m.z.c.s. Eng., u.s.a. Lond. Hon. Secretaries: J. H. MAIDEN, F.us. | W.M. HAMLET, F.c.s., F.1.¢. Members of Council: Cc. O. BURGE, M. Inst. C.E. CHARLES MOORE, rt.u.s. E. B. DOCKER, m™.a., D.c.J. KE. F. PITTMAN, Assoc. B.S.M. J. W. GRIMSHAW, M. Inst. C.E. F. H. QUAIFE, m.a., mv. H. A. LENEHAN, F.z.a.s. H.C. RUSSELL, B.a., c.M.a., F.R.S. Prof. LIVERSIDGE,m.a.,uu.p.,F.R.s.| PRor. WARREN, M. Inst. C.E., Wh.Sc, Assistant Secretary: W.H. WEBB. FORM OF BEQUEST. #£ bequeath the sum of £ to the Roya Society oF New Soutu Watss, Incorporated by Act of the Parliament of New South Wales in 1881, and I declare that the receipt of the Treasurer for the time being of the said Corporation shall be an effectual discharge for the said Bequest, which I direct to be paid within calendar months after my decease, without any reduction whatsoever, whether on account of Legacy Duty thereon or otherwise, out of such part of my estate as may be lawfully applied for that purpose. [Those persons who feel disposed to benefit the Royal Society of New South Wales by Legacies are recommended to instruct their Solicitors to adopt the abore Form of Bequest. | TVAVATAVATATAVATATATATATATAYALAL LALA LALATALALALALAUALAVAUAUAUAUAUAVAUAUATACAVUAVATAVAUAVAVAVAVATATAVAVAVAVAVAVAVAVAVAVAVAVALAVAVATATATALALAVALATALATAVALATALATAVALAVALATAVAVAYALATAVALAVALAYALATALATAVALATALATATAYAVAYATAVATAVAYAVAVATAYAVAVAVATAVAYAVALAVAYATAVAYAVAYAVATAVAVAVAV AVAL NOTICE. Members are particularly requested to communicate any change of address to the Hon. Secretaries, for which purpose this slip is inserted. Correct Address: POS ee RSET EST SSSHSS SESE SSEEE SSS ESET FHT SEH HEEFT SHHSHH SHH HEH eae sees HFSOSHHHHOH SHR HOH HTH SOR SOHOOOE ee a ESE a dae a Se ska ca adoadlecea deciawcscdendawes AS @eteeeseseoeeeeeeeeenece e@eesee eee BOSS SS SES TSH ET Hee HTH HEHEHE H HSE FSS TETHER STH FST HSHHSHOH HOS ree TOHLSHSHHHHHHTHOHOHOTHHOHOH ETHOS OCH TES Lee o8O8Ee 0 LUEET oot 3 ee ee eaeseaca: oe3 ae ce 5 To the Hon. Secretaries, The Royal Society of N. 8. Wales, 5 Elizabeth Street, Sydney. LIST OF THE MEMBERS OF THE Mopal Society of Alety South Hales. P Members who have contributed papers which have been published in the Society’s. Transactions or Journal; papers published in the Transactions of the Philosophical Society are also included. The numerals indicate the number of such contributions. t Life Members. Elected. 1877 1877 1864 1895 1890 1885 | 1898 1877 1896 | bet (02) Ne) ny OD 4 Qo 1 “I tN Or P2| P3 P5 | Abbott, The Hon. Sir Joseph Palmer, Knt., K.c.M.G., M.L.A., | Speaker of the Legislative Assembly, Castlereagh-street. Abbott, W. E., ‘Abbotsford,’ Wingen. Adams, P. F., ‘ Casula,’ Liverpool. Adams, J. H. M., Atheneum Club, p.r. Broughton Cottage, St. James’ Road, Waverley. Allan, Percy, Assoc. M. Inst. C.E., Assoc. M. Am. Soe. C. F., Engineer-in- Charge of Bridge Design, Public Works Depart., Sydney. Allworth, Joseph Witter, District Surveyor, East Maitland. Alexander, Frank Lee, Cement Works, Druitt-street. Anderson, H. C. L., w.a., 161 Macquarie-street. ' Archer, Samuel, p.z. Roy. Univ. Ivrel., Resident Engineer, Roads and Bridges Office, Mudgee. Backhouse, Alfred P., m.a., District Court Judge, ‘ Melita,’ Elizabeth Bay. Baker, Richard Thomas, F.L.s., Curator, Technological Museum. {Balsille, George, Sandymount, Dunedin, New Zealand. Bancroft, T. L., u.s. Edin., Deception Bay, vid Burpengary, Brisbane, Queensland. Barff, H. E., u.a., Registrar, Sydney University. Barraclough, S. H., B.E., M.M.E., Assoc. M. Inst. c.E., Lecturer in Engineering, Sydney University; p.r. ‘Lansdown,’ 30 Bayswater Road, Darlinghurst. Bassett, W. F., u.rx.c.s. Eng., George-street, Bathurst. | Baxter, William Howe, Chief Surveyor Existing Lines Office, Railway Department; p.r. ‘ Hawerby,’ Carrington Avenue, Strathfield. Beale, Charles Griffin 109 Pitt-street and Warrigal Club. Belfield, Algernon H., ‘ Eversleigh,’ Dumaresq. Belisario, John, M.D., “Lyons? Terrace, Hyde Park. Benbow, Clement a 263 Elizabeth-street. Bensusan, 8 L., 14 O’Connell-street, Box 411 G.P.O. Bensusan, A. J., a.R.S.M., F.c.S., Laboratory, 12 O’Connell-st. fBlaxland, Walter, F.R.C.8S. Eng., u.R.c.P. Lond., Mount Barker, South Australia. | Blomfield, Charles E., 8 c.z. Melb., Water Conservation Brence! | Public Works Department, Sydney. (xii.) Elected 1879 tBond, Albert, 131 Bell’s Chambers, Pitt-street. 1897 Boucher, Arthur Sackville, ™. mst.c.z, Mining Engineer, Equitable Buildings. 1895 | P1| Boultbee, James W., Superintendent of Public Watering Places and Artesian Boring, Department of Mines and Agriculture. 1891 Bowman, Archer S.c.£., ‘ Turuwul,’ Redmyre Road, Burwood. 1893 Bowman, John, c.z., Tramway Construction Branch, Public Works Department. 1893 Bowman, Reginald, ™.B. et ch. M. Edin., 261 Elizabeth-street and George-street, Parramatta. 1876 Brady, Andrew John, Lic. K. & Q. Coll. Phys. Jrel., Lic. R. Coll. Sur. Irel., 3 Lyons’ Terrace, Hyde Park. 1891 Brennand, Henry J. W., 8.a., Bank of New South Wales, Haymarket Branch, City. 1878 {Brooks, Joseph, F.R.G.s., F.R.A.S., ‘ Hope Bank,’ Nelson-street, Woollahra. 1896 Brown, Alexander, Newcastle, 1876 Brown, Henry Joseph, Solicitor, Newcastle. 1891 Bruce, John Leck, Technical College, Sydney. 1898 Burfitt, W. Fitzmaurice, B.., B. sc, 1 Hereford-st., Glebe Point. 1891 | P3| Burge, Charles Ormsby, ™. Inst.c.z., Principal Assistant En- gineer, Railway Construction, ‘ Fitz Johns,’ Alfred-street N., North Sydney. 1890 Burne, Dr. Alfred, Dentist, 1 Lyons’ Terrace, Liverpool-st. 1880 Bush, Thomas James, Engineer’s Office, Australian Gas-Light Company, 163 Kent-street. 1876 Cadell, Alfred, Dalmorton. 1897 Callender. James Ormiston, Consulting Electrical Engineer, Equitable Buildings, George-street. 1894. Cameron, Alex. Mackenzie, Walgett. 1879 Campbell, Rev. Joseph, u.a., ¥.a.S., F.c.s., Te Aroha, Auckland, New Zealand. 1876 Cape, Alfred J., m.a. Syd., ‘ Karoola,’ Edgecliffe Road. 1897 Cardew, John Haydon, Assoc. M. Inst. C.E., L.8., 75 Pitt-street. 1894 | P1| Carleton, Henry R., m. Inst.c E., ‘Tarcoola,’ Nelson-st.Woollahra. 1891 Carment, David, F.1.a. Gt. Brit. & Irel., ¥.F.A. Scot., Australian Mutual Provident Society, 87 Pitt-street. 1879 | P1 |{Chard, J. S., Licensed Surveyor, Armidale. 1878 Chisholm, Edwin, m.R.c.s. Eng., u.s.a. Lond., 82 Darlinghurst Road. 1885 Chisholm, William, m.p. Lond., 139 Macquarie-street, North. 1888 Clubbe, C. P. B., u.R.c.P. Lond., M.R.c.s. Eng., 195 Macquarie-st. 1896 Cook, W. E., m.c.z. Melb. Univ., M. Inst. c.z., District Engineer, Water and Sewerage Department, North Sydney. 1876 Codrington, John Frederick, m.R.c.s. Eng., u.R.c.P. Lond., L.R.c.P. Hdin., ‘Holmsdale,’ Chatswood. 1893 Cohen, Algernon A., u.B., M.D. Aberd., M.R.c.S. Eng., 714 Dar- linghurst Road. 1886 Collingwood, David, m.p. Lond., F.R.c.s. Eng., ‘ Airedale,’ Summer Hill. 1878 Colquhoun, George, Crown Solicitor, ‘ Rossdhu,’ Belmore Road, Hurstville. Pil Pl P12 Pil (xiii.) Colyer, J. U. C., Australian Gas-Light Co., 163 Kent-street. Comrie, James, ‘ Northfield,’ Kurrajong Heights, via Richmond, Cornwell, Samuel, Australian Brewery, Bourke-st., Waterloo. Coutie, W. H., u.z., ch. B. Univ. Melb., ‘Warminster,’ Canterbury Road, Petersham. Cowdery, George R., Engineer for Tramways; p.r. ‘ Glencoe,’ Torrington Road, Strathfield. Cox, The Hon. George Henry, m.u.c., Mudgee: and Warrigal Club, 145 Macquarie-st. Crago, W. H., m.z.c.s. Eng., u.R.c.P. Lond., 16 College-street, Hyde Park. Creed, The Hon. J. Mildred, m.u.c., M.R.¢.s. Eng., L.R.c.P. Hdin., 195 Elizabeth-street. Croudace, Thomas, Lambton. Curran, Rev. J. Me Lecturer in Geology, Technical College, Sydney. Dangar, Fred. H., c/o Messrs. Dangar, Gedye, & Co., Mer. cantile Bank Chambers, Margaret-street. Dare, Henry Harvey, ™E., Assoc, M. Inst. C.E., Roads and Bridges Branch, Public Works Department. Darley, Cecil West, M. Inst. c.E., Engineer-in-Chief, Public Works Department. Darley, The Hon. Sir Frederick, x.c.u.a., B.A., Chief Justice, Supreme Court. David, T. W. Edgeworth, B.a., F.a.s., Professor of Geology and Physical Geography, Sydney University, Glebe. Vice- President. Dean, Alexander, J.p., 42 Castlereagh-street, Box 409 G.P.O. Deane, Henry, M.A., M. Inst. C.E., Engineer-in-Chief for Railways, Railway Construction Branch, Pnblic Works Department, p-r. ‘Blanerne, Wybalena Road, Hunter’s Hill. Vice- President. Deck, John Feild, m.p. Univ. St. And , u.R.c.p. Lond., M.R.C.s. Eng., Ashfield. Dick, James Adam, B.A. Syd., m.D., c.m. Hdin., * Catfoss,’ Belmore-road, Randwick. Dixson, Thomas, u.B. Hdin., Mast. Surg. Edin., 287 Elizabeth- street, Hyde Park. Dixon, W. A., F.c.s., Fellow of the Institute of Chemistry of Great Britain and Ireland, 97 Pitt-street. Docker, Wilfred L., ‘Nyrambla,’ Darlinghurst Road. Docker, Ernest B., u.a. Syd., District Court Judge, ‘Carhullen,’ Gradville. Du Faur, E., F.R.G.S., Exchange Buildings, Pitt-street. Edgell, Robert Gordon, Roads and Bridges Office, Wollombi. Edwards, George Rixon, Resident Engineer, Roads and Bridges Branch, Coonamble. Eichler, Charles F., u.v. Heidelberg, m.R.c.s. Eng., 44. Bridge-st. Elwell, Paul B., M. Inst. C.E., M.LE.E. &., Australian Club. Elected 1879 1876 | 1881 1892 1896 1877 1896 1868 1887 1889 1897 1881 1891 1891 1888 1894 1879 1881 1881 1889 1876 1879 1896 1891 1876 1883 1859 1896 1897 "1886 P4 P 4 (xiv.) Etheridge, Robert Junr., Curator, Australian Museum. - Evans, George, Fitz Evan Chambers, Castlereagh-street. Evans, Thomas, m.r.c.s. Hng., 211 Macquarie-street, North. Everett, W. Frank, Roads and Bridges Office, Muswellbrook. Fairfax, Charles Burton, 8S. M. Herald Office, Hunter-street. {Fairfax, Edward Ross, 8. M. Herald Office, Hunter-street. Fairfax, Geoffrey E., S. M. Herald Office, Hunter-street. Fairfax, Sir James R., Knt., S. M. Herald Office. Hunter-st. Faithfull, R. L., m.p. New York (Coll. Phys. & Surg.) L.R.c.P., L.s.A. Lond., 18 Wylde-street. Farr, Joshua J., J.p., ‘ Cora Lynn,’ Addison Rd., Marrickville. Fell, David, Public Accountant, Equitable Buildings, George- street. Fiaschi, Thos., M.D., M.ch. Univ. Pisa, 149 Macquarie-street. Firth, Thomas Rhodes, ™. mst. c.x., Engineer-in-Chief, Existing © Lines, p.r. ‘Glenevin,’ Arncliffe. Fitzgerald, Robert D., o.u., Roads and Bridges Branch, Department of Public Works, Sydney; p.r. Alexandra-st., Hunter’s Hill. Fitzhardinge, Grantly Hyde, u.a. Syd., District Court Judge, ‘Nunda,’ Birch Grove, Balmain. Fitz Nead, A. Churchill, E. 8. & A. Bank, Ltd., Walker-street, North Sydney. ftForeman, Joseph, m.R.c.s. Eng., L.R.c.P. Hdin., 215 Macquarie- street. Foster, The Hon. W. J., Q.c., ‘Thurnby,’ Enmore Road, Newtown. Furber, T. F., Surveyor General’s Office, ‘Tennyson House,’ 145 Victoria-street. Gale, Walter Frederick, F.8.4.S., Mem. A.S.P. &B.4.A., Savings’ Bank of New South Wales, Newcastle. George, W. R.. 318 George-street. Gerard, Francis, c/o Messrs. Du Faur & Gerard, Box 690 G.P.O. Gibson, Frederick William, District Court Judge, ‘Grasmere,’ Stanmore Road. Gill, Robert J., Public Works Department, Moruya. Gipps, F. B., c.z., ‘Elmly, Mordialloc, Victoria. Goode, W. H., m.a..mp.,ch.m. Diplomate in State Medicine Dub.; Surgeon Royal Navy; Corres. Mem. Royal Dublin Society; Mem. Brit. Med. Assoc.; Lecturer on Medical Jurisprudence, University of Sydney, 159 Macquarie-st. Goodlet, John H., ‘Canterbury House,’ Ashfield. Gollin, Walter J., ‘Winslow,’ Darling Point. Gould, Albert John, 3.p., Exchange, Bridge-street, p.r. 69 - Roslyn Gardens. Graham, James, M.A., M.D., M.B.,¢C.M. Hdin., M.L.A., 183 Liver- pool-street. Elected 1891 1898 1877 1891 1884 | Pi Pl (xv.) Grimshaw, James Walter, M. Inst. C.E., M. I. Mech. E., &., Australian Club, Sydney. Gurney, Elliott Henry, ‘ Glenavon,’ Albert-st , Petersham. Gurney, T. T.,u.a. Cantab., Professor of Mathematics, Sydney University; p.r. ‘ Clavering,’ French’s Forest Road, Manly. Guthrie, Frederick B., F.c.s., Department of Agriculture, Sydney; p.r. ‘ Westella,’ Wonga-street, Burwood. Halligan, Gerald H., c.s., ‘ Riversleigh,’ Hunter’s Hill. Halloran, Henry Ferdinand, L.s., Scott’s Chambers, 94 Pitt-st. Hamlet, William M., F.c.s., F.1.c:, Member of the Society of Public Analysts; Government Analyst, Health Depart- ment, Macquarie-street North. Hon. Secretary. Hankins, George Thomas, m.z.¢.s. Eng., ‘St. Ronans,’ Allison Road, Randwick. tHarris, John, ‘ Bulwarra,’ Jones-street. Ultimo. P 17\fHargrave, Lawrence, J.2., Stanwell Park, Clifton. Pl bet | P2 Haswell, William Aitcheson, M.A., D. Sc, F.R.S., Professor of Zoolology and Comparative Anatomy, University, Sydney; p-r. St. Vigeans, Darling Point. Hay, Alexander, Coolangatta, N.S.W. and Australian Club. Haycroft, James Isaac, u.z. Queen’s Univ. Irel., Assoc. M. Inst. C.E., Assoc. M. Can. Soc. C.E., Assoc. M. Am. Soc. C.E., M.M. & C.E., M. Inst. C.E.I., L.S., ‘Fontenoy,’ Ocean-street, Woollahra. Hedley, Charles, F.u.s., Assistant in Zoology, Australian Museum, Sydney. : Henson, Joshua B., c.z., Hunter District Water Supply and Sewerage Board, Newcastle. Hickson, Robert R. P., M.mst.cz., Under Secretary, Public Works Department, p.r. ‘The Pines,’ Bondi. Hirst, George D., 377 George-street. Hinder, Henry Critchley, m.z., c.m. Syd., Elizabeth-st.,Ashfield. Hood, Alexander Jarvie, m.B., Mast. Surg. Glas., 219 Mac- quarie-street, City. Hodgson, Charles George, 157 Macquarie-street. Houghton, Thos. Harry, M. mst. 0.5, M.I. Mech. E., 12 Spring-street. Houison, Andrew, B.A., M.B., c.M. Edin., 47 Phillip-street. How, William F., M. Inst.c.E., M. I. Mech. E., Wh.Sc, Mutual Life Buildings, George-street. Hume, J. K., ‘ Beulah,’ Campbelltown. Hunt, Henry A., F.R. Met. Soc., Second Meteorological Assistant, Sydney Observatory. Hutchinson, William, M. mst.c.z., Supervising Engineer, Rail- way Construction Branch, Public Works Department, Bogan Gate. Jamieson, Sydney, B.A., M.B., M.R.C.S., L.B.C.P., 157 Liverpool- street, Hyde Park. Jenkins, Edward Johnstone, M.A., M.D. Oxon., M.R.C.P., M.R.C.S. L.S.A. Lond., 213 Macquarie-street, North. (xvi.) Elected 1887 Jones, George Mander, m.z.c.s. Hng., L.R.c.P. Lond., ‘ Viwa,’ Burlington Road, Homebush. 1879 Jones, Jobn Trevor, c.8., ‘Tremayne,’ North Shore. 1884 Jones, Llewellyn Charles Russell, u.u.a., Solicitor, Sydney Chambers, 130 Pitt-street. 1867 Jones, P. Sydney, u.p. Lond., F.R.¢.s. Eng., 16 College-street, Hyde Park, p.r. ‘ Llandilo,’ Boulevard, Strathfield. 1876 Jones, Richard Theophilus, m.p. Syd., u.n.c.P. Hdin., ‘ Caer Idris,’ Ashfield. 1875 | P2| Josephson, J. Percy, Assoc. M. Inst. 0.E., ‘ Moppity,’ George-street, Dulwich Hill. 1878 Joubert, Numa, Hunter’s Hill. 1883 Kater, The Hon. H. E., m.t.c., ‘ Cheverells,’ Elizabeth Bay Rd. 1873 Keele, Thomas William, ™. Inst. c.z., District Engineer, Harbours and Rivers Department, Ballina, Richmond River. 1877 Keep, John, Broughton Hall, Leichhardt. 1894. Kelly, Walter MacDonnell, L.R.c.P., L.R.c.s. Hdin., L.F.P.S. Glas., 265 Elizabeth-street. é 1887 Kent, Harry C., Bell’s Chambers, 129 Pitt-street. 1898 Kerry, Charles H., 310 George-street. 1892 | P2| Kiddle, Hugh Charles, F. R. Met. Soc, Public School, Seven Oaks, Smithtown, Macleay River. 1891 King, Christopher Watkins, Assoc. M. Inst.c.E, LS, Roads and Bridges Branch, Public Works Department, Sydney. 1874, King, The Hon. Philip G., u.u.c., ‘ Banksia,’ William-street, Double Bay. 1896 King, Kelso, ‘Glenhurst,’ Darling Point. 1892 Kirkcaldie, David, Commissioner, New South Wales Govern- ment Railways, Sydney. 1878 Knages, Samuel T., u.p. Aberdeen, ¥.R.c.s. Irel., 5 Lyons’ Terrace, Hyde Park. 1881 | P 7 | Knibbs, G. H., F.z.a.s., Lecturer in Surveying, University of Sydney; p.r. ‘Avoca House,’ Denison Road, Petersham. President. 1877 Knox, Edward W., J.p., ‘ Rona,’ Bellevue Hill, Rose Bay. 1875 Knox, The Hon. Sir Edward, Knt., u.u.c., ‘ Fiona,’ New South Head Road, Woollahra. 1878 Kynedon, F. B., r.n.u.s. Lond., Deanery Cottage, Bowral. 1874 Lenehan, Henry Alfred, F.R.a.s., Sydney Observatory. 1883 Lingen, J. T., w.a. Cantab., 167 Phillip-street. 1872 |P 48] Liversidge, Archibald, m.a. Cantab., Lu.D., F.R.S.; Assoc. Roy. Sch. Mines, Lond.; F.c.s., F.G.S., F.B.G.S.; Fel. Inst. Chem. of Gt. Brit. and Irel.; Hon. Fel. Roy. Historical Soc. Lond.; Mem. Phy. Soc., Lond; Mineralogical Society, Lond.; Edin. Geol. Soc.; Mineralogical Society, France; Cor. Mem. Edin. Geol. Soc.; Roy. Soc., Tas.; Roy. Soc., Queensland; Senckenberg Institute, Frankfurt; Society d’ Acclimat., Mauritius; Hon. Mem. Roy. Soc., Vict.; N. Z. Institute ; K. Leop. Carol. Acad., Halle a/s; Professor of Chemistry in the University of Sydney, The University, Glebe; p.r. ‘The Octagon,’ St. Mark’s Road, Darling Point. Elected 1881 1878 1897 1887 1892 1884. 1887 | 1874 1892 1897 1878 1868 ; 1877. 1891 1893 | 1876 1872 1876 _MacDonnell, William J., F.R.a.s., c/o Mr. W. C. (xvii.) Lloyd, Lancelot T., ‘ Eurotah,’ William-street, Hast. Low, Hamilton, 32 Cavendish-street, Petersham. Low, John S., Business Manager, The United Australian Exploration, Ltd., Equitable Buildings, George-street, Box 474 G.P.O., Sydney. MacAllister, John F., m.s., B.s. Melb., ‘ Ewhurst,’ Stanmore Road, Stanmore. MacCarthy, Charles W., m.p., F.R.c.s. Irel., 223 Elizabeth- street, Hyde Park. MacCormick, Alexander, m.p., c.m. Edin., M.R.c.Ss. Eng., 125 Macquarie-street, North. MacCulloch, Stanhope H., m.s., c.m. Edin., 24 College-street. M‘Cutcheon, John Warner, Assayer to the Sydney Branch of the Royal Mint. McDonagh, John M., B.a., w.D., M.R.c.P. Lond., F.B.¢.8. Irel., 173 Macquarie-street, North. MacDonald, C. A., c.£., 68 Pitt-street. MacDonald, Ebenezer, J.p., ‘ Kamilaroi,’ Darling Point. Goddard, Norwich Chambers, Hunter-street. | MacDonnell, Samuel, 12 Pitt-street. ~McDouall, Herbert Crichton, m.R.c.s. Eng., u.R.c.P. Lond., Hospital for Insane, Newcastle. McKay, William J. Stewart, B. sc. m.B., ch. M., Cambridge-street, Stanmore. | Mackellar, The Hon. Charles Kinnaird, m.u:c., M.B.,¢.M. Glas., 183 Liverpool-street, Hyde Park ; p.r. ‘ Dunara,’ Rose Bay. Mackenzie, John, ¥F.a s., Atheneum Club, Sydney. _Mackenzie, Rev. P. F., The Manse, Johnston-st., Annandale. 1880 P35) M‘Kinney, Hugh Giffin, u.z. Roy. Univ. Irel., M. mst. c.z., Chief Engineer for Water Conservation, Athenzum Club, Castle- reagh-street. MacLaurin, The Hon. Henry Norman, w.L.c., M.A., M.D. Edin., L.R.C.S. Hdin., tu.D. Univ. St. Andrews, 155 Macquarie-st. McMillan, William, ‘St. Kilda,’ Allison-st., Randwick. Madsen, Hans. F., ‘ Hesselmed House,’ Queen-st., Newtown. Maiden, J. Henry, r.u.s., Corr. Memb. Pharm. Soc. Gt. Brit.; Hon. Memb. Royal Netherlands Soc. (Haarlem); of the Philadelphia Coll. of Pharmacy ; of the Royal Soc. of 8.A.; of the Mueller Botanic Soc. of W.A.; Director, Botanic Gardens, Sydney. Hon. Secretary. | Maitland. Duncan Mearns, District Surveyor, Armidale. Manfred, Edmund C., Montague-street, Goulburn. Mann, John F., ‘ Kerepunu,’ Neutral Bay. Manning, Frederic Norton, u.p. Univ. St. And., M.R.c.s. Eng., L.s.A. Lond., Hunter’s Hill. Mansfield, G. Allen, Martin Chambers, Moore-street. Marden, John, B.A., M.A., LL.B Univ. Melb., uu.p. Univ. Syd., Principal, Presbyterian Ladies’ College, Sydney. Mathews, Robert Hamilton, u.s., Cor. Mem. Anthrop. Inst. Gt. Brit. and Irel.; Cor. Mem. Anthrop. Soc., Washington, U.S.A.; Cor. Mem. Roy. Geogr. Soc. Aust., Queensland, ‘Carcuron,’ Hassall-street, Parramatta. lected 1888 1896 | P3 1887 1873 1882 1889 1892 1856 | 1879 1875 1877 1882 1877 1879 1888 1887 1898 1876 1893 1890 1891 1873 1893 1878 1888 1896 1875 1883 1891 1893 P3 P7 laa (Xviil. ) Megginson, A. M., u.s., c.m. Edin., 243 Elizabeth-street. Merfield, Charles J., F.R.4 s., Railway Construction Branch, Public Works Department, p.r. ‘ Branville,’ Green Bank- street, Marrickville. Miles, George E., u.R.c.p. Lond., M.R.c.s. Eng., The Hospital, Rydalmere, Near Parramatta. Milford, F., m.p., Heidelberg, m.x.c.s. Eng., 231 Elizabeth-st. Milson, James, ‘Elamang,’ North Shore. Mingaye, John C. H., F.c.s., M.A.I.m.E., Assayer and Analyst to the Department of Mines, Sydney. Mollison, James Smith, M. mst.c.z, Roads, Bridges and Sewerage Branch, Department of Public Works, Sydney. Moore, Charles, F.u.s., Australian Club, p.r. 4 Queen-street, Woollahra. Moore, Frederick H., Illawarra Coal Co., Gresham-street. Moir, James, 58 Margaret-street. Morris, William, Fel. Fac. Phys. and Surg. Glas., F.R.M.S. Lond., 5 Bligh-street. Moss, Sydney, * Kaloola,’ Kiribilli Point, North Shore. tMullens, Josiah, F.R.a.s., ‘ Tenilba,’ Burwood. Mullins, John Francis Lane, m.a. Syd., ‘ Killountan,’ Challis Avenue, Pott’s Point. Mullins, George Lane, mu.a., u.p. Trin. Coll. Dub., uv. Syd., F.R.M.8S. Lond., No. 293 Elizabeth-street. Munro, William John, .B.,c.m. Edin., u.r.c.s. Eug., c/o Miss Munro, ‘Chester,’ Stanmore. Murray, Lee, m.c.z. Melb., 65 Pitt-street. Myles, Charles Henry, ‘ Dingadee,’ Burwood. Nangle, James, Architect, Australia-street, Newtown. Neill, Leopold Edward Flood, ™.s.,ch.m. Univ. Syd., No. 3, Bayswater Houses, Double Bay. Noble, Ewald George, 60 Louisa Road, Longnose Point, Balmain. Norton, The Hon. James, m.i.c., LL.D., Solicitor, 2 O’Connell- street, p.r. ‘Ecclesbourne,’ Double Bay. Noyes, Edward, c.£., ‘ Waima,’ Wentworth Road, Point Piper, Sydney. Ogilvy, James L., Melbourne Club, Melbourne. O’Neill, G. Lamb, u.s., o.m. Edin., 291 Elizabeth-street. Onslow, Lt. Gol. James William Macarthur, Camden Park, Menangle. O’Reilly, W. W. J., «.p.,m.ch. Q. Univ. Irel., u.R.c.8. Eng., 197 Liverpool-street. Osborne, Ben. M., s.P., ‘ Hopewood,’ Bowral. Osborn, A. F., Assoc. M. Inst. C.E., Public Works Department, Cowra. Owen, Captain Percy Thomas, Victoria Barracks, and Aus- tralian Club. Elected 1883 1878 1877 1877 1876 1879 1881 1890 1879 1887 1891 1896 1882 1897 1893 1876 1865 1868 1888 1881 1870 1893 1885 1897 1892 1884 1895 1895 1882 P4 Soa P3 | Sg) 1a | (X1x.) a Palmer, Joseph, 133 Pitt-st, p.r. Kenneth-st., Willoughby. Paterson, Hugh, 197 Liverpool-street, Hyde Park. Pedley, Perceval R., 227 Macquarie-street. Perkins, Henry A., ‘ Barangah,’ Coventry Road, Homebush. Pickburn, Thomas, m.p., c.m. Aberdeen, M.R.c.s. Eng., 22 College-street. Pittman, Edward F., Assoc. R.8.M., LS, Government Geologist, Department of Mines. Poate, Frederick, District Surveyor, Tamworth. Pockley, Francis Antill, M.B.M.ch., Univ. Hdin., M.8.¢.8. Eng., 227 Macquarie-street. Pockley, Thomas F. G., Commercial Bank, Singleton. Pollock, James Arthur, B.z. Roy. Univ. Irel., B.Sc. Syd., Demonstrator in Physics, Sydney University. Poole, William Junr., Assoc. M. Inst.C.E., 87 Pitt-street, Redfern. Pope, Roland James, M.D., ¢.M., F.R.c.s. Hdin., Ophthalmic Surgeon, 235 Macquarie-street. Porter, Donald A., Tamworth. Portus, A. B., Assoc. M.Inst.C.E., Superintendent of Dredges, Public Works Department. Purser, Cecil, B.A., M.B., Ch.M. Syd., ‘ Valdemar,’ Boulevard, Petersham. Quaife, Frederick H., m.a., u.p., Master of Surgery Glas,, ‘Hughenden,’ 19 Queen-street, Woollahra. ‘Ramsay, Edward P., tu.p. Univ. St. And., F.R.S.E., F.LS., Petersham. Reading, H., Mem. Odont. Soc. Lond., Elizabeth-street, Hyde Park, p.r. Fullerton-street, Woollahra. Reading, Richard Fairfax, u.R.c.s. Eng., L.R.c.P. Lond., L.D.8. Eng., 151 Macquarie-street. Rennie, Edward H., m.a. Syd., D. Sc. Lond., Professor of Chemistry, University, Adelaide. Renwick, The Hon. Sir Arthur, m.u.c., B.A. Syd., M.D., F.R.C.S. Edin., 295 Elizabeth-street. Roberts, W. S. de Lisle, c.z., Sewerage Branch, Public Works Department, Phillip-street. Rolleston, John C., c.z., Harbours and Rivers Branch, Public Works Department. Ronaldson, James Henry, Mining Engineer, 32 Macleay-st., Pott’s Point. Rossbach, William, Assoc. M. Inst. C.E., Chief Draftsman, Harbours and Rivers Branch, Public Works Department. Ross, Chisholm, mu.p. Syd., u.B., c.m. Hdin., Hospital for the Insane, Kenmore, Near Goulburn. Ross, Colin John, B.Sc, B.E., Assoc. M. Inst.C.E, Borough Engineer, Town Hall, North Sydney. Ross, Herbert E., Consulting Mining Engineer, Equitable Buildings, George-street. Orne, W.4H., Colonial Sugar Co., O’Connell-st., and Union Club. ~&e (xx.) Elected 1894 Rowney, George Henry, Assoc. M. Inst.C.E.. Water and Sewerage Board, Pitt-street; p.r. ‘Maryville,’ Ben Boyd Road, Neutral Bay. 1864 |P 63} Russell, Henry C., B.a. Syd., C.M.G., F.R.S., F.R.A.S., F.R. Met. Soc, Hon. Memb. Roy. Soc., South Australia, Government Astronomer, Sydney Observatory. 1897 Russell, Harry Ambrose, B.A., Solicitor, c/o Messrs. Sly and Russell, 379b George-street; p.r.‘Mahuru,’ Milton-street, Ashfield. 1883 Rygate, Philip W., u.a., B.E. Syd., 98 Pitt-street. 1892 | P1 | Schofield, James Alexander, F.c.s., A.R.S.M., University, Sydney 1856 | P1 |tScott, Rev. William, mu.a. Cantab., Kurrajong Heights. 1886 Scott, Walter, m.a. Oxon., Professor of Greek, University, Sydney. 1877 | P2 | Selfe, Norman, M. Inst. C.E., M.I. Mech. E., Victoria Chambers, 279 George-street. 1890 | P1 | Sellors, R. P., p.a. Syd., F.R.A.S., Sydney Observatory. 1891 Shaw, Percy William, Assoc. M. Inst, C.E., Resident Engineer for Tramway Construction; p.r. ‘ Leswell,’ Torrington Road, Strathfield. 1883 | P38! Shellshear, Walter, M.Inst.c.E., Divisional Engineer, Railway Department, Goulburn. 1879 Shepard, A. D., Box 728 G.P.O. Sydney. 1882 Shewen, Alfred, m.p. Univ. Lond., m.n.c.s. Eng., 6 Lyons’ Terrace, Hyde Park. 1894. Simpson, Benjamin Crispin, M. Inst. C.E., 113 Phillip-street. 1882 | . Sinclair, Eric, u.p., c.m. Univ. Glas., Hospital for the Insane, Gladesville. 1893 Sinclair, Russell, M.1. Mech.E. &c., Consulting Engineer, 97 Pitt-st. 1884. Skirving, Robert Scot, m.s., c.m. Hdin., Elizabeth-street, Hyde Park. 1891 | P1 | Smail, J. M., M. Inst. c.E., Chief Engineer, Metropolitan Board of Water Supply and Sewerage, 341 Pitt-street. 1893 |P 16| Smith, Henry G., r.c.s., Technological Museum, Sydney. 1874 | P1 |{Smith, John McGarvie, Denison-street, Woollahra. 1875 Smith, Robert, u.a. Syd., Marlborough Chambers, 2 O’Connell- street. 1898 Smith, S. Hague, Manager N. Z. Fire and Marine Insurance Co., 81 Pitt-street. 1886 Smith, Walter Alexander, M. Inst. C.E., Roads, Bridges and Sewerage Branch, Public Works Department, N. Sydney. 1896 Smyth, Selwood, Harbours and Rivers Branch, Public Works Departmert. 1896 Spencer, Walter, m.p. Brua., 13 Edgeware Road, Enmore. 1892 | P1 | Statham, Edwyn Joseph, Assoc. M. Inst. C.E., ‘ Fenella,’ Frederick- street, Rockdale. 1882 Steel, John, L.R.c.P., L.B.c.s. Edin., Ch.M.BS. Univ. Melb., 3 Lyons’ Terrace, Hyde Park. 1889 Stephen, Arthur Winbourn, t.s., 86 Pitt-street. 1879 {Stephen, The Hon. Septimus A., m.u.c., 12—14 O’Connell-st. 1891 Stilwell, A.W., Assoe. M. Inst. C.E., ‘Oakstead,’ Russell-st., Bathurst Elected 1883 1892 1876 1893 1861 1896 1896 1878 1879 1875 1885 1896 1898 1892 1886 1888 1876 1896 1894 1876 1894 1873 1879 1877 1883 1884 1896 1890 1892 1896 1876 (xxi.) P3_, Stuart, T. P. Anderson, m.p. Univ. Edin., Professor of Physi- ology, University of Sydney; p.r. ‘ Lincluden,’ Fairfax Road, Double Bay. Vice-President. Sturt, Clifton, u.R.c.P. L.8.¢.8. Edin., u.F.P.s. Glas., ‘Wistaria,’ Bulli. P1/| Suttor, The Hon. W. H., m.u.c., 3 Albert-street, Woollahra. tTaylor, James, B.So, A.R.S.M., Government Metallurgist, Adderton Road, Dundas. P 19| Tebbutt, John, F.g.A.s., Private Observatory, The Peninsula, Windsor, New South Wales. . Thom, James Campbell, Solicitor for Railways, p.r. ‘Camelot,’ Forest Road, Bexley. Thom, John Stuart, Solicitor, Atheneum Chambers, 11 Castle- reagh-street ; p.r. Wollongong Road, Arncliffe. Thomas, F. J., Hunter River N.S.N. Co., Sussex:street. Thomson, Dugald, u.u.a., ‘ Wyreepi,’ Milson’s Point. Thompson, Joseph, 159 Brougham-street, Woolloomooloo. P2 | Thompson, John Ashburton, m.pD. Bruz., D.P.H. Camb., M.B.C.s. Eng., Health Department, Macquarie-street. Thompson, Capt. A. J. Onslow, Camden Park, Menangle. Thow, Sydney, 24 Bond-street. Thow, William, M. Inst.C.E., M.I. Mech. E., Locomotive Department, Eveleigh. P45 Threlfall, Richard, m.a. Cantab., Professor of Physics, Uni- versity of Sydney. Vice-President. Thring, Edward T., F.x.c.s. Eng., L.B.c.P. Lond., 225 Macquarie- street. Tibbits, Walter Hugh, u.x.c.s. Eng., Gunning. Tickle, Arthur H., ‘Adderton,’ Fullerton-street, Woollahra. Tidswell, Frank, M.B., M. Ch. D.P.H., ‘ Nugal Lodge,’ Milford-st., Randwick. Toohey, The Hon. J. T., m.u.c., ‘ Moira,’ Burwood. Tooth, Arthur W., Australian Club, Bent-street. P 1 | Trebeck, Prosper N., s.p., 2 O’Connell-street. Trebeck, P. C., 2 O’Connell-street. tTucker, G. A., Ph.D., c/o Perpetual Trustee Co., 2 Spring-st. Vause, Arthur John, u.B., c.m. Edin.,‘ Bay View House,’ Tempe. Verde, Capitaine Felice, Ing. Cav,, vid Fazio 2, Spezia, Italy. Verdon, Arthur, Australian Club. Vicars, James, M.C.E., Assoc. M. Inst. C.E., City Surveyor, Adelaide. Vickery, George B., 78 Pitt-street. Vivian, Walter Hussey, Stock and Share Broker, 100 Pitt-st., p-r. ‘ The Ch4let, Manly. Voss, Houlton H., J.p., c/o Perpetual Trustee Company, 2 Spring-street. (xxXl.) Elected 1898 Wade, Leslie A. B., c.z., Department of Public Works. s 1879 Walker, H. O., Commercial Union Assurance Co., Pitt-street. 1891 Walsh, Henry Deane, B.E., T.c. Dub., M. Inst. C.E., ‘Supervising Engineer, Harbours and Bivers Department, Newcastle. 1896 Walsh, C. R., Prothonotary, Supreme Court. i 1895 Ward, Thomas Wenman, 271 Bourke-street. it 1891 Ward, Thomas William Chapman, B.A., B.c.E. Syd., ‘ Birkdale,’ 26 Mansfield-street, Glebe Point. 1898 Wark, William, 9 Macquarie Place; p.r. Kurrajong Heights. 1877 Warren, ayaa Edward, B.A., M.D., M. Ch., Queen’s University Trel.. u.D. Syd,, 263 Elizabeth- street, Sydney. 1883 | P9 | Warren, W. H., wh Sc.,M. Inst.C.£., Professor of Engineering, University of Sydney. 1876 ; Watkins, John Leo, B.a. Cantab., m.a. Syd., Parliamentary Draftsman, Attorney General’s Department, 5 Richmond Terrace, Domain. , 1876 Watson, C. Russell, m.rc.s. Hng., ‘Woodbine,’ Erskineville Road, Newtown. 1859 Watt, Charles, Parramatta. - 1897 Webb, Fredk. William, c.m.c., 5.p., Clerk of the Legislative Assembly; p.r. ‘ Livadia,’ @handes street, Ashfield. - 1866 Webster, A. S., c/o Permanent Trustee Co., 16 O’Connell-st. 1892 Webster, James Philip, Assoc. M. Inst. CE. LS. New Tewtanel. Borough Engineer, Town Hall, Marrickville. 1867 Weigall, Albert Bythesea, B.a. Oxon., m.a. Syd., Head Master, Sydney Grammar School, College-street. 1881 tWesley, W. H. : 1878 Westgarth, G. C., Bond-street ; p.r. 52 Elizabeth Bay Road. - 1879 tWhitfeld, Lewis, M.A. Syd., ‘Oaklands,’ Edgecliffe Road. 1892 “White, Harold Pogson, Assistant Assayer and Analyst, Dept. of Mines; p.r. ‘Chester,’ Station-street, Auburn. 1877 tWhite, Rev. Ww. Moore, A.M., LL.D., T.C.D. 1874: "White, Rev. James S., M.a., LL.D. Syd., ‘Gowrie,’ Singleton. © 1888 White, The Hon. Rovert Hoddle Driberg, m.u.c., Union Club; p.r. ‘ Tahlee,’ Port Stephens. ae. 1898 Wildridge, John, M.1. Mech. E,, &., 97 Pitt-street. é ‘his 1878 Wilkinson, Rew. Samuel, “ Regent House,’ Regent-strect, Petersham. 1883 | . | Wilkinson, W. Camac, m.p. Lond., M.R.C.P. biti, M.R.C.S. Eng. sn : 207 Macquarie-street. 1876 Willams, Percy Edward, Department of edits pr. ‘ "+ Eyehlene Drummoyne-street, Hunter’s Hill. 1878 Wilshire, James Thompson, F.L.-S., F.R.H.S., J.P., ‘ Co off Ranger’s Road, Shell Cove, Neutral Bay. 1879 Wilshire, F. R., p.m., Penrith. 1891 | * | Wilson, Robere Arehipalan M.D. Glas., Mast. Surg. Glas., a4 Booth-street, Balmain. 1890; =| ‘Wilson, James T., u.p., Mast. Surg. Univ. Edin., Professor of Anatomy, University of Sydney. 1873 | ~ | Wood, Harrie, 3.P., 10 Bligh-st.; p.r. 54 Darkagharet Road. 1891 Wood, Percy Moore, L:R.C.P. Lond., M.R.C.8. Hing., ‘ Rede) ~ -.} = F< Liverpool Road, Ashfield. 1876 | P1 | Woolrych, F. B. W., ‘ Verner,’ Grosvenor-street, Croydon. 1872 Wright, Horatio G. A ,M.R.c s. Eng., L.s.A. Lond., 4 York-st., Wynyard Square. Hon. Treasurer. 1893 Wright, John, c.z., Toxteth-street, Glebe Point. Elected 1879 1886 | P3 (XX1l1. ) Young, John, ‘ Kentville,’ Johnston-street, Leichhardt. HonorARyY MEMBERS. Limited to Twenty. M.—Recipients of the Clarke Medal. Agnew, Sir James, K.c.u.G., M.D., Hon. Secretary, Royal Society of Tasmania, Hobart. Bernays, Lewis A., ¢.u.G., F.L.S., Brisbane. Bunsen, Professor Robert Wilhelm, For. Mem, R.S., Heidelberg. Ellery, Robert L. J., F.R.s., F.R.A.S., late Government Astrono- mer of Victoria, Melbourne. Foster, Michael, m.p., F.R.s., Professor of Physiology, Uni- versity of Cambridge. Gregory, The Hon. Augustus Charles, ¢c.M.G., M.L.C., F.R.G.S., Brisbane. Hector, Sir James, K.C.M.G., M.D., £.R.S., Director of the Colonial Museum and Geological Survey of New Zealand, - Wellington, N.Z. Hooker, Sir Joseph Dalton, kK.c.s.1., M.D., C.B., F.B.S., &., late Director of the Royal Gardens, Kew. Huggins, Sir William, K.c.B., D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S., &e., 90 Upper Tulse Hill, London, S.W. Hutton, Captain Frederick Wollaston, #.4.s., Curator, Canter- bury Museum, Christchurch, New Zealand. M‘Coy, Frederick, c.M.a., D.Se, F.R.S., F.G.S., Hon. M.C.P.S., C.M.Z.S., Professor of Natural Science in the Melbourne University, Government Paleontologist, and Director of National Museum, Melbourne. Spencer, W. Baldwin, m.a., Professor of Biology, University of Melbourne. Tate, Ralph, F.a.s., F.u.s., Professor of Natural Science, University, Adelaide, South Australia. Wallace, Alfred Russel, p.c.u. Oxon., Lu.pD. Dublin, F.R.S. Parkstone, Dorset. CORRESPONDING MEMBERS. Limited to Twenty-five. Marcou, Professor Jules, r.a.s., Cambridge, Mass., United States of America. OBITUARY. 1898. Honorary Member Waterhouse, F. G.- Ordinary Members. Bundock, W. C. De Salis, L. F. Kopsch, G. A. Long, A. Parry Roberts, Sir Alfred (xxiv. ) AWARDS OF THE CLARKE MEDAL. Established in memory of THE LATE Revp. W. B. CLARKH, m.a., F.R.S., F.G.S., co Vice-President from 1866 to 1878. To be awarded from time to time for meritorious contributions to the Geology, Mineralogy, or Natural History of Australia. 1878 Professor Sir Richard Owen. k.c.B., F.R.S., Hampton Court. 1879 George Bentham, c.m.a., F.z.s., The Royal Gardens, Kew. 1880 Professor Huxley, F.z.s., The Royal School of Mines, London, 4 Marlborough Place, Abbey Road, N.W. 1881 Professor F. M‘Coy, F.z.s., F.a.s., The University of Melbourne. 1882 Professor James Dwight Dana, tu.p., Yale College, New Haven, Conn., United States of America. 1883 Baron Ferdinand von Mueller, K.c.M.G , M.D., PH.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., Government Botanist, Melbourne. 1884 Alfred R. C. Selwyn, Lu.D., F.R.s., F.G.S., late Director of the Geo- logical Survey of Canada, Ottawa. 1885 Sir Joseph Dalton Hooker, k.c.s.1., ¢.B., M.D., D.C.L., LL.D., &¢., late Director of the Royal Gardens, Kew. 1886 Professor L. G. De Koninck, m.p., University of Liége, Belgium. 1887 Sir James Hector, K.c.M.c¢., M.D,, F.R.S., Director of the Geological Survey of New Zealand, Wellington, N.Z. 1888 Rev. Julian E. Tenison- Woods, F.a.s., F.L.s., Sydney. 1889 Robert Lewis John Ellery, F.R.s., F.R.A.S., late Government Astrono- mer of Victoria, Melbourne. 1890 George Bennett, u.p. Univ. Glas., ¥.R.c.8s. Eng., F.L.S8., F.Z.8., William . Street, Sydney. 1891 Captain Frederick Wollaston Hutton, F.R.s., ¥.a.s., Curator, Can- terbury Museum, Christchurch, New Zealand. 1892 Sir William Turner Thiselton Dyer, K.c.M.G.,C.1.E.,M.A., B.S¢., F.R-Sey F.L.S., Director, Royal Gardens, Kew. 1893 Professor Ralph Tate, F.u.s., F.a.s., University, Adelaide, S By: 1895 Robert Logan Jack, F.G.s., F.R.G.S. \Govennmen: Geologist, Brisbane, Queensland. 1895 Robert Etheridge, Junr., Government Paleontologist, Curator of the Australian Museum, Sydney. 1896 Hon. Augustus Charles Gregory, c.u.c., M.L.C., F.B.G.S., Brisbane. AWARDS OF THE SOCIETY’S MEDAL AND MONEY PRIZE. The Royal Society of New South Wales offers its Medal and Money Prize for the best communication (provided it be of sufficient merit) containing the results of original research or observation upon various subjects published annually. Money Prize of £25. 1882 John Fraser, 8.a., West Maitland, for paper on ‘ The Aborigines of New South Wales.’ 1882 Andrew Ross, m.p., Molong, for paper on the ‘Influence of the Australian climate and pastures upon the growth of wool.’ 1884 1886 1887 1888 1889 1889 1891 1892 1894. 1894 1895 1896 _ (&xv.) The Society’s Bronze Medal and £25. W. E. Abbott, Wingen, for paper on ‘ Water supply in the Interior of New South Wales.’ S. H. Cox, F.a.s., F.c.s., Sydney, for paper on ‘The Tin deposits of New South Wales. Jonathan Seaver, F.c.s., Sydney, for paper on ‘ Origin and mode of occurrence of gold-bearing veins and of the associated Minerals. Rev. J. E. Tenison-W oods, F.4.s., F.L.S., Sydney, for paper on ‘ The Anatomy and Life-history of Mollusca peculiar to Australia.’ Thomas Whitelegge, F.R.M.s., Sydney, for ‘ List of the Marine and Fresh-water Invertebrate Fauna of Port Jackson and Neigh- bourhood. Rev. John Mathew, m.a., Coburg, Victoria, for paper on ‘The Australian Aborigines. Rev. J. Milne Curran, F.a.s., Sydney, for paper on ‘The Microscopic Structure of Australian Rocks.’ Alexander G. Hamilton, Public School, Mount Kembla, for paper on ‘The effect which settlement in Australia has produced upon Indigenous Vegetation.’ J. V. De Coque, for paper on the ‘ Timbers of New South Wales. R. H. Mathews, t.s., for paper on ‘The Aboriginal Rock Carvings and Paintings in New South Wales. C. J. Martin, B.Sc, M.B. Lond., for paper on ‘ The physiological action of the venom of the Australian black snake (Pseudechis porphyriacus). Rev. J. Milne Curran, Sydney, for paper on ‘The occurrence of Precious Stones in New South Wales, with a description of the Deposits in which they are found.” ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS. By Henry DEANE, M.A., M. Inst. C.E. [Delivered to the Royal Society of N. S. Wales, May 4, 1898. | Intropuction.—A Presidential Address to a Society like ours falls naturally into three divisions. The first division consists of a report on the Society’s affairs and doings during the past twelve months. The second embodies a statement of important matters and work relating to Science done outside the Society and especi- ally in this Colony. After this the President, I find, generally delivers a thesis or review of some matter which is a topic of special interest to himself and the Society, and which circumstances or recent investigations render fitting for inclusion in the address. The second division is one which may be indefinitely extended. It is impossible to make it very short, but it may be left out alto- gether. 1 have endeavoured to adopt a middle course, and excluded as much as possible routine work from my account, and I have selected those matters only which show novelty or which on account of their importance call for special reference. With regard to the third division, I was for some time very much in doubt, whether, on the hitherto rare occasion of a Civil Engineer holding this office, it was not incumbent on me to take up some subject pertinent to my profession, but I thought that that duty could be well left to the chairman of the Engineering Section, who might be looked upon as the official representative in this Society of the engineering profession. It seems to me that the occasion of the meeting of the Australasian Association for the Advancement of Science in this city, gives an opportunity for discussing the merits of science and scientific training which ought not to be passed over, and I have therefore, devoted myself to those subjects, but at the same time T must ask the members not to overlook the difficulties under which I labour, and not to A—May, 4, 1898, 2, HENRY DEANE. criticise too severely the form of the matter presented to them, when its subject has been dealt with previously, though perhaps from other standpoints, by some of the most able scientific writers in the English language. Part I.—History oF THE SOCIETY DURING THE PAST YEAR :— During the past year the roll of members has undergone considerable diminution. On the 30th April, 1897, it was four hundred and fourteen, the number of new members elected is twelve, while the loss by death (five), resignation or otherwise (twenty-four), has amounted to twenty-nine, leaving a net loss of seventeen. When it is considered that this means not only a diminished income from subscriptions of £27 6s., but that the Government subsidy becomes reduced by exactly the same amount it will be seen to be no trifling matter as affecting our financial position. In addition to this the past year has been one of excep- tionally heavy expense; not only has the Society had to bear the first strain on its finances, due to the interest on the cost of alter- ations to our building, the debt on which amounts to £1800, but it was found desirable that on the occasion of the meeting in this city of the Australasian Association for the Advancement of Science, a conversazione should be held, involving of course a heavy expenditure. Had it not been for the advent of the Association the Council would probably have postponed the holding of this important reunion till the following year. It is evident that during the ensuing year the strictest economy will have to be observed. Illustration is a serious item in the cost of publishing the Society’s journal, and in order to secure at the same time both efficiency and economy, it is necessary that authors should consult the editors before preparing their illustrations. This requirement of our existing editorial regulations must in view of the pressing necessity for economy be stringently enforced in future. It must be a matter of surprise that a Society of this kind is not more largely supported than is the case. It should be looked upon as an honour and a privilege to be able to co-operate in the ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS. Bj vanguard of science, and thus help in the progress of civilization, which without science would be nothing. There are many resi- dents in our community whose position and intelligence would make them desirable members, and I cannot help thinking that if the reasons for the existence of our Society and the good that they might do in aiding progress were clearly before them, they ‘would not hesitate to join us. It would be well if members would look round and endeavour to bring in those of their friends who would be a help to us. It has often been put forward asa reason for not joining a Society like ours, or by those already members, given as an excuse for resigning, that the individual was not able to attend the meet- ings and consequently drew no benefit from membership. Every one who pays his subscription receives the annual volume in due course, but as this is issued only some time after the completion of the year and perhaps twelve months or nearly so after the first papers have been read, it is a long time to wait for a printed account of what is done at the meetings, and by the time it arrives interest has possibly somewhat slackened in the particular subjects treated. We cannot of course expect everybody to act upon purely dis- interested motives and pay his subscription to the Society in order that the Colony may advance in scientific thought, while he him- self gets nothing directly out of it, so that one may consider the question from the selfish point of view, and admit for the moment that the objection mentioned above is valid. “ Abstract.” —To meet this objection the Council has thought fit to issue an ‘‘ Abstract” of Proceedings or report of the work done at each monthly meeting, as soon after as it is possible to compile and get the matter printed, and a copy of this is sent round to every member, so that he may know what has been going on even if he cannot attend the particular meeting. During the past year a concise account of the proceedings at the monthly meetings has been prepared and forwarded. For the excellence of the work done we are indebted to the energy and ability of our 4 HENRY DEANE. Honorary Secretary, Mr. Knibbs. The work so far has cost between £14 and £15, a small amount when we consider the result gained, which I think nearly every member will agree is a good one. It keeps members at a distance in touch with the work of the Society, and it gives an opportunity to those who have intended to be present at a meeting and who have been hindered from attending of informing themselves as to how the subjects of the papers were treated. It is gratifying to note the large number of engineers on the roll of the Society. The Engineering Section is a very active one, and it has proved the rallying ground of the members of the engineering and surveying professions. The formation of such a section is a very wise and economical way of carrying forward the interest of their particular calling, for not only do they gain the advantage to be derived from membership in a larger and wealthier society, but the Society generally is strengthened by such addition and co-operation, both in a literary and financial manner. Among other things to the advantage of such members is the use of a valuable library and reading room. One would like to see other bodies of men bound together by a common interest, who have not already formed themselves into distinct societies, join our Society and use the opportunities afforded. JI would suggest, among others the formation of a Literary Section. Reference to the objects of the Society as stated in the Act of Incorporation, will show that Literature is one of them, Art is another. Formerly there existed an Art Section, but unfortunately it fell through. A Literary Section should I think, receive wide support, and I take the opportunity of recommending the matter to the consideration of Mr. Burge, Mr. Hamlet, and Professor David, who, I believe, have been very active members of the Home Reading Union, the last named having * been President for New South Wales. . es Obitwary.—The following. is a list of the members who have died since the last Annual Meeting :— ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS. 5 Ordinary Members - Elected 1896 Bridge, John = L880 _Nddy, E. M.-G: » 1886 Hutchinson, W. A. 5» 1874 Lloyd, Hon. G. A. » 1884 Wiesener, T. F. Mr. JoHn Bripes, one of Sydney’s best known and respected commercial men, died at Stirling, in Scotland, on the 17th Oct., 1897. By his death the wool trade of the colony has lost one of its most representative men. Mr. Bridge, who at the time of his death was about sixty-six years of age, was born at Wollombi, near West Maitland. Mr. E. M. G. Eppy.—During the year under review there passed away a gentleman whose death can only be referred to as a national loss, I mean Mr. Eddy, late Chief Commissioner for Railways, who died at Brisbane on the 18th July, 1897, at the early age of forty-six. Mr. Eddy was born in July 1851, and started his railway career at fourteen years of age, when he entered the service of the London and North Western Railway Company; he rose step by step, until in 1885 he reached the position of Assistant Superintendent. In 1887, owing to the illness of the chief officer of the Caledonian Railway, Mr. Eddy was made Assistant Manager in that company, an appointment which he filled so creditably that in August 1888 he was offered and ultimately accepted the Chief Commissionership of the New South Wales Railways, on the express stipulation that he should be allowed to exercise a free hand. The difficulties which Mr. Eddy had to contend with, the abuse to which he was subjected, and the jealousy with which his every action was scrutinised and commented on, and the indomitable courage with which he faced and overcame them are so well known that it is unnecessary for me to dwell on them. Suffice it to say, that he brought toa successful issue the great work for which he was appointed, and placed the railways of this Colony on a footing which makes them the one bright example of paying railways amongst 7 Ss < bs 4“ 6 HENRY DEANE. the great systems of Australasia. The permanent way and rolling stock were largely renewed, and the net revenues dur- ing Mr. Eddy’s term of office increased from £765,000 in 1888 to £1,322,000 in 1896. Rates and fares were reduced during the same period, and the status and pay of the staff were materially improved. The Railway Institute is a lasting memorial of the constant thought the late Chief Commissioner gave to the welfare . of the employés, and when he died he may truly be said to have earned the affection of his subordinates, the respect of his colleagues and the confidence and gratitude of the people of the Colony to to which he ungrudgingly devoted his mature experience and his splendid talents. Mr. W. A. Hutcurnson.—The death of Alderman Hutchinson of the Glebe, occurred June 20th, 1897, and the news was received with wide spread regret. Mr. Hutchinson was a well-known figure in municipal circles. For a number of years he occupied a seat in the municipal council of Balmain, and for two years was mayor of that borough. For nine years he has occupied the position of alderman in the Glebe Council, and during last year he filled the mayoral chair. At the time of his death Mr. Hutchinson was a vice-president of the Municipal Association of New South Wales, and no more energetic municipal worker was to be found. It is not surprising to find that his energy led him to enter political life. Indeed it would have been surprising had it been otherwise. Before the passing of the present Electoral Act the- deceased gentleman was one of the representatives of Balmain in the Assembly, and whenever he spoke in the House it was generally felt that he had given deep study and careful consideration to his subject. Kindly and warm-hearted in dis- position his face was welcomed everywhere, and his many acts of private charity gained for him hosts of friends. As a director of the Deaf and Blind Institute, and by means of his influence and active co-operation with many philanthropic societies and institu- tions, he was enabled still further to give vent to that charity which was within him. Mr. Hutchinson was a thorough business a ea, ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS. ia man, and at the time of his decease was managing director of the Hetton Colliery, in addition to being on the directorate of several other coal-mining companies. Mr. Hutchinson always took the deepest interest in the work and welfare of the Society. The Hon. G. A. Luoyp, M.L.c., is another member of our Society whose death during the year I regret to have to record. Mr. Lloyd was born at Norwood, England, in 1815, and came to New South Wales in 1834. He engaged in commercial pursuits and was prominently connected with the export of gold and the min- ing interests generally, whilst the part he played in settling the great strike at Newcastle in 1889 will not soon be forgotten. Mr. Lloyd for many years was a notable figure in the political world, and served under the late Sir Henry Parkes at different periods as Postmaster General, Minister for Mines and Colonial Treasurer. In 1887 he was appointed to the Legislative Council, and remained a member of that body until his death on the 25th December, 1897. Mr. T. F. Wiesener, another member of this Society, died of dilatation of the heart, on the lst Jcne 1897, after a short illness. Mr. Wiesener took a very warm interest :n the affairs of the Society more especially in regard to the Microsccnical Section, and was most regular in his attendance at its meetings. His loss is very much regretted by those who knew him. Mr. Wuirron.—While bringing before the members the names. of those whose death we have to deplore, it will be a fitting opportunity to refer briefly to one who, though not a membez: of our Society, was at one time a prominent citizen, and whose career was intimately connected with the progress of this colony. I refer to Mr. John Whitton, my predecessor in the Government service, late Engineer-in-Chief for Railways, who died after a comparatively short illness on 20th February last. Had more time been spared to me, I should have been tempted to bring before the members a short account of the history of railways in this colony, with which he was so thoroughly identified. It would be interesting to show how Mr. Whitton had to fight and struggle 8 HENRY DEANE, from the commencement with ignorance and obstruction—how he successfully contended for uniformity of gauge in the colony and only failed to persuade the Government to combine with Victoria for one standard gauge. Ata time when money was scarce he still managed to get railways and not horse tramways for the country extensions, and adopted a location which, although it may not be in all details that which we should choose at the present day, was certainly the wisest in those times, when the traffic over the Blue Mountains was only an average of forty tons daily as compared with the present enormous amount. Mr. Whitton’s steadfastness of character and fearlessness in maintain- ing what he considered right, were well known. At the beginning of June, 1889, he obtained leave of absence for twelve months on full pay and left for England. THis health not improving he sought his retirement, but he some time afterwards returned to Sydney and enjoyed good health till shortly before his death an attack of jaundice seized him which eventually proved fatal. Papers read in 1897.—During the past year the Society held eight meetings, at which the average attendance of members was 30°5, and of visitors two, the following twenty-four papers were read :— 1. President’s Address, by J. H. Maiden, F.L.s. 2. On the Crystalline Structure of Gold and Platinum Nuggets and Gold Ingots, by A. Liversidge, LL.D., F.R.S. 3. A Contribution to the Study of Oxygen at Low Pressures, by R. Threlfall, m.a., and Florence Martin. 4. Determinations of the Orbit Elements of Comet 1896 (Per- rine), by OC. J. Merfield, F.R.a.s. 5. Apparatus for Ascertaining the Minute Strains which occur in Materials when Stressed within the Elastic Limit, by W. H. Warren, Wh. Sc., M. Am. Soc. C.E., M. Inst. C.E. 6. The Theory of the Reflecting Extensometer of Prof. Martens, by G. H. Knibbs, F.r.a.s. 7. The Burbung, or Initiation Ceremonies of the Murrumbidgee Tribes, by R. H. Mathews, L.s. ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS. ; 9 8. Totemic Divisions of Australian Tribes, by R. H. Mathews, .s. 9. On the Saccharine and Astringent Exudations of the “ Grey 10. 13. 14. 15. 16. a7. 18. Le 20. 21. 22. Gum,” Hucalyptus punctata, DC., and on a Product allied to Aromadendrin, by Henry G. Smith, F.c.s. On the Essential Oil and the presence of a Solid Camphor or Stearoptene in the “Sydney Peppermint,” Zucalyptus piperita Sm., by R. T. Baker, F.t.s. and Henry G. Smith, F.c-s. . Outburst of Springs in Time of Drought, by W. E. Abbott, Wingen. . The Possibility of Soaring in Horizontal Wind, by Lawrence Hargrave. On a Cordierite-bearing Rock from Broken Hill, by J. Collett Moulden, a.r.8.M., F.G.s. (Communicated by E. F. Pittmann, A.R.S.M.) Icebergs in the Southern Ocean, No. 2, by H. C. Russell, B.A., C.M.G., F.R.S. Aurora Australis, by H. C. Russell, B.4., c.M.G., F.R.s. On “Grey Gum” (Lucalyptus punctata, DC.) particularly in regard to its Essential Oil, by R. T. Baker, F.u.s., and Henry Smith, F.c.s. The Effect of Temperature on the Tensile and Compressive Properties of Copper, by Professor Warren, M. Inst. C.E., M.Am. Soc. C.E., Wh. Sc., and 8. H. Barraclough, M.M.£. Notes on the Basalts of Bathurst and the Neighbouring Districts, by W. J. Clunies Ross, B.Sc, F.G.8. (Communicated by J. H. Maiden, F.L.s.) On the Steady Flow of Water in Uniform Pipes and Channels, by G. H. Knibbs, F.R.a.s. Experimental Investigation of the Flow of Water in Uniform Channels, by S. H. Barraclough, B.z., M.m.z., and T. P. Strickland, B.z, Notes on Myrticolorin, by H. G. Smith, F.c.s. A Second Supplement to a Census of the Fauna of the Older Tertiary of Australia, by Professor Ralph Tate, F.c.s., Hon. Memb., with an appendix on Corals by John Dennant, F.G.S. 10 HENRY DEANE. 23. Note on mutilations practised by Australian Aborigines, by T. L. Bancroft, m.sp. Hdin. 24. Note on the Occurrence of a Nickeliferous Opal near Tam- worth, by D. A. Porter. Sectional Meetings.—The Engineering Section held eight meet- ings, at which the average attendance of members and visitors was 20°5 ; the following papers were read and discussed :— 1. Annual Address to the Engineering Section, by C. O. Burge, M. Inst. C.E. 2, The Unification of the Methods of Testing Materials Used in Construction, and the Precautions Necessary in the Accurate Determinations of the various Coefficients of Strength and Elasticity, by W. H. Warren, M. Inst. C.E., M. Am. Soc. 0.E., Wh Se. 3. Note on the Cubic Parabola applied as a Transition to Small Tramway Curves, by C. J. Merfield, F.R.aA.s. | 4. Low Lift Pumping Machinery, by T. H. Houghton, a.m.1.¢.£,, M.1.M.E. 5. Belt Power Transmission with some new form of Brake Absorption Dynamometer, by Herbert E. Ross. 6. Tramway Rail Joints, by G. R. Cowdery. _ 7. Light-houses in New South Wales, by Henry R. Carleton, M. Inst. C.E. The Medical Section held four meetings at which the following papers were read :— 1. On fifteen cases of Intussusception, by Dr. C. P. B. Clubbe. 2. On a Clinical and Pathological Criticism of Hereditary Ataxy and Locomotor Ataxy, by Dr. G. E. Rennie. 3. A note on the application of the Tuberculin test to Bovine Animals, by Dr. J. Ashburton Thompson. 4. Some recent work on the Cerebellum, its connections and functions, by Dr. George E. Rennie. 5. Notes on an interesting Cerebral case, by Dr. J. Adam Dick. Reception. A “Reception” was held at the Royal Society’s House, No. 5, Elizabeth-street North, on Wednesday, July 14th. 1897. Mr. Henry Deane, m.a., mM. Inst.v.E., President, presided, ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS. 11 The hall and staircase were decorated with ferns, palms, etc., kindly supplied by the Director of the Botanic Gardens. About one hundred and fifty guests were present; there were but few exhibits, inasmuch as the principal object of the gathering was to | bring members and their friends together for a kindly chat and smoke. Conversazione.—A. Conversazione was held at the University, on the 14th January, 1898, in honour of the meeting of the Australasian Association for the Advancement of Science. Upwards of seven hundred members and guests were present. Financial Position.—The Hon. Treasurer’s Financial Statement shows a balance of £42 2s. ld. carried forward, but against this is an outstanding account of £64 15s., which leaves the Society about £22 behind hand. In connection with this, however, it will be noticed that the cost of printing and publishing the Society’s Journal for 1897 (Vol. xxx1.) viz., £384 7s. 6d. exceeds that of the previous year by upwards of £50, and is the most expensive volume yet issued, notwithstanding the fact that every possible effort has been used to keep down the cost of illustrations. LInbrary.—The amount expended on the Library during the past year was £151 Os. lld., viz., £80 8s. 4d. for books and periodicals, £58 2s. 7d. for binding, and £12 10s. for pine shelv- ing. Amongst other works purchased to complete series, may be mentioned the Transactions of the Ethnological Society, London, ‘Vols. 1 — vu., and the Journal of the same Society, Vols. 1., 1. Exchanges.—Last year we exchanged our Journal with four hundred and one kindred Societies, receiving in return two hundred and forty-one volumes, one thousand four hundred and fifteen parts, eighty-three reports, eighty-seven pamphlets, ten hydro- graphic charts, a total of one thousand eight hundred and thirty- nine publications. The following institution has been added to the exchange list :—Field Columbian Museum, Chicago, U.S.A. Original Kesearches.—In response to the offer of the Society’s medal and grant of £25 for the best original paper on the follow- ing subjects :— 12 HENRY DEANE. Series X VI.—To be sent in not later than Ist May 1897. No. 52—On the Embryology and Development of the Echidna or Platypus. No. 53—The Chemical Composition of the Products from the so-called Kerosene Shale of New South Wales. No. 54—On the Mode of Occurrence, Chemical Composition, and Origin of Artesian Water in New South Wales. | No paper was sent in on any of the subjects. With regard to the following, for which the Society offers its medal and ten guineas :— Series X VII.—To be sent in not later than Ist May, 1898. No. 55—On the Iron-ore deposits of New South Wales. One paper has been received, but has not yet been adjudicated upon. The subject for which the Society now offers its medal and ten guineas is as follows :— Series X VIII.—7'o be sent in not later than Ist May, 1899. No. 56—On the Life History of the Australasian Teredo, and of other species of Australasian wood-eating Marine Invertebrata, and on the means of pro- tecting timber from their attack. I now come to the second part of my address and submit a statement of some of the more important discoveries and events of the past year. In this account I have deemed it advisable to leave out medical practice entirely, and to confine myself chiefly to engineering, general mechanical and mining, and to natural science. Part [I].— Brier NOTE OF WORK DONE OUTSIDE THE SOCIETY DUR- ING THE PAST YEAR, ESPECIALLY WITH REGARD TO AUSTRALIA. Railway Commissioners’ Department.—The following matter is worthy of special note. A fresh class of new stock—corridor cars—was added during the year, and the first instalment of the Australian consolidated engines, which are the most powerful in Australia, has arrived. This engine embodies the best qualities ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS. 13 of English and American engines, the weight of engine and tender together is one hundred and seven tons. In the Permanent Way Branch attention is being paid to the improvement of grades and curves. A fact particularly worth mentioning is the completion of the renewal, in steel, of the timber approach to the Wagga Bridge. The process by which this was done was described in Mr. Shellshear’s paper before Section H. of the Australasian Association for the Advancement of Science. City Railway.—This important question has been advanced during the year. The question was referred by the Premier to a Royal Commission consisting of members of the Parliamentary Standing Committee on Public Works. After a lengthy inquiry _ the Commission recommended a scheme by which the terminus _ would be in the north-west corner of Hyde Park with its front to St. James’ Road. Parliament afterwards referred the question to the Parliamentary Standing Committee, who after taking further evidence confirmed the previous recommendation. It may be hoped that the question is now settled, that a bill may be introduced to authorise the railway and that it may then become law. An important step towards improving the means of transit in the city of Sydney is now being carried out by the construction of an electric tramway on the overhead system from the Circular Quay tothe Railway Station at Redfern, and thence along Harris Street to the intersection of John Street, Ultimo. The power house is being erected at Ultimo between William-Henry and McArthur Streets, and adjacent to the Darling Harbour railway sidings, and will serve the purpose of containing not only the generating plant for the above mentioned tramway, but for the electrical power required for the conversion of the whole of the present steam system to electricity. The power plant will consist of four sets of horizontal cross-compound Corliss, surface-condens- ing engines, each of 1,200 H.P., and direct coupled to four 850 K. W. generators mounted between the two cranks. These are | by far the largest generators in the Southern Hemisphere. 14 HENRY DEANE. Ground has been provided for a further extension up to 20,000 H.P. The feeder cables are being laid in bitumen casings of the Callender-Webber type. The overhead wiring will be carried on solid drawn steel poles of the Mannesmann type, with ornamental wrought and cast iron brackets and mountings. These will for the most part stand in the centre of the roadway between the tracks. It is interesting to note that the Central London Electric Rail- way now under construction is being furnished with engines and. generators of the same make and character as those already adopted here, and further that the Engineers have decided to use the Edison-Brown plastic bond for the rails. High Carbon Rails.—Considerable trouble having been experi- enced owing to the softness of some of the tramway rails supplied afew years ago, I made an endeavour in 1896 to obtain from England a supply of rails in which the proportion of carbon was similar to what had actually been used in the United States, but I was not successful. On the advice of Sir John Fowler, a moditied specification was agreed upon to which the rails were ordered. Last year in consequence of the breaking up of the rail-pool, a favourable offer was received to supply American rails to a new specification prepared by me, and this was accepted. The Railway Commissioners and the Public Works Department ordered 2,000 tons of 80 Ibs. and 2,000 tons of 60 ibs. rails respec- tively. Since then English rails have been tendered for to the same specification. The proportion of carbon, etc. in the rails supplied has been as follows :— ee Sulphur Phosphorus Carbon. Silicon. Manganese. maxidium. (uae 1896 -45—-55, 83lbs. -10—:06 95-— 85 -08 08 1897 -50—-60, 80 ibs.) . 1k 2 -40 — 50, 60 tbs. 10—-15 80-—1:00 -:08 08 | Harbours and Rivers Branch.—Mr. C. W. Darley, Engineer- © in-Chief for Public Works, has furnished me with the following information :—A wharf wall is now being constructed round Darling Island of large concrete blocks. Hitherto all our wharves in Sydney have been built of either iron or timber, but seeing ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS. 15 that a good sound rock bottom was obtainable round Darling Island, at depths of from twenty-eight to thirty feet, it was decided to use concrete. The first cost will be higher, but when maintenance and reconstruction of a timber wharf in twenty-five or thirty years are taken into account, a large saving will be ultimately effected, besides which the design will admit of the use of heavy travelling cranes along the frontage. The blocks are all moulded on the island near the water’s edge, the concrete being mixed in the proportion of four cement, nine sand, twenty-four broken sandstone, besides which large pieces of sandstone up to five and six cwt. are embedded in the concrete. The size of the blocks runs from seven feet by six feet by six feet to twelve and a quarter feet by six feet by six feet, and they weigh from fifteen to twenty-eight tons. Two holes for introducing lifting bars are moulded in each block. A steam derrick crane placed on a punt, capable of lifting about forty tons, is then used for handling the blocks. At Jervis Bay a new lighthouse and full set of keeper’s quarters are new being built at Point Perpendicular, the material used throughout for the walls being concrete moulded into blocks each to the exact shape required, and afterwards set in position. Road Bridges.—Among the numerous contracts let during 1897 by the Bridges Branch, under charge of Mr. Darley, the most important was that for the timber-truss bridge over the Macleay River at Kempsey. This consists of four one hundred and fifty feet timber trussed spans on cylinder piers, with timber approaches, the contract cost being £18,300. The deck is twenty-two feet six inches wide between kerbs. This bridge is interesting for having the largest spans and being altogether by far the largest timber bridge in the Australian colonies. During the year, the strength of the tension joint now employed in railway and road timber truss bridges in this colony has been tested at Cockatoo Dock, in a machine specially designed for this work by Mr. C. W. Darley, capable of exerting a pull of two hundred and twenty tons. The results of the tests made of full 16 HENRY DEANE. sized joints with ironbark flitches, twelve by five inches, and four- teen by seven inches, prove the highest efficiency for this joint. Monier System of combined concrete and steel construction.— It is well known that the above system has been somewhat exten- sively used for the construction of the sewerage aqueducts over Johnston’s and White’s Creeks. In August last year the arches were put to test, and it is satisfactory to find that the structures in both cases were entirely successful. Purvfication of Sewerage.—Mr. Davis, Engineer for Sewerage Construction has furnished me with the following particulars :— In sanitary engineering perhaps the most important and certainly the most interesting development, is in the purification of sewage. When cheap land was available, conveniently situated, preference has been given to broad irrigation. When the area was sufficient, the soil suitable and the management good, excellent results were obtained, but where circumstances were not favourable, some other methods of dealing with the sewage requiring less land had to be looked to. Among these is the method known as precipita- tion and filtration. The sewage is allowed to flow into settling tanks, after in most cases having had lime, or some other chemical added to facilitate the precipitation of the suspended matter. The effluent passes from the settling tanks to the land, or into com- paratively small artificial filters, composed of sand, breeze or other substances having the capacity of absorbing oxygen and allowing large quantities of sewage to pass through it without becoming clogged. In both these cases a good effluent can with care be obtained, but the working expenses are high. The chief trouble and expense in the last named process has always been the treatment and disposal of the sludge taken from the precipitating tanks. In places near the sea-board it has been punted out to sea, but in other localities it has become necessary to use machinery to extract the liquid from the sludge, after which the latter has been either carted away for use by the sur- rounding farmers or disposed of in a destructor. It has been felt ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS. 17 for some time that any means of treating sewage without the production of sludge, would be hailed by sanitary engineers as a great advance on present methods. Experiments have recently been made at Exeter, London and other places. At Exeter the Borough Engineer has constructed closed tanks, large enough for receiving a portion of the sewage from the town. The sewage flows into the tanks in an unscreened condition and remains there from twenty-four to forty-eight hours, according to the extent to which it is diluted by rain-water, When leaving these “Septic Tanks” (as they are called) it is found that an extraordinary change has taken place in the sewage. All the solids are broken up into very minute particles, the bulk becoming soluble. Distinct chemical changes have taken place by the aid of anaerobic germs, which under favourable conditions are present in the tank. Running large quantities of sewage into tanks from which light and air are carefully excluded, would, one would think, have the effect of creating a great nuisance, but such is not the case. The gases generated in the tanks undergo chemical decomposition, so that when they are liberated they are not obnoxious. There is no sulphuretted hydrogen present, and the greater part of the gases which are given off are nitrogen, hydrogen and methane or marsh gas. The sewage when discharged from the tanks is a grey liquid with only a slight musty smell, and in such a condition as to be readily purified by filtration, either by passing it direct over land, or through filters of breeze or sand. The experiments show that typhoid germs have little chance of passing through the tank without being destroyed, and should they do so, they are in such a weak condition that they afterwards die. Although the tanks are large, having a capacity for at least twenty-four hours average dry weather flow, no settlement takes place in them, and after twelve months use, only a thin layer of mineral ash was found. Should the method prove to be as suc- cessful as it bids to do, the whole difficulty of the sludge is over- come in a very simple way. The tanks at Exeter have been B—May 4, 1898, 18 HENRY DEANE. working with most satisfactory results for upwards of a year, and now the town council has applied to the Local Government Board for power to treat the whole of the sewage on the same principle. At the London outfall works very exhaustive experiments have been made with the effluent after it leaves the precipitating tanks. The liquid is allowed to remain in contact with the filtrant for a given period; it is next drained off as quickly as possible, so as to ‘induce oxygen to enter the body of the filter, and give the latter a period of rest before fresh sewageisrunin. These experiments show that it is possible to purify sewage to a sufficient extent to admit of its being turned into a flowing stream, after pasing it through breeze filters at the rate of 1,000,000 gallons per twenty-four hours per acre of filter. In other words the experi- ments prove that one acre of properly constructed filter beds will treat the sewage from 20,000 persons after it has passed through the septic tank, against say two hundred and fifty persons ee acre if passed over land on broad irrigation lines. The Minister for Public Works has approved of the Sewerage Branch of the Department of Public Works (on the recommenda- tion of Mr. Davis, the Engineer for sewerage) erecting works for treating the sewage from the Rookwood Asylum on these improved methods. Should they prove to be a success it is intended. to adopt them at two other places. The tanks and filters are arranged so that the whole process is practically automatic, the different valves being opened and closed, when required, by the aid of the sewage. Low Level Sewerage of Sydney.—The Sewerage Branch of the Public Works Department has also during the last twelve months had to decide the best method of raising the sewage from the low level areas, on the foreshores of the harbour extending from Balmain to Rose Bay, to the gravitation sewers, as the sewerage system could not be deemed complete until this was done. The first area dealt with was the Double Bay valley, and it was decided here to use Shone’s compressed air system. It was originally intended to drive the air compressors by steam, but seeing that os ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS. 19 the Railway Construction Branch of the Department of Public Works was providing an extensive electrical plant at the Rush- cutters Bay Power House for the Rose Bay tramway, it was arranged to obtain the required power from the same source. The lifting plant is practically automatic, the motors being stopped and started as the air pressure varies. The question of dealing with other larger and more important low lying levels has also been considered and the relative merits of the Shone system, hydraulic power and pumps driven by ‘electric motors fully investigated. The Railway Commissioners undertook to supply what electrical power was required from the Pyrmont Power Station at one penny per Board of Trade unit, and at this cheap rate the conclusion arrived at was that from every point of view electrical power would be preferable. From the calculations made it would appear that the relative cost per effective horse power hour would be as follows :—Electri- cally driven pumps 1°84d.; hydraulic system 1°85d.; compressed air 2:16d. Sydney can claim to be the first city where electricity has been adopted for raising sewage. There wili be nineteen stations, all controlled from the central station at Darling Harbour, the level of the water in the pump wells will be automatically signalled, so - that the attendant at the head station will know when to stop and start the pumps. Telegraphs and Telephones.—Mr. P. B. Walker, Engineer-in- Chief to the Telegraph Department, informs me that the most important construction work carried out by the Postal and Electric Telegraph Department in the city during the past twelve months, has no doubt been the extension of the underground tunnels and the laying of telegraph and telephone cables in them, which has already been the means of relieving the streets of a great number of poles and overhead wires. There are four main lines of tunnels branching out from the General Post Office to the north, south, east and west. The longest branch is that to the south, which 20 HENRY DEANE. extends along Pitt-street as far as the Railway Station, and is intended to carry the main telegraph lines clear of the city, as well as the telephone lines connecting the southern portion of the city with the Central Telephone Exchange. The northern branch extends from the General Post Office to the Sydney Exchange at the corner of Pitt and Bridge-streets, and serves this important business centre with telephonic communication. The eastern branch runs via Moore and Castlereagh-streets to the top of King-street, where it will connect with an iron pipe conduit system, which carries it through to the Edgecliffe Post Office. The western branch extends from the General Pést Office, Pitt- street side, along Martin Place, Barrack, Clarence and King- streets. The tunnels, which are built of brick, are for the most part five feet six inches high and four feet six inches wide and terminate at the General Post Office in a large vault nine feet three inches high and nine feet wide, extending under the footpath of the Pitt street frontage. This vault is used for arranging the cables so that they may be brought into the cable terminal room in regular and proper order. It is here also that the cables are opened out, tested and prepared for laying. ‘The tunnels are accessible at different points by means of shafts and man holes, covered on the street level with ornamental iron covers perforated so as to act as ventilators. Galvanized iron racks are provided in the tunnels for supporting the cables. A considerable quantity of cable has already been laid in the tunnels, and the work is still going on. The cables are of the latest type with paper insulation and arranged for metallic cir- cuits, each containing forty to fifty-two conductors. These con- ductors, which are of copper, No. 22 8.W.G., are each wrapped in chemically dried paper laid on spirally, forming what is termed a core, and each two cores are then laid up in a loose strand and afterwards laid up in groups of four. The whole of the cores are covered with a coating of cold drawn lead, which is protected by — means of tarred jute. ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS. 91 Another work that was carried out during the past year was the establishing of a trunk telephone line between Sydney and Newcastle, a distance of about one hundred miles. ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS. 53 and women of the first year particularly require assistance—they have recently left school, where they were under constant control; they are now left to themselves, and for most of them the sense of freedom is too great ; they are not strong-willed enough to give the attention to their studies that is necessary, and the best of them want some guidance. Another question seems to me well worthy of attention. Some students, while showing fair proficiency in certain subjects fail in others when they come up for the year’s examination, and they then have to enter all classes again the following year if they mean to persevere in their university studies. Why should they have to recapitulate those they had successfully passed ? I admit that some restrictions must be enforced, but is it not a waste of time to have to attend lectures over again, and an un- necessary expense to pay fees in those subjects they have already passed in. Perhaps if the student’s progress could be properly gauged from time to time during the year there would be fewer failures at the end. I think it is acknowledged that in the second year of our Engineering School the extent of study prescribed is too great ; what it would be were the classes large and the interest taken by the professors and lecturers less, I do not know, but in the School in question the personal influence and assistance of the teaching staffis very great, and the student finds his difficulties consider- ably smoothed down. I am sure it would be better to allow the student to divide the work of the year if he prefers to do so. What is to the advantage of the student is to the advantage of the university. To make the three years’ course into a compulsory four years’ course, might be too hard on the brilliant but not too affluent student, though it would suit the slower, more plodding, hard working student. As it stands at present if the second year man fails to make himself proficient in all subjects, he has to go over every one of them again another year, which is not only hard but in part waste of time and money. Could not the system be made a little less rigid? 54 HENRY DEANE, Professor Liversidge, in his presidential address to the Austra- lasian Association for the Advancement of Science, gave it as his opinion that the engineering and science courses should be of four years duration. I presume that this is recommended for the double purpose of securing more thorough work and also a higher standard. With regard to the work of the Engineering School in which I naturally take a special interest, I should like to see the studies so arranged, if spread over four years, that the first three years should be devoted almost exclusively to the teaching of principles and theory, while if thought desirable the study of special machines, questions of economy and cost could be dealt with in the fourth year; but I am not very much disposed to favor the teaching of matter which can better and more quickly be acquired after leaving the university, when the young engineer has entered upon his practical life. One great object would be gained by the lengthening of the whole course—the student would have more time for mathematics, and he would, as I think he ought, learn to use the calculus with as much facility as the unpro- fessional man uses the ordinary rules of arithmetic. He would also have more time for physics and chemistry, if found desirable, as well as for the engineering subjects properly so called. I offer the above observations with all deference to those to whom has been entrusted the care of the higher education of our young men and women. I am convinced that these matters have by no means been overlooked by them, but it will not be out of place if I submit views, which are shared with me by men well competent in virtue of their position to form an opinion. Before concluding, I wish to place on record my thanks for the kind assistance received from heads and principal officers of Departments and others, in collecting the information contained in my address. It now remains for me to thank you for the consideration with which you have treated me during the time that I have occupied this chair, and congratulate you on the election of my successor, to whose able keeping I now have the pleasure of handing over the responsibilities of this high office. AERONAUTICS. 5D “ AERONAUTICS.” By L. HArRGRAVE. [Read before the Royal Society of N. 8S. Wales, June 1, 1898. ] Since the paper on the possibility of soaring in horizontal wind was read, no efforts have been spared to determine the essential features of curved surfaces that are of any practical utility to aeronautics, and the models shown in Figs. 1 and 2, embody what is known todate. The poles and horizontal cord have been found a most useful method of experimenting; indeed it may safely be said that without them the trifling amount of available wind would have been quite inadequate to find out anything new. As suggestions to those who wish to advance this matter rapidly, it may be stated that the wind near the ground is comparable to the surf on the sea shore, which all will admit is not suitable for testing the sailing capacity of yachts or boats. To utilize wind from all directions, a platform of wire netting should be placed in a situation like the top of the shearlegs on Garden Island. The top of a building, cliffor rugged mountain would be unsuitable, as walls and vertical surfaces merely create the aerial breakers which it is the wish of the experimenter to avoid. It is well at this point to have a distinct understanding that soaring is quite different from kite-flying and gliding. In gliding as practiced by Lilienthal and others, a free apparatus descends from an eminence and its fall is more or less retarded by the air on which it slides. In kite-flying, a weight attached to the earth is raised and supported by the wind sliding under it. In soaring, the mechanism is unattached to the earth, and maintains its elevation by using as a motor the vortex that its peculiar shape generates. Most people would at once say the last statement involves perpetual motion, and therefore is not worth considering ; a few will see that a ball retaining its position in front of a nozzle against gravity and the downward thrust of a high-pressure jet 56 L. HARGRAVE. of water is a close analogy to the soaring vortex. The water clearly makes the ball weigh less than nothing. There is little doubt that the weight of a ball dancing on a fountain is greater than when it is at rest. The makers of soaring models will find great difficulty in per- suading them to remain tolerably stable in a fore and aft direction. The trouble will be greatly reduced if they avail themselves of the experience of a tighi-rope walker with his balancing pole. The acrobat makes his pole as long and stiff as possible, and puts as much weight on the ends of it as he conveniently can, he then has no further difficulty with his athwartships stability. It is the inertia of the weighted ends that takes the wobble out of his body. Likewise the weighted ends of the fore and aft tubular rod in Figs. 1 and 2 check the erratic motion of the vulcanite propeller. When you consider the conformation of a soaring bird, it will be noticed that a large part of the under surface is not adapted for the formation of the soaring vortex. The tips of the rigid wings and tail are obviously of such a nature that they will not readily allow the bird to rise or fall suddenly when the soaring parts of the wings are struck by a gust from underneath or above. These surfaces are represented in Figs. 1 and 2 by the horizontal projection of the surfaces of the two cylindrical cells at the ends of the tubular rod. The vertical projection of the two cells repre- sents the vertical surface of a cellular kite or the dihedral angle of some soaring birds. The parts of a soaring bird’s wings next to the body are repre- sented in Figs. 1 and 2 by the bent sheet of vulcanite. This is the propeller, and it makes sufficient thrust to overcome its own head resistance and that of the rod and two end cells. Noattempt has yet been made to ring the changes on the numberless curves that probably soar; the essential points seem to be that the front part of the propeller shall be bent to about the quadrant of a circle, the extreme after part plane, and the intermediate portion hyperbolic. Rigidity of construction is all-important. Springy MalA GN4 PES soos asenbs sad spunod ¢Q./ = dysiay, = Spunod’ EG-/ easy — gaay auenbS /p-/ GLI ONINVOS SLINVITNA 5 mex - ——93-—- . = F9NL Nid Seen eae ANAGID fO ANUAD® ; NOILDIS TVIILYAA SHIM EJ aLsUeI{NA " gayau/ a/e@I$ fa - In 1882, Mr. A. W. Howitt, from information supplied by the Rev. H. Vogel- sang, a missionary among the tribes referred to, reported that their divisions were Mattiri and Karraru, being the same names. as those stated by the Rev. C. W. Schiirmann at Port Lincoln. Dr. E. ©. Stirling in 1896,* and Professor W. B. Spencer in 1897,° mentioned these divisions in the same district. It will be seen that I have traced the two divisions, Mattiri and Karraru, through a wide extent of territory, reaching from Port Lincoln, via Port Augusta and Farina, to somewhere about Oodnadatta, a distance of over seven hundred miles. From the latter place northerly to the neighbourhood of the James Ranges the tribes are divided into four sections ; and thence to the Gulf of Carpentaria they are divided into eight sections, the particulars of whose organisation I shall now endeavour to explain. In 1875, Mr. Christopher Giles,® who was a station master at Charlotte Waters telegraph station, reported that the tribes in that neighbourhood, who spoke the Arrinda language, were divided 1 Folklore, Manners, &c. of 8. A. Aborigines, p. 103. 2 Ibid., p. 64. 3 The Dieyerie Tribe of Australian Aborigines, (1874), p. 13. 4 Horn Exped. Central Australia, Part iv., p. 46. 5 The Engwurra Ceremony—Proc. Roy. Soc. Vic., N.S., x., 18. 6 Folklore, Manners, &c. of S. A. Aborigines, pp. 82-91. AUSTRALIAN DIVISIONAL SYSTEMS. 7} into four classes, called Parroola, Panungka, Booltara and Koo- murra. He gave the rules of. intermarriage established in relation to these four divisions, with the names to which the offspring belonged, which may be briefly summarised as follows : Husband Wife Offspring Paroola Panungka Koomurra Panungka Parroola Booltara Booltara Koomurra Panungka Koomurra Booltara Parroola In 1878, Mr. J. D. Woods! confirmed the observations of Mr. C. Giles in regard to the divisions of the tribes from the Peake to Charlotte Waters and Alice Springs, his spelling of the four names being as follows: Parula, Pooninga, Pultara and Coomara. He says the children of either sex always take their mother’s family name. Mr. E. M. Curr mentions the same names in 1886.” In the same year they were referred to by Mr. F. E. H. W. Krichauff,? and in 1887 Mr. D. Lindsay also mentions having observed them.? Mr. W. H. Willshire reported these four classes at Alice Springs in 1891,’ and again in 1895.° The Rey. Louis Schulze, a missionary at Hermannsburgh, on the Finke River, discovered that each of the four classes which had been reported by previous writers, had a fellow or comple- mentary class, if I may so term it, attached to it, thus making four pairs of classes, or eight divisions in all. The names of the additional classes he found to be Pungata, Mbutjana, Knurraia and Ngala.’ Mr. Schulze also observed that a man had the privilege of choosing his wife from either of two prescribed divis- ions. A Bultara man, for example, could marry either a Koomara or Mbutjana woman.’ 1 Trans. Philos. Soc., S. Australia, 11., 85-86. 2 Australian Race, 1., 417. 3 Proc. Roy. Geog. Soc. Aust., S. A. Branch, 11., 33. 4 Ibid., 11., 3rd Session, p. 4. 5 The Aborigines of Central Australia, (Adelaide, 1891) p. 18. 6 Journ. Anthrop. Inst., xxi1v., 183. ; 7 In 1897, Professor Spencer and Mr. Gillen confirmed the existence of the four additional divisions.—Proc. Roy. Soc., Victoria, x., N.S., 19. 8 Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Australia, x1v., 223 - 227. Te R. H. MATHEWS. T was much interested in the paper communicated by Mr. Schulze, and during 1895 I was enabled to make independent enquiries through Mr. Jackson, a friend who went out to the mica and ruby fields in the Hart’s ranges, and the gold mines about Arltunga, or Paddy’s Waterhole, as it is commonly called. From information then obtained, I was enabled to tabulate the divisions as under, showing two intermarrying groups, A and B :— Husband Wife Children Bultara Koomara Panungka or Knurraia — Coefficient of Elasticity 1,000 ibs. Bendiage in5u90mm. Gorse ene Top. Bottom. | in yy) mm. 4°30 6°69 10°99 4°79 711 11:0 5°29 754 12°79 5°69 8:01 13°70 6-11 8 45 14 56 6°55 8 89 15°43 6°98 9°35 16°33 7°40 9°80 17°20 7°80 | 10°30 18:10 8:18 | 10°78 18°96 8°60 11:28 19°88 8:98 P76 20 74 9 37 12°25 21°62 9°75 12°77 roe 10°18 13°29 23°43 10°51 13°80 24°31 10°88 14°25 25°20 11°30 14°70 26°00 11°67 15:20 26°87 12-08 15°78 27°86 12°40 16°40 28°80 12-70 16°98 29°72 13°15 17°57 30°72 13°55 18°22 31°77 14°02 18°92 32°94 14°60 19°64 34-24 27,000 oa 07854 — 28,770,0CO tbs. p>r sq. in. 12,850 tcns per sq. inch. Differences per 0-91 1°30 1,000 tbs. | ¢ Limit of | Elasticity / = 34,400 Ibs. per sq. in. (15°35 tons) SOME PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF NICKEL STEEL. 163 Table VII. Determination of elastic limit and coefficient of elasticity in com- pression of nickel steel “ F.”’ Length upon which contractions were measured = 2". Diameter = 1'' Area = 0°7854 square inches. Load in Boge Ey Comision Differences per 1,000 Ibs. Top. Bottom. | in Trail mm. 2,000 Ibs. 5 0°40 4. 39 4°79 0 34 6 | 055 4.4.1 4°96 | 0°32 & | ‘069 4°59 5°28 | | 0°26 10 0°85 469 5°54 0:29 12 1:02 4°81 5°83 0°33 | 14 1°19 4:97 6°16 0°30 16 1°34 5°12 6°46 0°35 18 1°50 O31 6°81 0°36 20 iGiz 5 50 UNG 0°35 22 1-82 5°70 7°52 0:39 + Limit of 24. 2°01 5:90 ZS Elasticity a 0-46 26 2°12 6°15 8°37 0°53 28 248 6°42 8°90 0°67 30 2 85 6°72 9°57 | 0°44 32 | 302 6:99 10°01 0-79 34 3 40 7°40 10°80 SS EE eee + Limit of Elasticity = 23,900 Ibs. or Coefficient of Elasticity \| 0°7854 = 30,580 Ibs. per sq. in. (13°1 tons) = 28,140,000 ibs. per sq. in. 12,560 tons per sq. in. 164 W. H. WARREN AND S. H. BARRACLOUGH. Table VIII. Determination of the elastic limit and coefficient of elasticity in compression of nickel steel * T.” Length upon which contractions were measured = 10” Diameter = 1” Area = 0°7854. Readings in Soop mm. Mean Load in Compression Differences per 1,000 Ibs. Top. | Bottom. | in 10-000 mm. 2,000 tbs. 5 2°10 5°74 7°84 1°87 7 3°10 6°51 9°61 169 9 4°01 7°29 11°80 1:75 11 496 8:09 13°05 1°74 13 5°89 8:90 14°79 LAG 15 6°83 9°72 16°55 79 U7. 7°76 10°58 18°34 172 19 8°61 11°45 20:06 1:78 21 9°52 12°32 21°84 1:76 23 10°41 13°19 23°60 + Limit of 1:80 Hlasticity 25 11°31 1409 , 20°40 178 27 12°18 15:00 27:18 1°80 29 13:08 15°90 28°98 1°82 31 14°00 16°80 30°80 1°83 33 14°91 17°72 32°63 1:92 35 15°88 18°67 84°55 1°86 37 16°81 19°60 36°41 1:93 39 er) 20°55 38°34 2°02 41 18°76 21°60 40°36 2°18 43 19°85 22°69 42°54 2°18 45 20°96 23°76 44°72 Be Se, 23,000 j + Limit of Elasticity = 238000 tbs. or — = 29,300 tbs. per sq. in. 0°7854 (13:1 tons) 28,170,000 ibs. per sq. in. 12,570 tons per sq. in. Coefficient of Elasticity Table IX. Determination of elastic limit and coefficient of elasticity in com- pression of nickel steel ‘* HE.” Length upon which contractions were measured = 10!' Diameter = 1'' Area = 0°7854 square inches. Load in |Beadings in 5009. see ": Differences per 1,000 tbs. Top. | Bottom. | in 10-000 mm. 1,000 tbs. 1 0-00 0:00 0:00 1:00 2 0-50 0°50 1:00 0:98 3 0-98 1:00 1:98 1:02 4 1°50 1:50 3°00 1:00 5 2°00 2°00 400 1:00 6 2°50 2°50 5°00 | 1:00 7 3°00 3°00 6:00 1:00 8 3°50 3°50 7°00 1:00 9 3°98 4°02 8:00 0:92 10 44.0 4°52 8:92 0:94, 11 4°86 5°00 9°86 1:01 12 5°35 5°52 10°87 ! 1:02 nD * TES 5°85 6°04 mi89 0:95 14 6°32 6°52 12°84 0:98 15 6°80 7:02 13°82 0:99 16 7°30 751 14°81 1:00 17 7°80 8°01 15°81 | 0°98 18 8°29 8°50 16°79 101 19 8°80 9:00 17°30 1:00 EP wezo 9°27 9°53 18:80 0°96 21 9°73 | 10-03 19-76 + Limit, of 106 ~— Elasticity 22 10°26 10°56 20°82 1:04 23 10°78 11:08 21°86 1:08 24 11°30 31°64 22°94 1:03 Specimen was 25 1ES1 12°16 23°97 | permanently bent + Limit of Elasticity = 21,000 tbs. or ane = 26,750 Ibs. per sq. in. 0°7854 pened (11:99 tons) Coefficient of Elasticity = 25,460,000 lbs. per sq. in. = 11,360 ‘YOu eTeNbsS Tod SU} F.QT SVM ‘SSUIPVoT TOZoULOSMEZxXe WO] “QuIOd ppeTé ont] OY g PUL ¢ ‘SON UT _*{9JOULOSM9} XO S UoJAVPL JO SULIT Aq POUIUIIEJOP JSIF W9eq SUTAVY JIUIIT OLYSVIO OYA JO soUuSNbeSMOD UL pastes oto 9[qvy UI Squrod prelé oy, —'210N -BOTIL STLOTIRSUOTY peyow.rz top 0-7 97:0 | SI-T | ZL-1 | VP-P | SES¢.0| 199-0 yy G-P1| 20-FE | OFZIL | OSZSP | TPSS-0| OF8-0 ope ene 09 99-0 | I¥-L | 08-6 |GZ-FS | L0GZ-0| G9g-0 ., G-P1| £0-FE | OVZIL | OSZSP | TPSS-0| OF8-0 ay} Ul0a 6-9 G90 | 69-1 | &9-2 |91-S¢ | 8SFF-0) 094-0 04:06) &-F1| 16-EE | OFGSL | OOSSL | 1766-0] SST-T ano seoerd vT vv 68 0 eal Ouse 91-69 | 9S9F-0| OLL-0 G8.0Z| &-FT| OF-FE | SSTLZ | OOL9Z | TV66-0) SZT-T 4904 qaans 06 8-7 Z&-0 | 08:0 | &@-T | 9-99 |O96T-0| 907-0 S¥-22| GPL] OF-FE| OOOLL | OOGZZ | 2262-0} OT9-0 Q[X¥ S.JOHOT A 9 1-9 OF-0 | G8-0 | O&-T ! $.99 | T9CT-0' 80F-0 GG-GG!_ G-PL! ST-PE | OOZ9L | O86EE | GB6S-0! OTI-0 eS [9019 S.AayOIA JO S4saJ, o[ISUay, UT pouTeyqo sqyfnsoy jo ArvmUINg—]X eqey, ‘snyvrvdde TOI S,NaqaeyE Aq pouLUIAoJop 4say Voeq SULTAKY FUT] O1YSVTO OY} JO oUENbESMOd UI pester otom szutod pork oy—"2}0N L-ST ge.o | get | ge-z | 0-04 | 1180-0] 12-0 G1.€Z| OT-ET) 88-LF OOT9OL 00482 | $0L-0| 409-0 | surysn1-u0 Ny G.8 0€&-0 | 08:0 | OS-L | 0.8% | G99T-0) O9F-0 00-98} 4.8%) OF-1G |OSCPIT OSZSE | TT6Z-0} 609-0 |"** WnIpoyr €-L 1¥-0 | 80-1 | G4-T | &-22 | 9080 0 61€-0 G0-86| G61} 88-28 \009EL | O0FTE 8066-0} 809-0 |*** POA “£AT[RUY “ur ‘stoyy | “SUE TO | pS ORO Eee ee eats Bers mal nae ee “ur ‘bs [Myon |-uy'bs aed ae ious yo yuo -eSuola | TOOL Em aS| ULQuLod /Az101Gsu[q) ted suoy - “uoTyd Tose “Pwe09 [woo] = j‘aanqoury 1074 patus| -ov1pWOD “STOTStLOTUEp Feo! PPA | 30 Hun | UFsse.gg§ | -spunog UT sseryg |stoystoUrTp [eUTsIIO ‘19099 [OYOIN JO S}SaJ, OTISUAT, UI poulezqo sz[nsey jo ArvumMNngG— YX eq¥By, SOME PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF NICKEL STEEL. 167 Table XII. Summary of Results obtained in Compressive Tests of Nickel Steel. Diameter of test piece 1 inch, area 0°7854. Plastic com- Length of| Elastic limit Coefficient of, Compressive) Maximum |pression with Reference Description. test piece | in tons per | elasticity in| strength in | load applied | maximum Letter. [in inches.} square inch. tons per tons per in tons per load per square inch. | square inch. | square inch, | lineal inch. 10°00 | 14°50 12705 F Mild wach © 2°00 nas Lae 242 AA 5 0-11 BQ Al Yee ee eh 63:6 0°26 10:00 | 13°10 12570 T Medium ...| 2:00|_... ay 42:0 69 0°137 1A GM a 53 me ioe 73 10:172 10°00 | 1199 11360 E Non-rusting} 2°00... ue 25°3 55°5 0-115 PAU AS. ois a 25°3 70:0 07175 Table XIII. Torsional Tests of Nickel Steel. | 4 me f/25—> i Value of f Era = Total jin equation) Total ength of} Percent- Refer- ae postin i Length of| twisting ne Tr | dieiekot test piece] age of ence piece in test piece| moment ~ 0:196d°| twist in after frac- elongation Letter.| inches. |i inches.| in inch | jn pounds | degrees. | ture in | or short- pounds. | per sq. in. inches. ening. E 0°715 1125 |10931°3 | 152578 900 1-140 =P 1.83 F 0-714 1°125 6809°6 95448 405 1120 - 0°44 PF 0-714 | 1-125 | 8960-0 | 125591 180 | 1-125 0 168 W. H. WARREN AND &. H. BARRACLOUGH. Table XIV. Shearing Tests. 7 7) ge 26 | A la ; Vi} KL 5 Oe 2" ee 5 ‘ i ' 1 ; ; Total load in| Double shear| Single shear Reference; Diameter Areain {double shear| per square | per square | Letter: ininches. | square ins. | jp pounds. |in. in pounds. inch. EK 0:780 0°4778 99456 208096 104.048 F 0°783 0°4815 71568 148624 74312 T 0°783 0°4815 95200 197568 98784: Table XV. Original Final Loss in Sobre ; 5 Weight, | Weight Loss in Weight Description of Specimen grains. | grains. | Weight. | per cent. Nickel Steel, E (non-rusting) —_...| No loss | could be |detected. o >» F (mild) at ---| 743°0 731°8 11°2 1°51 Krupp, Essen, K ... oe: ea ooo 736°4 18°7 2°48 = es (special ingotiron) | 747°5 7268 20°7 277 Dalziell’s Steel one ee a1| POoKO 7159 22°6 3°06 Patent Shaft and Axle Co. 2 |) foe's 705'3 33:0 4:47 Lowmoor Boiler Plate... ma oleO 6940 37°0 5°06 Monkbridge Boiler Plate ... ...| 7383°2 690°2 43°0 5°86 Nickel Steel T (medium) ... | 7545 705°0 49°5 6°56 KEY TO TRIBES AND GENERA OF MELANOSPERMEE. 169 KEY to TRIBES anp GENERA or MELANOSPERMEA. (OLIVE-GREEN SEAWEEDS.) By Ricuarp A. Bastow, Fitzroy, Victoria. (Communicated by J. H. MaIpEN, F.L.S.) [With Plate I.] [ Read before the Royal Society of N. 8. Wales, September 7, 1898. | Tae study of Seaweeds found in the seas surrounding the Aus- tralian Continent and adjacent islands is, at the present time, beset with many difficulties. However invigorating and pleasant it may be to stroll along the beach on a sunny day, and to collect some beautiful species as they float to one’s feet, it is unsatisfactory to find that there are few books accessible in the libraries whereby the plants may be identified. There does not appear to be a complete copy of Harvey’s “ Nereis Australis,” either in Victoria, South Australia, or West Australia, at any rate the writer has searched the public libraries in those three colonies in vain for that work, unless the book which contains fifty plates only is to be considered the complete work. Agardh’s and Kuetzing’s works are in Latin and are therefore not as useful as if they were in English. Consequently, it was thought advisable by the writer (who has collected a fairly complete set of notes on the subject from authorities far and wide), to construct a key whereby the young student may find information in a very much easier manner than hitherto possible. The result is the accompanying key which presents the salient points of the genera of the Melanospermez on one sheet ; it must be borne in mind however, that Melanos- perme are only one of the three great divisions of Seaweeds. The Floridez or Red Seaweeds, and the Chlorospermez or Grass- green Seaweeds are not included in this key. The Melanospermeze are usually olive-brown or olive-green in colour, and sometimes almost black, many of them being very large and coarse. The 170 R. A. BASTOW. fruit is on the surface of the frond, or in proper cavities in its substance, and consists of four-parted spores enclosed in a hyaline membrane, oblong antheridia terminating jointed filaments, and buds or leaflets capable of becoming new plants. The key is intended to assist the collector in identifying a genus; it may assist him in finding the species as well, and to use it the - plants must of course first be collected, then dried, and afterwards sections must be cut. Let us therefore imagine that we are at the sea side, the waves are rolling in majestically, yet there are a few rocks uncovered by the tide, to these we hasten, and find in a dark corner of a little pool a small tuft as though it had been eaten down by fishes; it is nothing to look at by unassisted vision, but an ordinary pocket lens displays its irregular symmetry and exquisite areolation. It is Amansia marchantiordes, one of the Floridez, we see that by the faint pink tinge, consequently it is not on our key. Almost covering the bottom of the pool are some Algee resembling lettuce plants; a few transparent shrimps dart in and out from the fronds, which are Ulva; they are light grass-green and belong to the Chlorospermez, we therefore place them aside, for they also are not in the key. Laying across one of the tufts of Ulva is a curious string of beads, washed into the pool and left there by the ebbing tide ; these are Melanospermee for they are olive-green, and we find that they are Hormosira Banksia, for they are figured on the key at No. 15 square. We will look closer at this plant immediately. On the beach close by we collect a frond of thin texture, about half an inch wide, dichoto- mously divided, and with a midrib, this is also light olive-green ; we glance at the key and find it is figured on square 17, we also notice that it is covered with minute prominences as shewn on the drawing; itis Wyriodesma quercifolia. Here is a mass of Hcklonia and Sargassum, as much as a man can lift, they are figured on the key at Fig. 29, and Figs. 1.1 to 1.12. Making a mental note of these, we notice a few pellicles of gelatine on the Sargas- sum, about as large as peas. They are figured at the 48th square and are called Leathesia. These we take home and submit to the KEY TO TRIBES AND GENERA OF MELANOSPERMES. Nazi drying process, just as we should with any ordinary plant, that is, after they have been washed and properly displayed. The washing and displaying should be done by means of two large white flat dishes, in the one the specimens should be washed, pruned, and freed from parasites ; they should then be introduced into the other dish singly. When the specimen is floated in the second dish, a neatly cut square of white cartridge paper is to be placed under it, then, with some pointed instrument, the fronds arranged as carefully and naturally as possible; it must then be - gently withdrawn from the water, a piece of muslin placed over it to prevent it sticking to the drying paper, and the whole sub- mitted to slight pressure. The specimens will generally be dry in a day or two, and should have the date and locality written on them at once. We will now suppose that the plants are dry or nearly dry, and we proceed to examine the frond and fruit. We will take the Hormosira first. The beads of which the plant is composed are now flattened, and may be cut with a pair of draper’s scissors; these scissors are broad at the points and therefore answer our purpose best. Provide a glass slip with a drop of water on it on a sheet of white paper, then take one of the beads between the thumb and forefinger of the left hand, hold it directly over the drop of water on the slip, and cut it into as fine shreds as possible, taking care to use the left thumb nail as a fence or stay for the scissors blade. Cut about a score of sections as small as possible, 1.€., thin, then look at them through the microscope, there are sure to be four or five beautifully thin sections already swelling out and showing the medullary and cortical layers of the frond, and most probably there will also be found some sections of the fruit or conceptacle, as shown in Fig. 15, an excellent specimen of Fucoid fruit. If a quarter inch objective be now used, the spores will be shown as figured. Now turn to the generic descrip- tion at No. 15. We there read that the frond of Hormosira is moniliform, that is, beaded ; that the internodes are inflated; so these are, very much; also that it has a distinct stem and branches. 172 R. A. BASTOW. Then follows a reference to Hooker’s “ Handbook of the New Zealand Flora,” at page 652, where much further information con- cerning the plant can be obtained. Myriodesma quercifolia can be examined exactly in the same manner, or easier still by placing the point of a lancet or sharp knife against one of the prominences, thus lifting the cuticle as shown at Fig. 17. It can then be seen as an opaque object, of ~ course with the aid of a good bull’seye condenser. The gelatinous pellicle, Zeathesza, must be cut with the scissors as before directed, and immediately the surface of the water on the slip will be filled with spores and filaments as shown at Fig. 48. It will be noticed by the key that this plant belongs to the tribe Chordariez, whilst the two previously examined belong to the Fucee. It is a great help to have the series of genera before one, for a tremendous amount of time is consumed in turning over leaf after leaf of many volumes in the sometimes vain hope of finding the plant illustrated, especially is this the case in regard to Harvey’s Phycologia Australis, a truly magnificent work, but not paged. It is necessary to inform the reader that the classification is according to Dr. Sonder’s catalogue, contained as a supplement in Vol. x1. of Baron von Mueller’s Yragmente Phytographie Australie. The numbers of the genera are the same in the key as they are in the catalogue, so that reference can be readily made. Some of the genera have been divided in recent years, but under the old names most of them will be found in the catalogue. The illustrations are made in every case from specimens in the National Herbarium, Melbourne; some were mere fragments, yet they were sufficient for dissection and section cutting required for the figures; and, I must here express my thanks to the authorities at the Herbarium for specimens not otherwise obtainable. The following books have been used in the compilation of the key :—Harvey’s—Nereis Australis, Parts 1, 2, with plates 1 — 50; Phycologia Britannica; Phycologia Australis; Nereis Borealis Americanus ; Hooker’s—Antarctic, New Zealand and Tasmanian ETUDE SUR LES DIALECTES DE LA NOUVELLE-CALEDONIE. 173 Floras; Handbook to Flora of New Zealand; Agardh’s Species | Genera et Ordines Algarum; Kuetzing’s Species Algarum; Raben- horst’s Species Algarum; D’Urville’s Voyage Astrolabe; Murray’s Introduction to Study of Seaweeds; London Journal of Botany; American Science Nat.; De Toni’s Sylloge Algarum. ETUDE SUR LES DIALECTES DE LA NOUVELLE- CALEDONIE. Par JULIEN BERNIER. (Communicated by C. Hedley, F.L.s.) [ Read before the Royal Society of N. S. Wales, September 7, 1898. | Multiplicité des dialectes Neo-Calédoniens. On compte en général une vingtaine de dialectes employés par les indigenes de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Les premiers Européens établis dans le pays, ont été frappés de cette confusion qui ressemble un peu a celle de la Tour de Babel; mais il suffit de quelque attention pour reconnaitre que cette diversité n’ est qu’ apparente, et que tous ces dialectes, au fond, se rattachent 4 une souche commune. On a cherché a expliquer ce phénomene de différentes manieres, notamment par les migra- tions,’ qui ont, en effet, introduit dans le pays quelques mots d’ origine étrangere, comme le polynésien ‘“‘ika,” (poisson) qui devient a Wagap ‘“ikoua”; ‘‘waka,” (pirogue) qu’on retrouve dans ‘‘é7- waka,” (riviere-pirogues), deux mots essentiellement polynésiens. 1 On retrouve encore aujourd’hui des traces certaines de ces migra- tions, dans le Nord et aux Loyalty. Elles sont également attestées par V existence de deux langues dans un grand nombre de tribus: la langue du peuple, c’est-a-dire des vaincus, et la langue des Chefs, c’est-a-dire des vainqueurs. 174 JULIEN BERNIER. Cependant, ces apports de mots étrangers, si importants qu ’ils aient pu étre, ne sauraient expliquer d’ une facgon suffisante cette multiplicité de dialectes qu’on remarque, non seulement chez les Neod-Calédoniens, mais chez toutes les peuplades de la méme race et on peut dire, d’une fagon générale, chez toutes les races primi- tives. Nous sommes ici en présence, non pas d’un fait accidentel, mais d’un phénoméne anthropologique, si je puis m’exprimer ainsi, et dont il faut chercher la cause dans la nature méme del’ homme. Cette cause, c’est l’extréme mobilité du son, c’est-a-dire de la parole, chez toutes ces races. Le langage, qui n’est qu’un agence- ment de sons, évolue indéfiniment, méme chez les nations les plus civilisées. Le francais que nous parlons aujourd ’hui, ne ressemble pas a celui que parlaient nos peres, du temps de Saint Louis, et Vanglais moderne n’est plus le méme que celui du roi Richard. Les langues se sont modifiées et se modifient tous les jours. A plus forte raison en est-il de méme pour des races qui n’ont ni l’écriture, ni aucun autre moyen de fixer leur langue, et dont Vintelligence ne congoit méme pas les differences qui existent pour nous, entre certains sons. La pensée étant obscure, la parole, qui n’est que la forme de la pensée, est elle-méme incertaine et confuse. Les racines n’ont aucune fixité. Le Révd. Macdonald,’ missionnaire a Efate,(Nouvelles Hébrides), dit que les indigenes de cette ile prononcent indifféremment: “bo,” “fo,” “mo,” ‘‘uo,” *o,” pour exprimer le méme mot. Cette obser- vation, prise sur le vif par un homme qui connait parfaitement la langue du pays, peut s’appliquer 4 toutes les races de l’Océanie. A Tahiti, “wa,” (eau) devient “vai,” “pape,” “roi.” A Mada- gascar, ‘‘afo,” (feu), devient ‘‘anrou,” et “androu.” Le Maori de la Nouvelle Zélande dit: “waka” (faire); & Tonga, “faka”; a Madagascar, ‘‘maha,” “mang,” “man,” pour “maka.” En Nouvelle Calédonie, “wa,” (eau), devient “Wen,” “Kwen,” “Kwa,” “po,” “fo,” “foa,” “moua.” La forme redoublée ewawe,” 1 The Asiatic Origin of the Oceanic Languages, Melbourne 1894. ETUDE SUR LES DIALECTES DE LA NOUVELLE-CALEDONIE. 175 devient “ya we,” “awe,” “ewe,” “dia we,” “tia re.” “Wen,” PP) (bouche) devient ‘‘mouen,” “pouen,” etc., etc. En d’autres termes, c’est |’instabilité de la parole qui amene la diversité des dialectes, et cette instabilité provient elle-méme du développement insuffisant de la pensée. Des hommes qui ne savent pas distinguer le bras de la main, le pied de la jambe, pour qui les cheveux et les plumes ne sont pas autre chose que des feuilles et des herbes, ne sauraient saisir les nuances qui existent entre un son et un autre, pas plus quiils ne saisissent les nuances qui existent entre les couleurs. I] y a la une réegle fondamentale, une loi dont on doit absolument tenir compte, si l’on veut pénétrer le secret de la formation des mots dans les langues primitives. Groupement des Dialectes—Premier Groupe, ou groupe Sud. Si ’on examine dans leur ensemble les dialectes de la Nouvelle- Calédonie, on remarque qu’ils peuvent se rattacher a trois groupes principaux. En commengant par le Sud, nous avons un premier groupe qui comprend: Vile des Pins, Goro, Touaourou, ile Wen, la Dumbea, Saint-Vincent, sur la cdte Ouest ; Yate et Ounia sur la céte Est. La limite géographique dans laquelle cette langue est employée, parait étre la Tontouta d’une part, et Port-Bouquet de l’autre. Toutes les tribus de cette région s’expriment de la méme maniere, sauf quelques différences locales de prononciation qui ne les em- péchent pas de se comprendre. Lxemple: Tle de Pins. Goro. Touaourou. Unia. Wen. Arbre NV gohe N-gwe N-goeu N-goew N-goe Fléche Pata Pata Pata Pata Pata Blanc Baa M baa M boua MU boua Poua Casse-téte Moua Moua Moua Moua Moua Couteau Nou Nou Nou Nou Nou Mourir Mé Mere Moure Mere Mere Main Me Me Me Me Me Mére Nene Nene Gnia Gnia Nene Feu Tate Tati Tati Tatt Tati 176 JULIEN BERNIER. Groupe Central. Le deuxieme groupe, que j’ appellerai groupe central, comprend toute la région moyenne de I’Ile; pour la céte Est: Thio, Nakéty, Canala, Houailou et Ponerihouen. La limite sur ce point est le Cap Baye. Pour la céte Ouest: la Wenghi, Bouloupari, La Foa, Moindou, Bourail, Poya. | Bien que ce groupe présente moins d’homogénéité que le premier et que souvent les indigenes ne se comprennent pas entre eux d’une tribu a une autre, on peut remarquer, par une courte analyse, que les divers dialectes qui le composent ont entre eux des liens étroits. A Canala, par exemple, l’eau s’appelle “Awe”; 4 Houai- lou, “Cha”; ala Foa, ‘‘aloua.” Il n’ y a, en apparence, aucun rapport entre ces trois termes ; mais si l’on se rappelle ce qui vient d’ étre dit au sujet de l’ extréme mobilité du son dans les langues primitives, et sil’ on suit, dans ces langues, les différentes maniéres de désigner l’eau, on voit que ‘‘kwe” est pour ‘“‘kwa,” qui n’est qu’un semi-durcissement de ‘‘wa.” Deson cété “eva” devient “ka” qui fait ‘‘cha” par aspiration. Quant a ‘‘aloua,” ila pour forme premiere ‘“‘awa,” redoublement de “wa.” A Canala, la pierre s’appelle “ghe”; & Houailou, “peta.” 1 n’y a certainement aucun rapport entre ces deux mots; mais si vous prenez les autres termes qui, dans ces mémes dialectes, renferment le sens de “pierre,” vous trouvez a Canala ‘‘pen-wen,” (dent), littéralement “pierre-bouche.” ‘‘Pen,” de Canala, est l’équivalent de “neia,” Houailou. De méme a Houailou, vous trouvez “ghi,” (hache), c’est-a-dire “pierre,” répondant a “ghe,” de Canala. A Canala, les cheveux s’appellent ‘“‘powm boua,” (poil-téte); a Houailou, “proro-gwen,” méme signification. Maintenant, cherchez dans le dialecte de Canala, les mots qui ont le sens de “ feuille ” ou de “fleur,” toutes choses que les indigenes confondent avec les cheveux. Vous trouverez ‘‘poura” (fleur), équivalent de “ poro” (poil), Houailou. | A COanala, loeil s’appelle “ kara mé,” (peau-lumiere); a Houailou “me mé,” méme signification. ‘‘ Kara” et “pie” ne se ressem- ETUDE SUR LES DIALECTES DE LA NOUVELLE CALEDONIE. Die blent guére ; mais on retrouve 4 Houailou la “langue,” “‘koro-mé” (peau-bouche); “koro,” de Houailou, répondant a “kara,” de Canala. Il y a, entre le premier et le deuxieme groupe, de nombreuses ressemblances de mots, comme on peut en juger par le tableau suivant: | Groupe Sud. Groupe central. Terre nda, ta nado, to Sagaie ndjr ndve Roussette bu bu Nez koun kou Yeux e mé pie mé Langue kourou-me koulou-me Main me me Ventre ou-he pou-he Vent koute kwende Arbre ngoue, ngwe kwen Je, moi ngo | ngou Lune m boé boue Feu ner ne I] existe encore, entre ces deux groupes, d’autres points de rapprochement : ils ne font pas usage de l’article; ils n’ont aucune forme particuliére de conjugaison. Enfin, sauf de trés rares. exceptions, tous les mots se terminent par des voyelles. Les désinences consonnales sont a peu pres inconnues. Outre les mots. cités plus haut, on peut prendre comme exemples les noms de lieux: “ Houailou,” “ Kwa-wa,” “ Nakety,” “ Tr,” “Cio,” “ Bourendi,” “Ounia,’ “Kunié,” “Goro,” “ Touaourou,” “Ma,” “Mara,” “Mato,” “Ngo,” “Boulari,” “Wameni,” etc., etc. Ces particularités suffisent, 4 mon avis, pour séparer ces deux premiers groupes du troisiéme, quicomprend tout le Nord del’Ile, et qui présente plusieurs caractéres intéressants. Troisiéme Groupe ou Groupe Nord. Ce troiseme groupe est d’abord d’une détermination trés difficile. . On sent qu’il y a eu la un mélange provenant peut-étre de plusieurs. L—Sept. 7, 1898, 178 JULIEN BERNIER. migrations différentes, qui ont détruit l’harmonie de la langue primitive, en y introduisant des éléments nouveaux. Les racines sont identiques a celles des deux premiers groupes, et la ressemblance entre les mots subsiste quelquefois entiérement. Ainsi, dans beaucoup de dialectes du Centre, l’eau s’appelle “wa”; a Pouebo, qui appartient au groupe Nord, elle s’appelle “waz,” forme qu’on retrouve en Nouvelle Guinée et chez les Polynésiens, °A9), A Hienghen, groupe Nord, le bois s’appelle ‘‘t1é”; & Canala, groupe central, le casse-téte, qui est bois, s’appelle “did.” A Balade, boire: “oundow”; a Canala, “wendid.” A Hienghen, pierre: “ paé”; & Houailou, pierre, ‘“ peid.” Mais ce qui sépare surtout ce groupe des deux autres, c'est d’abord, comme je lai dit plus haut, la prononciation. Les désinences consonnales sont nombreuses et se remarquent jusque dans les noms de lieux: “‘Hienghen,” “Wagap,” “Oubatch,” “Pam,” ‘“‘ Belep,” “Balad,” ‘“‘Kowmac,” “Gatop,” “Gomen.” \ A Wagap, le bois s’appelle: “‘tiowt”; a Pouebo, “‘tietz”; a Balade, ‘‘yek”; chez les Wébias, “tzék”; la canne 4 sucre—“kouss,” “kounz”; Varc—“ djingheh,” “ tingheh,” ‘digher”; le filet-—pou 9 6¢ ess,” “pout hat”; le feu— yep,” “yak”; la terre—“dilis,” “gan gouss”; etc., etc. Ces dénominations semblent n’avoir plus rien de commun avec celles dont se servent les indigenes du Centre et du Sud. Les dialectes du Nord possedent l’article, qui manque dans les autres. A Wagap, “a” pour le singulier, “nz” pour le pluriel : ‘a tiout ”—le bois ; “a bouam”—la bouche ; “a him”—le bras; “mi pe tchouam”—les dents; “i meni”—les oiseaux; “ni wen” —le sable. Je crois devoir également signaler, dans ces dialectes, une forme particuliere de conjugaison qui n’existe pas dans les deux premiers groupes. Cette conjugaison s’applique 4 tous les mots, aussi bien aux adjectifs et aux substantifs qu’aux verbes. Mais c’est un ETUDE SUR LES DIALECTES DE LA NOUVELLE-CALEDONIE. 179 point sur lequel je m’étendrai davantage quand je parlerai des dialectes des iles Loyalty. Groupe des tles Loyalty. On peut, en effet, considérer comme formant un quatrieéme groupe, les dialectes de ces iles, qui offrent de nombreux rapproche- ments avec ceux du Nord de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Je ne parle ici que de Maré, Lifou, et de la partie d’Ouveda comprenant les tribus de Fayawé et Oniott. L’autre partie, qui doit porter le nom d’Ouvea proprement dit, est occupee par des émigrants poly- nésiens qui sont venus a la fin du siecle dernier ou au commence- msnt de celui-ci, de Vile d’Ouvea, du groupe des Wallis. Ces émigrants ont conservé leur langue maternelle, qui se rattache au polynésien de Samoa. Dans ce nouveau groupe, les désinences consonnales sont fré- ‘quentes, comme dans les dialectes du Nord de la Nouvelle-Calé- donie. A Lifou,—barbe, “pene naz”; main, ‘‘im”; nager, “haz”; sang, “‘khel”; taros, ‘“‘inangat”; voir, “wang”; yeux, ‘‘ala mek.” Les indigenes de ces iles se servent aussi de l’article. ) deux,” sept ; ‘“‘ main-trois,” huit ; ‘“‘ main-quatre,” neuf. A Bourail: “kenni,” cing, c’est a dire une main; “‘kenni daken,” six; ‘“kenni ken ourou,” sept; “kenni kenrli,” huit; “kenni kenve,” neuf. Le nombre dix s’exprime par des mots qui veulent dire: deux mains. Dans le groupe Sud, par exemple: “ ta,”-un, et “ boew,”-deux ; ‘ta kuen,” cing, c’est-a-dire une main ; et “‘bo kwen,” dix. c’est-a- dire deux mains. Les dialectes ned-Calédoniens différent sur ce point des dialectes polynésiens, ou les mots qui désignent le nombre “dix,” ont le sens de “téte.” Tonga : ‘‘ongo oulou,” une téte—c’est-a-dire “dix.” Mais il y a lieu de remarquer, d’autre part, que cette maniére de compter des név-calédoniens, est absolument semblable a celle des Aryens. Le latin “quater” veut dire: un-trois. Le sanscrit dit: “pan kan,” cing, c’est-A-dire une main, et ‘‘da kan,” dix, c’est-a-dire deux mains. ETUDE SUR LES DIALECTES DE LA NOUVELLE-CALEDONIE. 187 . Monosyllabisme. La plupart des mots dont se servent les néo-calédoniens sont des monosyllabes. Ce sont des dialectes qui sortent 4 peine du monosyllabisme, et, 4 cet égard, ils different sensiblement des autres dialectes papous, ainsi que du polynésien. La main, “him”; le pied “pa”; la bouche “wa,” “po,” ‘ fo”; la téte, ‘“bowa ”; la terre, “ta”; le feu, “ni”; etc., etc. | Pour les mots qui paraissent formés de deux ou plusieurs syllabes le plus souvent l’agglutination n’existe pas. Le monosyllabisme est persistant :—‘“‘ajé”—-soleil, jour-feu; ‘“bojé” lune, nuit-feu; “‘me-wen”—dent, pierre-bouche; ‘“ powm-bowa”—cheveux, poils- téte; “wen re” —riviére, eau couler; “pie mé”—ceil, peau-lumiére; “tio kax”—la mer, eau grande; “wa tin”—lait, eau-seins ; ‘po me-ri-wen ”—bouche-riviere-couler-eau ; l’embouchure de la riviére. Cependant, a coté de ces formes qui sont les plus primitives et les plus nombreuses, il en existe d’autres qui provienneut, sans aucun doute, du redoublement de la racine monosyllabique. “Wa” -terre—devient ‘‘ma,” et par redoublement: “mara,” ‘‘ mere,” “mare”; méme signification (changement du ‘“‘w” en “m” et en “7” “Ware,” “warai,” “bourai,” sont également des formes redoublées de la racine ‘“‘wa’-terre. “Wa” devient encore * papa,” le sol, le sec, le dur ; “ba, pa,” montagne (ba kwindé, kwindé-la-montagne); “pa”-pied ; “vara,” “fora,” marcher. D’autre part, ‘““W” se durcit en “X,” et fournit une nouvelle série de formes redoublées: ‘‘ wa-wa,” devient “ wa-ka,” ‘ wa-ko,” “ma to,” ‘ue to,” “ wi toé,” “vata”; etc., etc. Tl est nécessaire de se rappeler ici ce qui a été dit plus haut de Yextréme mobilité des racines, et de la nécessité de les suivre trés attentivement sous leurs diverses formes, pour saisir leur évolution. Mamiere de parler des Néo-Calédoniens. On peut maintenant se rendre compte, par les exemples cités plus haut, de la maniére de parler des Néo-Calédoniens et du 188 JULIEN BERNIER. fonctionnement de la pensée chez ces peuplades, II leur suffit de quelques mots, exprimant des idées éminemment concrétes, pour désigner un grand nombre de choses. Tont ce qui brille, tout ce qui brile, tout ce qui est blanc, rouge, clair :—les yeux, le soleil, le jour, la lumiére; tout cela s’exprime par des mots qui ont le sens de “feu.” Tout ce qui est mou, froid, humide :—le nuage, la nuit, la brume, la fumée, les parties molles du corps, tout cela s’exprime par des mots qui servent 4 désigner l’eau. II y a, dans les dialectes néo- calédoniens, une confusion de mots qui parait tres embarrassante au premier abord: ce sont les mémes expressions—‘“ wa,” “boua,” “noua,” “moua,” bo,” “po,” “fo”; etc., etc., qui désignent: l’eau, le nuage, la nuit, la fumée, et la bouche. Mais dés qu’on pénétre le véritable sens de ces mots, on s’apercoit que cette assimilation n’est pas due au hasard, et qu’elle est au contraire, basée sur la nature méme des choses. La nuit, qui est froide et humide, qui produit la rosée, a di étre, dans les premiers 4ges de l’humanité, identifiée 4 l’eau, de méme que le nuage, qui est également froid, humide et qui produit la pluie, de méme que la bouche, qui est toujours humide. Tous les objets en bois sont désignés par des mots qui ont le sens de bois. C’est & peine si, de temps a autre, on y ajoute un autre mot, toujours monosyllabique, indiquant la destination de ce bois. Dans les dialectes du Nord, le bois s’appelle: “ke,” ‘“‘kie,” ‘‘tte”. le panier: ‘‘ket,” “ke”; Vaviron: “kat”; la navette: ‘‘do”; le baton: “die.” A Pouebo, ‘‘die-gan,”—baton, littéralement : bois- marcher. Dans les dialectes du Centre, le bois: ‘‘ ken,” “ke”; le baton: “ke,” ou “dio”; le casse-téte: “dia”; lacanne Asucre: “de,” “ts le panier: “ke”; la sagaie: “n’dio,” “ n’diou.” Aux Loyalty, le bois: “‘gwi”; la sagaie: ‘‘zo”; la pioche: ‘‘ze”; la flite: ‘27z”; le casse-téte: “‘vzia”; Vécuelle: “te”; dans “‘sene- ive,” eau-bois, ETUDE SUR LES DIALECTES DE LA NOUVELLE-CALEDONIE. 189 ”; & Ouvéa, “dieu,” mot L’os s’appelle comme la pierre: ‘“gha qui, dans d’autres dialectes, a le sens de bois. Je remarque, dans les dialectes australiens, la méme identification entre l’os et la bois: Mount Gambier: “ baa”-os; “baa-bois; 5) 2) Hamilton River: ‘‘bunda-os; ‘‘ bunda’’-bois ; )) 5) Western River: “ foola’-os; “toola”-bois ; 3) ») London River: “kaalk”-os; “‘kaalk”-bois ; ete. J’ai pu m/’assurer, par de nombreux exemples, que la méme maniére de parler existe dans tous le dialectes mélanésiens et ai oF ; ; Spas ey? polynésiens. Nous sommes ici en présence d’une loi générale d’apres laquelle ‘homme, dans le principe, a confondu I’os avec la pierre ou le bois. La terre, c’est ce qui est solide, dur, sec, (ces trois adjectifs sont équivalents) par opposition a l’eau, qui est molle et liquide. Nous connaissons déja la racine ‘‘ wa” —terre—qui devient: ‘‘ma,” “ba,” “na”; pour désigner les caps, les montagnes, les lieux élevés. A Maré, “‘papa,”—sec, solide, dur—et terre. Dans l’intérieur de cette ile, qui est de formation madréporique, il existe un endroit ou le sol primitif a fait Gruption au dessus du corail. Cet endroit s'appelle “‘rawa” terre, forme redoublée de “wa.” On mobjectera que la qualification de “dur” peut s’appliquer aussi bien au bois et a la pierre, qu’a la terre. Mais c’est précisé- mentcequialieu. Les dialectes néo-calédoniens, comme d’ailleurs ceux des groupes australien et polynésien, conservent les traces d'un état primitif, dans lequel homme n/avait pas encore la con- ception exacte des objets qui l’entouraient, et confondait entre elles toutes les choses dures. A Canala: “‘kwen” bois; dans d’autres dialectes du méme groupe: “kwe”—1]intérieur du pays, la terre. A VIle des Pins: “‘ poue,” bois ; ‘‘ boue,”—place, endroit—c’est- a-dire “terre”; et “‘ powe”—hamecon, c’est-a-dire bois ou pierre ; dans les dialectes du Nord, ‘‘ boua,” “ poua”—baton, casse-téte- c’est-a-dire ‘ bois.” A Poya, la terre: ‘‘ndo”; a Balade, l’os: “dow.” 190 JULIEN BERNIER. ' Dans plusieurs dialectes, ‘‘a wi,” forét—littéralement :—chose bois; racine “wi,” qu’on retrouve a Canala, avec le sens de “pierre,” dans ‘me wi,”—pierre de fronde—littéralement: faire-pierre ; a Houailou, avec le sens de ‘‘bois,” dans, ‘“‘den wi,” feuille: cheveu bois; a Maré: ‘gwi”—hbois, et dans presque tous les autres dialectes, ‘‘ ghz ”—pierre. Les dialectes australiens offrent de nombreux exemples de la méme confusion entre le bois, la terre et la pierre: Roxburgh Downs, bois, “mukka”; pierre, “mukka”; de Port-Denison au Cap Gloucester: bois, ‘‘ baree”; pierre, ‘“paree”; Beylando: bois, “bait”; pierre, “paé”; (la méme forme que dans les dialectes néo-calédoniens). Tenterfield (New England): terre, “ tarri”; pierre, ‘‘ ¢arro.” | I] est 4 remarquer qu’une confusion exactement semblable a di exister chez les races aryennes, car le sanscrit nous offre les rap- prochements suivants: “ Dara,” dur; ‘“dhara,” terre; “ daru,” bois; ‘‘dardara,” montagne, c’est-a-dire “terre” ou “ pierre”; “‘ danta,” dent, c’est-a-dire ‘‘ pierre” ou “os”; et “‘danda,” baton, c’est-a-dire “ bois.” Le Breton dit: ‘“kaled,” dur; le latin: ‘calus,” durillon ; “ calculus,” caillou ; et ‘“ cala,” biche. On est en droit de se demander, en présence de ces exemples, si les Aryens, nos péres, n’ont pas passé par les mémes étapes que les Papous et les Australiens, et s’ils n’ont pas commeneé par embrasser d’abord, dans une synthése générale, tout ce qui est dur, pour arriver ensuite graduellement, d’analyse en analyse, a dis- tinguer, par des formes spéciales, des substances qui différent essentiellement les unes des autres, et qui n’ont entre elles qu’un rapport commun : la dureté. Lair s'appelle comme l’eau. A Maré, air, “nono,” forme qui dans un grand nombre de dialectes, désigne ]’eau. Les animaux sont désignés:d’aprés le milieu dans lequel ils vivent: le poisson, ‘‘no,” eau; le moustique, ‘‘no,” “nen,” air. L’oiseau, ‘‘ me-no ”—“ me-nou ”—“ ma-nou,” animal—air ; ou bien “ me-we,” racine “we,” désignant l’eau, et par suite, |’air. #TUDE SUR LES DIALECTES DE LA NOUVELLE-CALEDONIE. 19] La “roussette” (flying-fox) s’appelle: “ bw,” ‘ peu,” formes désignant également |’eau et l’air, et se retrouvant dans le poly- nésien “pe ka,” roussette—littéralement : air-animal. L’homme s’appelle: ka mourou,” “a mboro,” ‘‘ourou,” “ore”; *< ka,” animal ; “‘ mourou,” “ ouwrou,’ courir—ou plus exactement : animal-terre. ‘“QOurow” est & rapprocher du malais “orang,” homme—et cette forme n’est elle-méme qu’une mutilation de la racine “gour,” “kour,” qui, dans tous les dialectes malayo-poly- nésiens, désigne les animaux terrestres. Les Australiens appellent lopossum, “‘ tu ngor,” “tha ngaroo” le kangurou: “ko ngoora”—“ yungar.” L’homme lui-méme, dans certains dialectes, s’appelle ‘“‘ywngar,” comme le kangurou. Toutes ces formes ont le sens de: terre-animal, et les racines “gar,” ‘“‘goor,” ) ” sont équivalentes du Malayo-polynésien “gour,” ‘ kour,” ‘or, ainsi que du néo-caledonien “ our.” La femme est au contraire ‘‘ animal-eau,” ou “animal-lait,” le lait étant identifié avec eau. A Hienghen, la femme, “nok” ou “mo,” comme le poisson. A Pouébo: “ tea-bo,” “te-bo”—littérale- ment: ‘‘homme-lait,” l’ homme qui a du lait. A Canala: “sien,” racine “sz,” “ti,” qui désigne l'eau, le lait et les seins. ? x En Nouvelle-Zélande, “femme,” ‘0 wa,” racine ‘“ wa,” eau; & Madagascar, “vave,” femme ; & Tahiti: “ vai,” eau. Tahiti: mére, “tai”; Tonga et Nouvelle-Zélande: mer, “ éai.”” En Australie, assimilation est encore plus complete. La femme s'appelle comme le sein; le sein, comme le lait; et le lait, c’est “eau.” Shark’s Bay: eau, “baba”; seins, “baba”; Nichol Bay: lait, “Bibi,” seins, “6267”; femme, ‘‘b2b2”; etc., etc. Ailleurs, leau s’appelle “ngammoo”; le lait,; “ngammon”; la femme, ‘“ ngammia.” Ici encore les Aryens paraissent avoir parlé comme les Austra- liens et les Mélanésiens. Le Latin dit: “Jw piter ”—Dieu-pere ; 1 Tous les mots polynésiens tout extraits du Voyage de l Astrolabe, par Dumont d’Urville, Paris 1832. 192 JULIEN BERNIER. et “Juno.” Dieu-mére‘ racine ‘“‘no,” qui désigne l’eau, et qui se retrouve dans “nuit,” “nue,” “nuage,” c’est-a-dire ce qui est froid, ce qui est humide, ce qui est “‘ eau.” Noms de lteux. Les noms de lieux ont généralement le sens de terre ou de riviére. Quelquefois ils désignent une particularité physique ou géographique : “* Ma,” “mara,” “mere,” “mare,” “ware,” “warai,” 2) 6¢ 9) ¢¢ “bowarai,’ terre; “mato,” “vata,” “wito,” rocher; “kone,” “kunie,” “Ounia,” terre ; “A we,” “ewe,” “diawe,” “yawe,” riviére; “Koa,” oP) ) P) “41,” “tio,” “cro,” riviére; ‘‘ Bo ghen,” “boua ken,” “yenghen,” eau-grande. ‘‘ Dia hot,” nom de fleuve, eau-grande; “7% kan,” la mer, eau-grande; ‘7% waka,” riviére-pirogues ; ‘“ Wa-meni,” riviére-oiseaux ; ‘* Witch-ambo,” montagne haute; ‘‘ Boul ari,” “ Bouloup ari,” terre rouge ; “ Bélep,” terre ; “Wen,” terre; ile ; ** Nou,” “nant,” ile ; etc., etc. Certains noms de lieux semblent rappeler des souvenirs étrangers “Go meni,” et “ Kou maki,” (Gomen et Koumac) se retrouvent en Nouvelle-Guinée ‘“ Yaté” se retrouve a Torrés; ‘“ Ouvéa” vient des iles Wallis. Conclusion. En resumé, les dialectes néo-calédoniens ont une physionomie particuliére, qui se fait surtout remarquer par son extréme sim- plicite. La langue n’a aucune précision ; les racines sont dans un état perpétuel de fluctuation, et affectent les formes les plus variées. Les différentes parties du discours n’existent pas. Le méme mot peut étre pris successivement comme substantif, comme adjectif ou comme verbe. Le monosyllabisme est dominant, et les racines ont conservé une signification synthétique qui ne se rencontre peut-étre au méme degré dans aucune autre langue. Ce sont les plus primitifs des dialectes ‘‘ papous.” Maintenant, qu’il me soit permis de poser une question: Ou commence le ‘ papou ”? ou finissent l’australien et le polynésien ? Un examen approfondi de cette question nous entrainerait trop loin. Cependant, voici ce que je crois étre la vérité. ETUDE SUR LES DIALECTES DE LA NOUVELLE-CALEDONIE. 193 D’abord, pour ce qui concerne le groupe “ papou,” il n’ y a pas de langue proprement dite. Non seulement ces dialectes pré- sentent la méme confusion que ceux dela Nouvelle Calédonie, mais ils ont subi, en outre, l’influence du Malais a une si forte dose, qu’ils ont perdu toute leur originalité premiére. Ils sont bien inférieurs, sous ce rapport, aux dialectes néo-calédoniens, Si, d’autre part, je compare les dialectes “‘papous” 4 ceux de l Australie ou au polynésien, je remarque entre eux, il est vrai, de grandes différences de prononciation provenant, comme je l’ai dit plus haut, de la grande mobilité du langage, qui n’est pas encore fixé. Je vois aussi des formes locales, des différences grammati- cales qui, au premier abord, semblent devoir écarter toute idée de rapprochement ; mais au fond les racines sont les mémes. C’est ce qu'un exemple fera encore mieux ressortir. Les Néo-Calédoniens, les Papous en général et les Polynésiens, se servent, pour désigner l’eau, de la racine “wa,” “ba,” “pa,” “ya,” etc.; qui prend encore les formes les plus variées. Dans les dialectes australiens, cette racine n’apparait qu’acciden- tellement, comme dans les dialectes de ‘‘ Nickol Bay” et “Shaw River,” ou l’eau s’appelle—“ babba,” “ babba,”—tandis que dans la plupart des autres dialectes, elle s’appelle “ kauwee,” “‘kaba,” “ ka- WD 66 moo,’ “a moo,” etc., etc.; Mais si l’on examine ces formes avec attention, on ne tarde pas 4 reconnaitre que la véritable racine est “ wee,” “ba,” “moo,” tandis que la premiére syllabe :—“ka,” “a,” n’est qu’un préfixe, ayant probablement le sens de chose “ka ba,” ’ “chose-eau.” La racine “wee” (pour “wa”), “ba,” “ka moo,’ moo,’ 6volue exactement comme chez les néo-Calédoniens. Les. formes sont identiques de part et d’autre. Les Australiens disent: “ke ni,” “ka ri,” “ko la,” soleil. Les. véritables racines sont: “ni,” “ri,” “la”; qu’on retrouve dans le néo-calédonien: “ni,” feu; dans le polynésien: “7a,” lumiére ; et. dans “ari,” forme mutilée de “ ka ri.” Quant aux ressemblances de mots, elles abondent entre tous ces. Ad) dialectes. La forme “mé,” qui sert aux Néo-Calédoniens pour: M—Sept. 7, 1898. 194 JULIEN BERNIER. désigner |’cil, se retrouve 4 chaque instant dans les dialectes australiens, avec le méme sens : Polynésien: “ Wira,” “ Wila,” éclair ; — Australien: ‘“ Wira,” soleil, feu ; Polynésien : “ Mira,” brillant , ‘ miri,” regarder ; Australien : “ Mir,” ceil. Néo-Calédonien : ‘“‘ Me,” main ; “ma,” faire ; Australien : “ Ma,” main ; etc., etc. Qu’on prenne tous les dialectes malayo-polynésiens, depuis Madagascar jusqu’é Hawaii, depuis le malais proprement dit jusqu’au langage si doux de Tahiti; depuis les Carolines et les Mariannes jusqu’é la Nouvelle-Zélande. Qu’on les compare aux dialectes papous et australiens ; le méme phénoméne se reproduira toujours. Il y aura des différences locales de prononciation et des formes grammaticales particuliéres & chaque dialecte ou & chaque groupe ; mais au fond, l’identité des racines est absolue. La dis- sémination des familles et l’influence des milieux, ont créé des différences de types et de races ; mais le langage, malgré sa grande diversité apparente, est resté immuable, pour attester l’origine commune de toutes ces races. PINENES OF THE OILS OF THE GENUS EUCALYPTUS. 195 On tHE PINENES or tHe OILS or toe GENUS EUCALYPTUS.—Part I. By Henry G. Suir, F.c.s., Technological Museum, Sydney. [Read before the Royal Society of N. S. Wales, October 5, 1898. } ‘THE following paper deals with the investigation of both dextro- rotatory and levorotatory pinenes found existing in the oils of two new species of Eucalyptus growing in New South Wales." The occurrence of Eucalyptus oils consisting almost entirely of the terpene pinene, is remarkable, and will assist to a very large extent, in enabling us to trace the origin and formation of the several constituents found existing in Eucalyptus oils. That a connection does exist, running through the whole series, seems probable, and it is only by carrying out investigations on oils of undoubted material, that a correct scientific knowledge can be obtained in this direction. The group of Eucalyptus trees to which these two species belong is known vernacularly as the ‘Stringybarks,’ and both the species form part of a chemical sub-group of the botanical class of the Eucalypts known as the Renanthere, or those having kidney- shaped anthers. We can derive no further help from the investigation of the kinos of this group, because the exudations from all the Eucalypts belonging to the Renanthere appear to be identical in compo- sition; but the constituents of the oils indicate a sharp distinction. The terpene composing the oils of these two species is principally pinene; not a trace of phellandrene could be detected in them, and so we are enabled to differentiate them from the oils obtained from those trees belonging to the Renanthere, such as £. amyg- 1 Vide BR. T. Baker, F.L.S., on two New Eucalypts—Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., September 1898. 196 H. G. SMITH. dalina, E. piperita, EF. coriacea, etc., the oils of which consist more or less largely of the terpene phellandrene, and those that contain only a small quantity of pinene, or perhaps none at all. Although the two species from which these pinenes were obtained are types, both botanically and chemically, yet it is not to be sup- posed that oils containing pinene are all devoid of phellandrene, such not being the case. A variety of the Rylstone species /£. levopinea)}} was obtained from Barber’s Creek, the oil of which was found to contain a small quantity of phellandrene, although consisting almost entirely of the levorotatory pinene identical with the pinene obtained from the type species. It is worth notice that oils containing phellandrene are generally light coloured in their crude state, while those not containing phellandrene are often reddish in colour. This colour is readily removed by agitating with potash, and it is of an acid character. It is not derived from the eucalyptol(?cineol), as about the same minute quantity of eucalyptol was found in the higher boiling portions of the Rylstone oi! (a red oil) as was found in that of its variety (oil almost colourless, being light yellowish with a tinge of green). We cannot at present derive much information from the colour of the crude Eucalyptus oils, although it may be found eventually to have some bearing on their constitution. The almost entire absence of eucalyptol in the oils of certain members of this group, is also very characteristic, and it seems possible that we may eventually be able to decide how this con- stituent of Eucalyptus oils increases in quantity, as we go up or down the series. This investigation was carried out on material obtained from ‘Barber’s Creek ; from Currawang Creek near Braidwood ; and from Nullo Mountain near Rylstone, all in this Colony. The material from Barber’s Creek, from which the dextroro- tatory pinene was obtained, was botanically identical with that of the species forwarded by the Museum collector from Currawang 1 Named E. levopinea var. minor by Mr. Baker, loc. cit. - PINENES OF THE OILS OF THE GENUS EUCALYPTUS. 197 Creek. This species was described by my colleague Mr. R. T. Baker, (loc, cit.) under the name Eucalyptus deaxtropinea, a. recognition to the science of chemistry for assistance rendered in the determination of species of this important and difficult genus. From the results of the determinations of the oils from the leaves of Z. dextropinea, from both Barber’s Creek and Curra- wang Creek, localities over one hundred miles apart, it might be inferred that the oils were obtained from identical material, and the results again emphasize the fact that the same species of ‘Eucalyptus gives an oil identical in composition, no matter where grown, if collected at the same time of the year. We have other evidence that this is true, and the determination of the oil, together with that of the other chemical constituents of the tree, will be of great assistance in the determination of unknown species. The genus is so prolific in chemical constituents, both crystallised and liquid, that possibly many of the difficulties experienced in the study of the Eucalypts may be effectually removed when the several products of individual trees shall have been systematically investigated by the chemist. The results brought forward in this paper are an instance in point, as the oils of the type species from the three localities possess great similarity ; they all consist prin- cipally of pinene, and in colour, odour, specific gravity, etc., resemble each other most markedly, yet while the pinene from both the Barber’s and Currawang Creeks material rotates the ray of light to the right, the pinene from the Rylstone Eucalypt. rotates the ray to the left. The Rylstone material was collected under the personal supervision of Mr. Baker. We cannot admit that a tree giving an oil consisting principally of a dextrorotatory pinene having a specific rotation = [a], +41-2° is identical with one giving an oil, also consisting principally of a pinene, that is levorotatory to even a greater degree, although the differences in some of the botanical material may not be very marked. Mr. Baker, however, informs me that the timber of Z. levopinea is excellent, while that of EF. dextropinea is a comparatively worth- less timber. 198 H. G. SMITH. ; The late Baron von Mueller, whose knowledge of the Eucalypts of Australia was unique, recognised years ago, the possible assist- | ance the botanist might derive in determining differences in species by the results of chemical investigation of their constituents. The reference is so important in connection with the results brought forward in this paper, that I indicate the paragraph, published by the Baron in 1879.1 “‘ #. obliqua is distinguished from £. piperita by . . . and perhaps by anatomic, histologic, and chemical peculiarieties of the bark and wood which characteristics remain yet more com- prehensively to be studied,” The italics are mine. Since that time much has been done in determining the chemical characteristics of several of the species. The results of the present research not only assisted in finally determining the species, but present possibilities of commercial value in deter- mining the utility or otherwise of the products of the tree by the determination of its chemical constituents. According to Mr. Baker, the Rylstone specimen (£. levopinea) has certain botanical affinities with those of #. macrorhyncha, but chemically these two trees are quite distinct, and the importance of this is apparent when it is stated that the leaves of #. levopinea do not contain myrticolorin like those of #. macrorhyncha, nor does the oil con- tain eudesmol and other constituents found in the oil of 2. mac- rorhyncha. The presence of a pinene in the oil from Z. globulus was detected some time ago. M. Cloez in 1870? published the first detailed observations relative to the oil of Z. globuluws. This research is now of historic interest from the fact that heobtained a hydrocarbon C,,H,, boiling at 165° C., by distilling his so-called eucalyptol with P,O,;. This terpene he called eucalyptene. Afterwards Faust and Homeyer® gave the same name to a terpene from Eucalyptus oil which according to them is a terebenthene, being readily poly- merised by sulphuric acid. Later, Wallach and Gildmeister* - 1 Eucalyptographia, Decade 111., Art. Eucalyptus piperita. 2 Compt. rend. 1870, 687 and Journ. de Pharm. and Chimie 1870, x1t. 201. 3 Ber. 7,63, 1429. 4 Ann. 246, 265 — 284. Abst. Chem. Soc. 1888, 54, 1205. a PINENES OF THE OILS OF THE GENUS EUCALYPTUS. 199 stated that the hydrocarbon, eucalyptene, from Hucalyptus globulus, is identical with dextropinene. In 1895 Bourchardat and Tardy’ carried out experiments with the hydrocarbon found occurring in small quantity in the oil of Eucalyptus globulus, and arrived at the conclusion that it has the properties of levorotatory terebinthene found in French oil of turpentine, but. with an almost equal opposite rotation. They give its boiling point as 156 — 157° C.; its density as 0'870 at 0° C. and 0-865 at 18° C.; and its specific rotation at 15° C. as [a], + 39°. They give Riban’s determination’ for the specific rotation of leevo- rotatory terebenthene as — 40°3°. It appears, therefore, from the results obtained by these authors on this hydrocarbon from the oil of Z. globulus, and those obtained in this research on the same hydrocarbon from the oil from Z. dextropinea, that these dextro- rotatory pinenes obtainable from members of two distinct groups of Eucalypts are identical, and that the dextrorotatory pinene from the whole genus Eucalyptus, is a physical isomeride of the levorotatory pinene (terebinthene) obtained from French oil of turpentine, and possibly also of the levorotatory pinene of the Kucalypts, although this levo form has, so far as observed, a higher specific rotation. As phellandrene has not yet been detected in an Eucalyptus oil containing a highly dextrorotatory pinene, and as the opposite highly levorotatory pinene has been found existing with phellan- drene in several members of the Stringybark group of Eucalypts, it appears that we must arrive at the conclusion that the dextro- rotatory pinene is present in greater abundance in Eucalyptus oils of the globulus type, and that are rich in eucalyptol, particularly as those oils are usually dextrorotatory, and eucalyptol having no rotation, the activity must necessarily be due to the terpenes. Although it had been assumed that terpenes having right and left rotation were probably present in these oils, yet, no proof had previously been forthcoming that this was so, and the isolation of 1 Compt. rend. 1895, 120, 1417 — 1420. 2 Comp. rend. 78, 788; 79, 314. 200 H. G. SMITH. the corresponding levorotatory pinene appears now to conclusively show that such is the case, and that we have existing in the oils of the Eucalypts two pinenes, one of which is probably the physical isomeride of the other. By obtaining the nitrosochloride I have been able to detect the presence of pinene in nearly all the oils of the class of Eucalypts to which #. globulus belongs, such as HL. Bridgesiana, EH. gonio- calyx etc., but it is only present in these oils in very small quantity, the greater portion of their constituents being terpenes other than pinene, and eucalyptol. The two species of Eucalyptus from which these present pinenes were obtained form part of a different group altogether from that to which Z. globulus belongs. The Stringy- barks are a group the investigation of whose oils has been of great assistance in extending our knowledge of the constituents of the oils of the genus. Eucalyptol is almost entirely absent from the oils of the two species now under consideration, as it was only possible to detect its presence in the higher boiling portions, and even then it could not be detected by phosphoric acid, its presence in minute quantity being determined by iodol and also by bromine. Whether at other times of the year eucalyptol would be found to be present in greater quantity is of course a matter for future investigation. On redistilling the oil from the Currawang Creek sample 65 per cent. was obtained between 156° and 162° C.' and 25 per cent. more distilled between 162° and 172° C. On distilling the oil from Barber’s Creek under exactly the same conditions, 62 per cent. was obtained between 156° and 162° and 25 per cent. more _ between 162° and 172° C. These oils were practically identical, although the oil from the Barber’s Creek sample was rather more dextrorotatory than that from Currawang Creek, but this differ- ence might be expected, because our experiments show that the oils obtained from the trees of the same species growing together under exactly similar conditions have not the same rotation, but _ 1 The temperatures given in this paper are all corrected, and stated to the nearest whole degree. PINENES OF THE OILS OF THE GENUS EUCALYPTUS. 201 differ at times to a few degrees; constancy in optical rotation is not experienced in these oils. The oil from the Rylstone sample, rectified under exactly similar conditions, gave 60 per cent. between 157° and 164° C., and 28 per cent. more between 164° and 172° C., so that the temperature required to distil the levo- rotatory pinene is a little higher than that necessary to distil the dextrorotatory form. These oils, from the type species, are red in colour, which from their general appearance might indicate the presence of eucaly ptol; it was a surprise to find an almost entire absence of that con- stituent. The dextrorotatory pinene. The leaves and terminal branchlets of Hucalyptus dextropinea, from Currawang Creek, collected and distilled early in August 1898, gave 0°825 per cent. of oil, or 100 ths. of leaves gave 134 ounces. On rectification (after discarding the first two per cent. which came over below 156° C., and which contained but a minute quantity of aldehydes) the following results were obtained :— 63 per cent. distilled between 156 — 162° C.= first fraction 25 9 -- # 162 —172° C.=second fraction Specific gravity, first fraction, at 17° C. =0°8655 ” ” second ,, 59 == Oren © o 59 crude oil a = 0:°8743 ” rotation, first fraction + 38:18° ” 33 second _,, + 36°34° The leaves and branchlets of H. dextropinea from Barber’s Creek, collected and distilled at end of July 1898, gave 0:850 per cent. of oil, or 100 ths. gave 132 ounces. On rectification (after discarding the first two per cent. distilling below 156° C.) this sample of oil gave :— 62 per cent. distilling between 156° —.162° C. = first fraction ea, “3 ee 162° — 172° C. =second fraction Specific gravity, first fraction, at 17° C. =0°8676 99 -; second ,, a = 0°8744 - Bs crude oil - = 0°8763 i rotation, first fraction, = +39°59° %9 93 second __,, = +37:06° 202 H. G. SMITH. From the above results it was apparent that the two samples might be considered identical oils, only varying to the same extent as is usually found with oils of the same species of Eucalyptus, at the same time of the year ; the further investiga- tion was, therefore, continued on the oil from the Barber’s Creek sample alone. On again rectifying the first fraction of the oil from Barber’s Creek (that portion boiling between 156° - 162° C.) the following results were obtained : 28 per cent. distilled between 156°— 157° C. = first fraction 30 by oe = 157° — 158° C. = second fraction 23 5 rs +5 158° — 160° C. = third fraction Remainder not distilled. Specific gravity, first fraction at 18° C. = 0:8632 - * second ,, i = 0°8644 - cA third - " = 0:8660 - rotation, first fraction, = +40°43° _ F second ,, = +40:08° . a third _,, = +39:03° The third and final rectification, taking the fraction 156° — 158° C., gave 50 per cent. of an oil boiling between 156° — 157°C. | This gave results as follows :— Specific gravity at #° C. = 0°8750 is AS +4 C. — 0:36029 Specific rotation, using the specific gravity obtained at 18° C. = + 41:2° The boiling point of this dextrorotatory pinene may be stated at 156° C. and to have a specific rotation for sodium light + 41-2°. A sample of commercial dextrorotatory oil of turpentine con- taining the pinene Australene was rectified in the same apparatus and under exactly similar conditions, and using the same correction; 35 per cent. distilled between 156°—157° O. This fraction had a specific gravity at 20°C. =0°8624 and a specific rotation + 13°8°. The leevorotatory pinene. The leaves and branchlets of Hucalyptus levopinea, collected by my colleague, Mr. R. T. Baker, at Rylstone in Aug. 1898, distilled PINENES OF THE OILS OF THE GENUS EUCALYPTUS. 203 a few days afterwards, gave 0:66 per cent. of oil,! or 100 tbs. gave 104 ouncés. ‘On ‘rectification (after discarding two per cent. that came over below 157° C.) the following results were obtained :— 60 per cent. distilled between 157° — 164° C. = first fraction 28 re ik a 164° —172° C. =second fraction Specific gravity, first fraction, at 18° C. =0°8676 a - second ,, - = 0°8725 ie a crude oil si = 0°8732 rotation, first fraction, — 46°74° i x second ,, — 44°3° On again rectifying the first fraction (that portion distilling between 157° —- 164° C.) the following results were obtained :— 42 per cent. distilled between 157° - 160° C. =first fraction 35 e I * 160° - 164° C. =second fraction Remainder not distilled. Specific gravity first fraction at 19° C. =0°8630 +P] ” second 9 9 = 0°8641 » rotation, first fraction — 47°86 3 Ss second _,, - 47°38 The third and final rectification, again taking the first fraction, gave 50 per cent. of an oil boiling between 157°-158° C. This gave results as follows :— Specific gravity at #° C. =0°8755 55 * ae (On SOG Specific rotation taking density at 19° C. - 48°63. The boiling point of this levorotatory pinene may be stated to be 157° C. and the specific rotation for sodium light — 48°63", This levorotatory pinene thus boils at one degree higher temper- ature than the dextrorotatory form, and has a gues reverse rotation. The same apparatus was used for the whole of the redistillations, and the results were obtained under exactly similar conditions, and upon the same quantity of oil. The redistillations were not 1 This Eucalypt is known locally as “‘ Silver Top Stringybark.” 204 H. G. SMITH. carried out under reduced pressure, so that they are strictly com--. parative. The temperatures given are those of the oil at the time the specific gravities were taken, and all are given against water at 16° C., except of course the determination of the pinenes at 4° C. The rotations were taken ina 200 mm. tube, the specific rotations being calculated from *, the temperatures of (d) being those stated in the paper. On mixing equal volumes of the two pinenes, the rotation in the 200 mm. tube was — 6:2° showing that the dextrototatory pinene had neutralised exactly the same amount of rotation of the leevorotatory form. By referring to the results it will be seen that the specific gravities of the several fractions of the two oils, their rates of distillation and the percentage amounts distilling below 172° ©. are fairly concordant, with the exception that the oil from £. levopinea boils at a slightly higher temperature than that from E. dextropinea. The real difference between these Eucalyptus pinenes is their extreme opposite rotation, and while the specific rotation of the dextrorotatory Eucalyptus pinene is twice as great as that observed in the pinene (australene) from dextrorotatory oil of turpentine, the specific rotation of the levorotatory Eucalyptus pinene is greater than that of the pinene (terebinthene) from levorotatory oil of turpentine. The Eucalyptus pinenes are identical in appearance, being colourless, mobile liquids, having an odour with a slight resem- blance to ordinary oil of turpentine; the dextropinene has more markedly the odour of ordinary oil of turpentine than has the leevorotatory form. The nitrosochlorides. One volume of thé pinene was added to one volume of amyl nitrite and the mixture dissolved in two volumes of glacial acetic acid ; this was cooled in a freezing mixture of ice and salt, and concentrated hydrochloric acid and glacial acetic acid, in equal parts, slowly added while the blue colour remained ; it was then PINENES OF THE OILS OF THE GENUS EUCALYPTUS. 205 ‘allowed to crystallise in the freezing mixture. The crystals from both forms were identical in every respect and melted quite sharply at 103° C. The product from the dextropinene was heated with alcoholic soda and the nitrosoterpene thus formed, when crystallised from alcohol, melted at 128° - 129° C. The hydrates. About four or five volumes of the pinenes were agitated for two or three days with one volume of nitric acid (sp. gr. 1:25) added to half its quantity of alcohol; the solutions were then allowed to slowly evaporate in open vessels. After some days fine crystals were formed in some quantity with both forms. These were rhombic crystals, and when purified by recrystallisation from alcohol, melted at 116° —117° C. with elimination of water. On melting these terpene hydrates and taking the melting point of the terpenes thus formed, it was found that they both melted at 102° -—103° ©. and that they both sublimed in crystals. The terpene hydrate from either form was soluble in boiling water, in alcohol and in ether; both behaved chemically in exactly the same manner in every respect. A vapour density determination gave almost the identical figures required for the molecule C,,H,,. The monohydrochloride was prepared from the dextropinene, this had the odour and appearance of ordinary camphor and melted at 123° - 124° C. Crystalline tetrabromides could not be obtained by ordinary methods. Polymerisation of the Oil. A portion of the crude oil, £. dextropinea from Barber's Creek was treated with a very small quantity of sulphuric acid; much heat was generated, and the oil was much darkened. After the action was thought to be complete the product was well washed, dried, and distilled. It was then found that polymerisation had taken place, the boiling point of the oil being raised considerably. In the original crude oil from Barber’s Creek there was obtained 206 H. G. SMITH. on redistillation, no less than 77 per cent. below 165° C., (see © table), whereas in:the polymerised oil only.7 per.cent:-was obtained below 165° C., or tabulating the results :— 160° C. to 162° C. = 3 per cent. © 162 —° |, 16s ae 165 - ,, lev uN Bas i 167 0 sos. ue a ae 3 172), 178 1647 ee The fraction obtained between 165° O. and 178° C. was found to have been reduced in rotatory power by about half. Originally the rotation for the whole fraction on the first distillation was +66:°5° in a 200 mm. tube. After polymerisation of the oil the rotation in the same tube was + 32°3°. Evidently the polymeri- — sation had not been complete. From the results of the above determinations it is apparent that these Eucalyptus pinenes are chemically identical with tere- benthene and australene, and only differ from them by having greater rotation. We thus arrive at the conclusion that the pinenes from the oils of the Eucalypts (N.O. Myrtacez), appear identical with those obtained from Pinus (N.O. Coniferze). As the Eucalyptus pinenes lend themselves so readily to poly- merisation by acid, and as the crude oils from all the Eucalypts contain organic acids in some form, it is probable that certain constituents found in Eucalyptus oils are the result of a process of natural polymerisation of these pinenes in the oil cells of the leaf. It may be that eventually structural differences in the molecule may be determined between the Eucalyptus pinenes and those obtained from the Conifers, as indicated by the natural alteration products. Further research may decide this, but it does not appear that we shall receive much assistance from the preparation from these pinenes of known chemical compounds, — because they, so far, have proved themselves identical with those obtained from the pinenes from the Conifere. PINENES OF THE OILS OF THE GENUS EUCALYPTUS. 207 It may be well for the purpose of identification to retain specific names for these Eucalyptus pinenes, and as Hucalyptene stands for the dextropinene, I suggest the name Hudesmene for the lvo- rotatory pinene. The discovery of Eucalyptus oils consisting principally of pinenes prevents the determination of sophistication of Eucalyptus oils with commercial oil of turpentine ; if its presence was proved there is no reason why it should not have been obtained directly from Eucalyptus leaves, and need not have been the effect of adulteration. The necessity of determining the constituents of Eucalyptus oils to be used medicinally is thus again emphasized. I wish to express my thanks to my colleague Mr. R. T. Baker, for botanical assistance in the preparation of this paper. ()6 | 06 64 vL |(”)69 Z9 rg Ih rad ‘atoys[Ay ‘vaurdona? snydhywony | 96 | (2)%6 | 68 gs 0g 4h | 4 (os | vo | oF | "YooID sdoqaeg “vaurdo.yeap snydhywong S6 | (9) 86 06 G8 €8 6L | 94 | (TZ | so | - 8¥ ‘yoolg Ssuvmvsiny ‘vaurdouxap snydhypwong 0S €8T cht LOT 99T GOI | POL | SOI Peet | 191 OT VE GG LE &¢ Oot 6ST Bil vT 8ST OD LST MOTO 4 S L Sj LST *D 9ST MOTO “MOlpOVAZ PITY OY} JO 4eYY (q) OY “MOIGo¥AZ pHODES OY} Jo YUoUH -20U9TMMI00 9} Sajyouep (v) ou], 0} peqxeI109 01% Sarnqvazedurdy, ‘19ayjOUB 0} oInyviedM94 9TO WOIZ pouTeyqO secvzuedIEd @1¥ S}[NseI oy], ‘Q0190p VOY A 4Sorveu 94 ‘sydA[eong Jo satoeds OM} OY} Jo S[IO opNAD OY} JO SUOTZETIIFSIPO OY} JO SJ[NSoI O44 SOAIS “JT e[QBI, “‘Jo8T 72 a GZL8-0 oVL-9P = e po 9 6268+ ot 081-88 + “MOTJORIF “MOTJOVAy eee | eee oylwedg [v] ‘Qo61 38 | “Oo6T 98 2: re Micoeina| pape osek se a ‘auogs[ Ay “vaurdoan) snadhjyoong B ‘Do8T 98 | ‘Do81 4 ‘Do8T 9% o6- 1h + | 6698-0 48-0 |o80-68 + 998.0 o80:0F + FP98-0 o$¥-0P + 2298.0 090-48 + ‘YoolD sdoqaeg “naurdouxap snzdhyoongq eee eee ee . eee eee | eee eee eee oF f-98 + ‘yoorg suvmeriny ‘vaudouwop snjdhyoong eeeere|| oe | eet | tee | wane? | eee | ee | ae | Se Cel | ceo | es | toy | eee | Cel | oobecr | “Cel | ouroee | 900] “‘SOUSUILG —UO0lTvOyTIIOEY parg.h ‘HOTPROGIPOOY PuovsG ‘sopoodg q}Og JO S[IO OY} JO Sz[usoYy “I e1qBL ‘MOTPVOBIOOY SALT “‘Do81 42 9198-0 ‘oLT 98 §298-0 “OoLT 42 GS98-0 “mOTPOVAT 4s1g ‘AYTARIS oytoedg Bud 990 s5u80 | 0880 ena | 280 “Bata 2 aber reocod ‘TIO epnsg SOARING MACHINES. 209 SOARING MACHINES. By L. HarGRave. [Read before the Royal Society of N. S. Wales, November 2, 1898. | Ir is long since my diary contained sufficient matter to submit two papers in one year for publication in our Journal, but some late observations are of such a convincing nature as to the truth of the propositions enunciated here on August 4, 1897, that I trust you will permit me to advance the art of soaring another step. Figures 1, 2, 3, show side and end elevations and plan of two soaring kites that are called M. and N. The following table is LLL Sy . 3 NSE cited ay N—Oct. 2, 1898. SOARING MACHINES. ALA the type of the inscription that is plainly legible on the photo- graphs but may be indistinct on the zincotypes :— ' Soaring Kites. M. N. Length... a soe Ss soe cele 4’ 14” Width if : 3’ 3H" 3 0” Projected area of aeaneller, square Pinclies 371 243 3 3s end surfaces a 144 128 Total area, square feet... ais Lip A@ays) 2°58 Weight, pounds ... 4 O20 4:09 Weight per square foot, Board’... ff dame Di 1:59 Angle of propeller es a we «AE — 3° Both kites have repeatedly soared in wind with a velocity of ten to fifteen miles. M and N differ in several ways from the vulcanite soaring kite described in the paper of June 1, 1898. The long tin tubes are much stiffer and the propellers are made of redwood. M also has a spring screwed to the front of its propeller so that a trial could be made with the propeller rigid followed immediately by one -with the propeller springy. This showed the rigid propeller to be the best. It is found that vulcanite immersed in boiling water and then ‘bent does not retain permanently the curve imparted to it; neither does steamed wood unless nailed to numerous objectionable ribs. Bent metal plate is worse than bent wood and weight for weight is more flexible. There appeared no alternative but to work the curve of the propeller out of solid wood; this course produces with some patience the desired article. When the best curve has been decided on, curved wooden propellers will be pro- duced by modern wood working machinery with as much facility as any form of moulding used in architecture. A further consideration of the horizontal projection of a soaring bird’s wing shows that the tip or flat part is approximately half the area of the soaring part. : When the wing is rigidly extended and the soaring part lifting properly; the tip, when in the plane of the true wind, will have 212 L. HARGRAVE. the relative wind acting on its upper surface, and be in effect a kite wrong side up. The position of the tip, that is, whether it incline up or droop when viewed from front or rear, is a clear indication of whether the bird is soaring in a horizontal or downward blowing wind, or merely being supported by an upward trend of wind. The albatross and frigate bird show the drooping tip to per- fection. Hawks and eagles frequently show the upward bent tip, and when they do so we may safely conclude that any flat object would be up-borne by the wind in their neighbourhood. Birds. that circle in calm or nearly calm air, have the wing tips turned. up ; and if the performance takes place over a hot and dusty plain, the conditions are favourable for the formation of a sand column. or “whirley.” The bird that soars in a gale has a deeper concavity of wing than the one’ that soars in a moderate breeze, from which I deduce that the velocity of rotation of the vortex must have some point of maximum efficiency. In other words, the small vortex cannot attain an infinite velocity, and the large vortex loses its efficiency when its speed of revolution is reduced below a certain point. Each form of soaring wing is evolved by the average velocity of wind in the latitudes frequented by the bird. A kite (O.) was made four feet wide and seven inches in a fore and aft direction. Two feet six inches of the middle was shaped. to a soaring curve and the rest left flat. The inclination of the flat part to the chord of the soaring part was 5° and unadjustable. A rod with weighted ends and small tail was added. This kite soared several times but was crank athwartships. It was thought desirable to reject all horizontal surfaces as it appeared that their only use toa bird was to enable it to fly when there was no wind; and as these soaring kites had no motor but the soaring curve, the flat surfaces only increased the drift. At this point the soaring machine develops into a form that has no counterpart in nature. The rod now having no horizontal surface- at the ends; could not, by the inertia of the lead weights alone, SOARING MACHINES. AN long retain the propeller at the proper soaring angle. The machine must sooner or later tip either up or down. The rod with loaded ends and cells can but retard the end tipping long enough to show that the propeller is soaring. For these reasons the weight was transferred to a point below the propeller, thus reverting to the method of maintaining the equilibrium of the balloon or parachute, and which is used by the experimenters with gliding machines. ro) The situation and aspect of the tail or weather-cock came under consideration, and it was seen that the nearer it was placed to the after edge of the propeller the more instantaneously would gravity adjust the propeller to the proper angle. It was also recognized that whatever area is given to the weathercock, its longest dimen- sion should be vertical. The meteorologists will think this rank heresy. Lancaster points out that the weather-cock should be vertical only; and as far as I know every aeronautical construction ever made but his, has horizontal tail surface. A moment’s considera- tion should have shown us that when we wish to preserve the angle of incidence by the action of gravity, as all gliding machines do, any horizontal tail must act as a check to the necessary rapid adjustment. Kites M. and N. were therefore remade as shown in Figs. 4, 5, 6, 7, and assume a strong likeness to Lancaster’s ‘‘ effigy” described in the Engineer 1882, and which I have endeavoured to reproduce in Fig. 8, from his dimensions given in Chanute’s ‘‘Progress in Flying Machines,” page 199. JI can well believe that many of Lancaster's ‘hundreds of effigies” soared in spite of their flat cardboard surfaces, 2f the stick that extended the wings had some considerable depth and was fastened to the under side of the front edge; which point is not made clear. It is also recorded in the same work at page 197, that his explanation in the American Naturalist was so plainly erroneous that he was harshly criticised. L. HARGRAVE. SOARING MACHINES. 215 Supposed Appearance o 2. CJ as n Lancasters Esliqy IT think that Le Bris in 1867, Mouillard (date unknown), and Lancaster in 1882 all made soaring machines that worked by means of the soaring vortex, although there is no record of their having known or shown that the air in contact with the rear side of the leading edge was at a higher pressure than that on the windward side. Phillips in 1884 and Montgomery (date unknown) showed that the air at the rear of the front edge of a similar curve to a soar- ing bird’s wing was moving downwards, but both of them just stopped short of finding out the high pressure of the vortex. Lilienthal found that arched surfaces produced a lift slightly to windward of the zenith, my work published in 1893 being identical with this. If there are others who have made soaring machines and showed why they soared, I have omitted to mention them through ignor- ance, but in a matter concerning claim to priority of discovery the credit must go to the man who first publishes his knowledge, and dione at all to the one who knew and withheld his information with a view to exploiting humanity. 216 L. HARGRAVE. I have noticed that soaring is easier in a wind velocity that is increasing than when it is decreasing, and attribute this to volumes of air of high density and velocity driving in under volumes of lower density and velocity: the contiguous surfaces will then cause eddies in the combined mass rotating in the same direction that the soaring vortex does: that is, the upper part of the eddy moving to windward and the lower part to leeward, one of these would be more readily caught and held by the propeller than when the contrary conditions prevail. Every detail of Kites M and N as remodelled are shown in Figs. 6, 7, and they now contain all the necessary parts of a practicable soaring machine to carry one man, and J. expect to hear ere this is in print, that some of the gliding machines on the shore of Lake Michigan have been fitted with soaring curves, the trials of which are certain to be successful. The observations made on August 31, 1898 are as follows :— Kites M and N to the beach. Very steady east wind, twelve to Soaring Kk Ue SOARING MACHINES. DAN Pie 7. fourteen miles. No sea to speak of or that might cause large pulsations in the wind. Poles placed close to the water. The waves washed round the two windward pegs. Sand almost level. Rain beating the models down. Kite M hung by thirteen feet of cord °15” diameter = 23 sq. ins. of cord for head resistance. Kite weighs without ballast 1 fb. 12 oz. Ballast 3 ib. 1 oz. Total weight 4 tbs. 13 oz. = 4°81 lbs. Projected area of propeller 2:58 square feet. Load = 1°86 ibs. per square foot. When M was loaded with 3 ibs. 1 oz. of lead she hung persis- tently 7° to windward of a plumb line passing through the after end of the tail and the knot that attaches the hanging cord to the horizontal one at the top of the poles. Sometimes she would swing back till the hanging cord was from one to two degrees out of plumb. The plumb line and weight were sheltered as much as possible from the wind by my arm. When the kite is drawn about four feet back from the vertical position and released, the hanging cord slacks when the kite has 218 L. HARGRAVE. swung about two feet forward, and M soars with a deep bight in the cord to position B (Fig. 9), and then turns and rushes round like a conical pendulum, jerking savagely at the hanging cord in all directions. It then has to be caught as it is impossible to tell what is real soaring and what is impulse derived from elasticity of the poles and cords. Kite N was then attached to the horizontal cord hy a piece of fishing line and loaded with 2 ibs. of lead. The area of N’s propeller is 243 square inches = 1°69 square feet N’s weight without lead 1 fb. O04 oz. Lead weights ... ... 240s. 0 oz. 3 Ibs. 04 oz. = 3:016 lbs. Weight per square foot = 1:78 Ibs. Kite N starts from a plumb position and ascends slowly at am angle of about 45° to windward, it did it five or six times in spite of the rain beating it down, and the drift of the hanging string and a light line tied to the weight to keep it from dashing about. Fig. 9 shows a side view of the experiments with M. It may be thought that it would be more conclusive if the models were allowed perfect freedom. This matter has not escaped. consideration, and the reasons for not working with free apparatus. at present still hold good. By using the captive method, any amount of skill and patience expended in the manufacture of the soaring machine is amply repaid by its possession and the know- ledge that the experiment can be repeated under similar conditions. Whereas if the free method is used, a form that merely wanted a little adjustment to be perfect, would frequently be smashed or lost in the sea without anything remaining to show its defects or lead to rapid improvement. Of course if I lived in the centre of a sandy plain, with numerous assistants to make and repair constructions of my design, certain advantages would accrue, but at present I try tomake the utmost use of the facilities at my disposal. SOARING MACHINES. 219 BA. Vorlex. Race . Celde . Diurade, Arle slertace. Vortesc Mest. Rie) 10: Fig. 10 shows the condition of the air in the neighbourhood of the Cy Says Ss A Hock. soaring curve and the following Deng Per statements may help us to arrive at Discharge. the exact power developed :— 1. The hook originates the vortex. 2. The diameter of the vortex is determined by the radius of the race. 3. The velocity of rotation is something less than the velocity of the wind or relative wind, and is maintained thereby. If the wind is thirteen miles and the curve advances into the wind at one mile, the relative wind is fourteen miles and the velocity of rotation about 2,600 revolutions per minute. 4, The air drawn in from the rear of the vortex rises in pressure as the race contracts. 5. The high pressure air in the race acts on the soaring machine by thrust on the vortex nest. 6. The vortex cannot increase in diameter or burst because the vacuum at the centre is of the exact tenuity that balances the centrifugal force of the particles of air forming the vortex. 7. Ifthe head resistance of the soaring machine is decreased by a lull in the wind, the air in the race expands leaving the vortex slightly to leeward, that is practically increasing the radius of the vortex nest, the vortex then increases in diameter and 220 L. HARGRAVE. rotates slower, draws in less air past the guide and restores the equilibrium. 8. Some of the discharge from the race may pass into the dead ‘air to windward of the hook and so over the top of the soaring curve, or if the dead air space is filled up solid with part of the material of the soaring curve the whole discharge is carried under the vortex and may or may not be drawn in again between the vortex and the guide. The discharge cannot mingle with the air of the vortex, as every circumferential particle of its air is held at a fixed distance from the centre by the tenuity of the vacuum. 9. The lower front quadrant does not add to the head resistance as it is rotating to leeward nearly as fast as the relative wind. 10. The after part of the soaring curve if it extends to leeward of the divide acts as an aero-curve. On October 20, 1898, the wind was about seventeen miles per hour, and it was found that Kite N could be loaded with lead to a total weight of 3:6 Ibs. on 1:69 square feet = 2°13 tbs. per square foot, and that when so loaded it would rise at an angle of 70° or 80° to windward until it was fifteen feet from the sand, it then got into wind of greater velocity and drifted to leeward. Here I am confronted with a difficulty that at present is unsurmountable. Hither the soaring machine must be started from such a height that the weight can be approximately adjusted to the existing wind; or, the weight must automatically adjust the negative angle of the propeller as the wind increases. Kites O (Figs. 11, 12), P (Fig. 13), Q (Fig. 14) have a different system of adjustment and suspension of the weight. A piece of 2” tube is secured rigidly to the propeller and nearly parallel to its chord. The connection between the tube and propeller in O and Q is a steel plate +2” x +4;” and long enough to keep the weight at the required distance below the propeller. The weights are lead cylinders #” diameter and about 134” long. A sufficient number are strung on a 3” wire. The adjustment of the position of the weight is effected by pushing the string of weights in or SOARING MACHINES. WA out of the tube. The head resistance is thus reduced to that of the edge of the plate plus the end area of the tube. SA a vo Per TT soo S eg ‘ | : j = ‘ ‘ j i ‘ ji = 3 Ze See : Bed | ees a ~ 3 a i i a EG A BiSeiac Se RiKecines MRE i = : : a ee : x ae * . Kee See ee : . é a : 3 pe a H oe : ake a8 H ks | ee i FP coos Zs DLA A rs SET EES ie S Hig. 42. Kite O has the weather cock attached to the after end of the tube, and is the kite previously mentioned, now remade. Kite P has the upper side quite flat, the hook is 3” abaft the sharp leading edge of the propeller. The space between the hook and the leading edge of the propeller is solid wood slightly concave, so that there can be no dead air to windward of the hook. 222 L. HARGRAVE. Fig. 13. A fringe of silk is glued to the concave side of the propeller on O and_P so that it is possible to see that the ‘‘divide” is approxi- mately,in the position shown in the diagram (Fig. 10). Fig. 14. Kite Q has two propellers superposed at a distance of 8”. The ballast tube is 34” below the under one. This kite shows that a double propeller soaring machine can be balanced in a fore and aft direction as well as, or better than, the single form. NATIVE VOCABULARY OF MISCELLANEOUS N.S.W. OBJECTS. 223 NATIVE VOCABULARY or MISCELLANEOUS NEW SOUTH WALES OBJEOTS. By Mr. Surveyor Larmer. {Communicated by Professor T. P. Anderson Stuart, M.p., by permission of the Honourable the Secretary for Lands.) [ Read before the Royal Society of N. 8. Wales, November 2, 1898. | ‘Tue following letter is explanatory of the paper :— “21st October, 1898. Sir, In compliance with the request contained in your letter of the 8th instant, I have the honor to forward herewith a copy of “ Larmer’s ~ Native Vocabulary,” and to inform you that there is no objection to its ‘being printed in the Society’s Proceedings, as proposed. “Tt may be of interest to learn that the late Mr. J. Larmer was employed by the Government of New South Wales in the capacity of Surveyor, and bore a very high reputation as an efficient and reliable officer, as evidenced by his long term of over thirty years service, ranging from 1829 to 1860, and the importance of the surveys entrusted to him, some of which are enumerated hereunder. Although, during the period mentioned, Mr. Larmer carried out many surveys in the Counties of ‘Cumberland and Northumberland, he was chiefly engaged in the vicinity of Sydney. « Surveys of the Coast between Sydney and Botany, portion of George’s River, Botany Bay and adjacent country, the Hawkesbury River, the Dividing Range. Surveys around Parramatta, Lane Cove, Willoughby, ‘Gordon, Neutral Bay, etc.” I have the honour to be Sir, Your obedient servant, W. Houston, Under Secretary. Professor T. P. Anderson Stuart, m.p., University of Sydney.” 224 (1834) JAMES LARMER. LARMER’s NATIVE VOCABULARY. (Transmitted 24th November, 1853.) Brisbane Water and Tuggera Beach Lakes. Nurroo. Black Jebug.gall.orGoen. The Devil Burrung. White Chullora. Flour Ber. ral. Hard Jungal. maboo Shout again Kin. yut. Soft Bung. hi, °° To-day Na. ba Tomahawk Warra. Yesterday Bab. ba. loo. Tobacco pipe | Indore. You Gerri. barra. Musket Attore. Me Tudera Kill Gurranang. Sugar Kurrawan Smoke Cud.yel. Tobacco Win. di. gi. Messmate Warrah. Start—go Bur ri bi. Husband Kit Come Nugung. Wife Guyong. Fire Kooranung Honey Ba-rdo. Water Yurragun. Hungry Bolbi. Wood Pott.oo Water Coo. je. la. Knife Kurrawa.yong.ah. Smooth sea’ _| Mar. ra. Take it Kurrawa.tulgan. Rough sea Attore weha I gave Coorey. Blackfellow | Attore. wine. bun g. Indore. wéa You tell nine 1 wemtee Girrumbullong Whitefellow | Qyndoo. Bread Yandee. andee. Run Muggoo. ruggoo. Fish Wannung. garri. Ki. balee. Come along bee. Where are you) Byrril. Money Tugga. Kat it Wanderingabee. Where are you Narra. becha. Drink more hoowine. going Muttong. Courageous Hunter's River. Urroong. ah. Run, make haste | You. ring. Go Hunter's River, Brisbane Water and Newcastle. Wog. wool, Pulwarra. Ur. roo. Cow. woy. Warrangal Gum. mi. Mutting Gin. ga. Ki. kupa. Mir. ree. Murroon One Two Three Four Five Spear Fish-spear Frightened Come along Dog Good Gow. way. Throw it away Manna. Take it Bonna. South Sonda. North Joog. a. ra. North-east wind .Beambolong. Large | Cullan. gulong. Long way off Yerring. Whiskers Wongul. Deaf The sea Kuriwa NATIVE VOCABULARY OF MISCELLANEOUS N.S.W. UBJECTS. Nye Be. ung. Bung. hi. Hurreen. Cowan. Nurrung. yan. Mother Father Brother Sister Uncle Old woman Cow. wow. Cow. way. Coo. ning Ur. roong. Thirty. Murroon Nullural. Boo. rurra. Minning Burre. ung. Mimmi Coolla. Yumree. Mundow. ay. Neu. gro. Bug. green. Towara. Gin. gee. Mungaroo. Boo. mo. ah. Thundala. Kooroo. gama. Bunna. Tuckite Wad thung Boora. Kuna. ma. Burleen. Nad. jung Mud ja ree Tugga Kulla. Mangara. Tugga. e. lee. Nai. Fajoworoo. Yes No Small Large Dead Living Wet Dry Night Daylight To-morrow Mouth Hand Foot Nose Bateman’s Bay. Go.en or Cobboba The Devil The sun The moon Stars Clouds Thunder Lightning Wind Rain Frost Grass Rock Snow Salt-water Fresh-water Canoe Cold Warm Bark No Yes Hair O—Nov. 2, 1898, Binna Kar Pun. yal. The sun Yun. a. ga. The moon Worree. worrung. Stupid fellow Murroong. Good Wejung Bad Gow. lang. The stars Tug. ge. ra. Cold Mur. ro. ree. Warm Nungara. Sleep Tulgan Heavy swell Nung. ha. Smooth water Wib. bee. Wind Ku. dra. Clouds Murree. Wolobi Warral. Sit down Cobbo. Stop Muttama Take it Gurra. gurran. Grog Indore. we. ah. Yo(u) tell Bunnung. ga.ree. Boat Koondoo. Head Era. Tooth Ta (or) Tha. Mouth Nyvallee: Lip Binjee Belly Munna. Hand Kooree. Kar Thun. na. Foot Mubbara Hyes Narree. Leg Boo. roo. Kangaroo Birre. bine Emu Mugga. Snake Tag-ula. Pheasant Murrera. Whale nyu tt Warang. Boyan. call + Muln. a. Girl i. Bejea Old man ; Moolootha. Old woman Eurong. a. Young man 225 ——— 226 JAMES LARMER. Booraja Morning Ullung. brotha Five Boo. goo. ya. Sun set Muno. al. Ten Tub. ba. ra. Night Mundaja Meat Mena. What Tung. ah. Bread W.abine Go Mirrega Dog Ya. woi. Come here Burral Wolloby Boo. ee. Make haste Murraba. Kangaroo Miare | Sit down Koong. a. ra. Opossum Purdoo. Foot path Mar. rah. Fish - Mundaba. Tomahawk Nadjara Canoe Tugon. Hut Yarramun Horse Currung. adeta Grog Bid. doo. High range Moorh Tobacco Innull-nurrowan. Flat Country Tundulla. Small Bud. da. Creek Birrega Large Duro. ya. River You. een. Blackfellow Cog. goo. Gully Jirrung. gala. Whitefellow | Kurraloo. Monkey Win. gun. Black Gin Jag. goola. Pheasant Mitta, la. lee. One Bun-goo. Squirrell Mung. ung. dara. Two Woom. barra Duck Toorung. gow.aree. Three Jumaga. Good Muna. linga. Four Cor.ne.na. Bad Ulladulla. Tug. gi No Koona. Duck Nawa. Yes Ka. an. dee. Tobacco Nae Come Yan. yee. Fire Wob. a. ra. Go Boonbal. Wood Wonaga-wey.ou. What is your | Warrang. Child name | Niara Look there Tung. ah. Bread Tookun (or)Coonjee Hut Mondagai Meat Cumboo. gullock Bullock Mar. rah. Fish Ku. roka. The sun Burroo. Kangaroo J udcho. The moon Braidwood. Yarra. bunye. Go away Murring Blackfellow Jou. wo. Come here Kooralala. Whitefellow Mun. numalee. Make haste Kooroo.bun. Rock Nulla(or) Bimbal Wood -} Bullon Black Gin Nadjung Fresh-water | Nung. lee Beef Cadthung. Salt-water Tithijung Bread Woodthung Grass Bullinjan Grog Bondung. Rain Kooroo.gama. Wind Mittung One Koolumbroo. Cloud Bullalla Two Jerrung. Star Bullamatung Three Jad. jung Moon Nerang. Four NATIVE VOCABULARY OF MISCELLANEOUS N.S.W. OBJECTS. Yeo Yeo and Narraburra. 227 Murrumbung. Good Bo.gin Grass Ingil Bad Towara. Wind Oonbi One Me. ma. Star Bulla Two Dowin Tomahawk Bullongaubee Three Doo. loo. Spear Moddoo. Four Burgan. Boomerang Oog. goo. e Five Mulyan. Eagle Hawk Gib. bre. bung Ten Wallung. Rock Jin.nung Foot Eu.rung. Rain Murra. Hand Ge. wong. Moon Mill Eye E. rae Sun Nun. Mouth Pudthaubung. Duck Bullong. Head Moonda. Native Dog | Boorabin Belly EKurong. Kmu Wood. da. Kar Comboll. Turkey Mo. roo. Nose Guya. Fish Dalline Tougue Tambaree Water mole _ | Moo. nil Old Mi. eeu Blackfellow Boo. bi. Young Ju. nur. Gin Dundong. Cold Boo. ri Boy Woo. gil Warm Wee. in Fire Upper Calara or Lachlan. O. gill Warm Dundoo. Swan . Mumbo. a. Hot Booralgal Native Com- Tog. ge. ra. Cold panion Calleen Fresh-water | Toon. gool Bear Boog. woo. in Grass Wirreet Wind Ur. roong. Emu Weri No Wamboo. een Kangaroo Now. a. Yes Ku. ya. Fish Yantagee Go Coom. bull Turkey W'e.ja _ Stop Junction of Lachlan and Murrumbidgee. Muccara Rain Bick. nunna Old man Wilya Hot Brung. ine Emu. Tillal Cold Boolooka. Kangaroo It. tha No Ka. en. Dog Ye. a. Yes Toolombee. Duck Nicka Go Burri. mully Good Go. woi Come Mummothinthy Bad Nun. na. Blackfellow Mow.a One Birrup Gin Eu. rowal Two Ballite Boy Thur. a. lu. a. Three 228 JAMES LARMER. Dinnewa Four Na. eng. hee. Sun Curra. Five Too. rt-tee Star Willong. he Wind Menino. Make haste Mug. ga. ree Rain Nau. ga. mo. Stop Tenangee Cold Kel. lal. lee Warm Wine. got. by Moon Transmitted to the Surveyor General, November 24th, 1853. Jas. LARMER. A small plain at the crossing of the road from Murringo to Bathurst on the Lachlan is called ‘“‘ Mulyan,” in consequence of Eagle Hawks frequenting it formerly. At all the stations, the names ending in “ong”—Jallong, Curiong, Illalong, Bogolong, Bennelong, there are ponds and springs of permanent water. At Dumondril large weeds grew previous to its occupation by the whites from which the natives made spears. At Mr. Broughton’s Station on the Burrowa River, is a large and very deep water hole called ‘‘Binjenine.” Binge in that neighbourhood is a word applied to the stomach by the natives. Jas. L. Native names of Points of Land in Port Jackson (South Shore). Long Nose Point Yerroulbin Goat Island Milmil Jack the Millers Point Coodye Slaughter House Point Tarra Bennelong Point Jubughalee Mrs. Macquarie’s Point Yourong. Elizabeth Point Jerrowan Mr. McLeay’s Point Yarrandab Point Piper Willarra Rocky Point (South of Vaucluse) Burrowwo. Vaucluse Point Moring Siddons and Watsons Kutti. Lang’s Point Ku-bung harra NATIVE VOCABULARY OF MISCELLANEOUS N.S.W. OBJECTS. 229 Sow and Pigs Shark Island Clark Island Birrur bir- Boam bill-" Billong-ololah. Native names of Points of Land, North Shore of Port Jackson. Billy Blues Point Hulk Bay Milson’s Point Point East of Milsons McLarens Store Careening Cove Head Point West of Robertsons Robertson’s Point Mossmans Whaling Establishment Sirius Cove Bradley’s Head Chowder Bay West Head Middle Harbour North Harbour Fincham’s, North Harbour or Balgowlah Township Darling Harbour The Spit, Middle Harbour Point East of Spit Warung aréa. Quibéreé Kiarabilli Wudyong. Wurru-birri Wéyé Weéyé Kurra ba Wulworra-jeung Goram bullagong. Burroggy Koreé Gurugal. Warrin ga Kun’-na t jine Tumbulong. Burra-bri: Parriwi J. LARMER, September, 1832. 1 Word incomplete, mutilated in binding. 230 H. C. RUSSELL. CURRENT PAPERS No. 3. By H. C. RussE tt, B.A., C.M.G., F.R.S, { With Plates X., XI. | [ Read before the Royal Society of N. S. Wales, October 5, 1898. } In two previous papers, I have recorded two hundred current papers and this paper adds another one hundred and sixty-seven to my list. The first list contained forty-three papers which had come to me direct. The second list contained one hundred and fifty- seven, of which ninety-three had come to me direct, and sixty- four were given to me for publication. Since the publication of the second list, the papers which follow have come in, and many of them are of great interest. These three essays have been published at intervals of two years; the first on October 9, 1894, the second on September 2, 1896, and this one on October 5, 1898. During the past two years north-west winds have been very pre- valent, and they are always a hindrance to the receipt of current papers, because they blow them away from the south coast of Australia. Reference was made in No. 2 pamphlet to the rapid drift 16°8 miles per day in the Indian Ocean of current paper No. 56. This time we have seven papers in that sea, and their average rate of drift is 12:2 miles per day, and one No. 258 made 16:9 miles per day ; probably with all these papers there was considerable delay in reporting the finding of them. It may be mentioned here, that in the Indian Ocean the rate of drift falls off rapidly going north to the equator ; and north of the equator the drift is towards the west. In the following charts each current paper track has in addition to its number the daily rate of drift which the paper made, and the experience gained with this lot of papers bears out that of No. 2 essay, viz., that the rate of drift increases as you go south CURRENT PAPERS. Oa Nt from Lat. 30°S., and No. 217 in Lat. 47:16 S., made the greatest on record there, 12:4 miles per day. Taking the dates at which they were found as the order of arrangement, it appears that the papers received were not evenly distributed over the months, but generally there are more in the winter months when southerly winds prevail than in other times in the year; see the following table showing the number received MontHs IN WHICH CURRENT PAPERS WERE FOUND. 1896 Jan. , Feb. | Mar. ; April| May | June, July | Aug. | Sept. | Oct. | Nov. j; Dec eee ea! ch lee doy fbi flied ve lis ieee i! A le allot zs. vy = ee a ie a | / £. / ait | ¥ | cae ov ea: Ie bes? | 7 | Ty |—Total 26 1897 Meet eid | he la Mere) fl el Pry Memory fi ht hy hE bs Beer a eke | f fe cite) A ae dhol! ae. ery Lika Ae Ry | a alae my | Pale D on | | 5 Rip) A: 5 | 10 7 2, 9 3 8 9 5 |—Total 81 pee La RC ll i a a Rh et tl fal | | Ree ee ee eee ehh hash Val one hiliex heel | ff lease f | cee al lhl ll CS ANY ai an a | oe oe bis / / eee / as 9) cil 42 eae Hello san 4S’ 5| 6) 2} a ea ese Ae 2?) | Potal 68 BEY) H. ©. RUSSELL. each month. In October 1896 the number was small, it increased in November and December, fell off in January 1897, increased in February, fell off again to another minimum in March, when only four were received. In May, June, July and August there were many current papers, ranging from seven to ten in the month. In September the number again fell away and only three were received, October brought an increase, and November nine papers, again they fell off with the north-west winds. May 1898 brought ten papers, and in June, July, and August we had many papers. In September they again fell off with north-west winds. The foregoing tabular statement shews this more in detail. It is of course impossible to see which way these papers cross the sea, and it has been pointed out before that the line given is the shortest way convenient for the draftsman, and the speed is’ calculated along that line. As the ocean current south of Lat. 30° sets nearly due east, and the average direction of the papers is east-north-east, there can, I think, be no question that they are carried northward by the prevalent winds, and if the winds came from north-west they are carried away from the coast instead of towards it. Hence the receipt of current papers decreases with north-west winds. I have been often asked, what percentage of the papers thrown over come back to me? At present it is impossible to give a definite answer to that question, for several reasons: first, although I know how many papers I send out, I do not get any return of the number set afloat ; and second, probably some vessels do not set any afloat. It is obvious therefore, that no definite answer can be given to the question. There is a good prospect for any paper reaching the coasts of Western Australia, South Australia, Victoria, or New South Wales, and the North Island of New Zealand, coming back to me, but very little for one landing on the west of Tasmania, or the west coast of Middle Island of New Zealand, because the coasts are rugged and have few inhabitants, and many other places such as CURRENT PAPERS. Wer the south coast of Asia generally, and west coast of Africa, from which the return of the papers which may be cast on the shore is improbable. I get papers from these places only occasionally. One of the dangers which beset current papers has become evident recently and that is, sometimes the finder of the bottle thinks it of more value than the paper inside of it. Although a definite answer to the question what percentage of the papers come back cannot be given, my impression is that five or six per cent. of those thrown over in Australian waters came back to me, and probably eight or ten per cent. go on shore outside Australia and are never heard of. Twenty-four per cent. of the papers that do come back have been thrown over when the vessels were only a few miles from the shore, and there is good reason to believe that they go on shore at once, because there is such a short interval between the throwing over and the finding. Since the land is generally much warmer than the water, it produces an indraught from the sea which is most effective close in shore and probably has much to do with taking the bottle-papers on shore. It is very unusual for a paper thrown over close in shore to be carried away to a distance, but I do get a few that have drifted into the open ocean to find a resting place on distant land. On October 31st, 1896, when the Ormuz was in Lat. 37° 17'S. and three miles off the coast, a current paper No. 229, was thrown over at 10h. 15 m. a.m., and it was found on October 24th 1897, on the New Zealand coast, forty miles north of Hokianga, its daily drift having been 3°6 miles perday. On October 31st 1896 at noon, that is one and three-quarter hours after No. 229, Capt. Tuke had a second current paper No. 230, thrown over, the ship being then in 36° 57’ 8. and near the coast; this paper instead of following No. 229, to the New Zealand coast, made its way to Tuggerah beach, which is half way between Sydney and Newcastle, on May 27th 1898, having been five hundred and fifty-three days on the journey, if we assume that this paper made its way up the 234 H. C. RUSSELL. coast, i.¢,, the shortest way to Tuggerah beach, its drift was only half a mile per day. But there is a more probable route, and that one it no doubt followed, that is, like No. 229 it drifted away eastward on the journey, got into the current setting north” wards in the eastern parts of Tasman sea (indicated by dotted line on the chart) and travelled in this current until it reached the branch of the great equatorial currents which sets past the south end of New Caledonia on to the coast of Australia, and thence went down the coast to Tuggerah beach. The daily drift necessary to accomplish such a journey is only four miles per day, nearly the same rate, 3°6 miles per day, as No. 229 made on its direct course to New Zealand. It is of course impossible to prove which way these papers go by following them over the sea, but I may mention two other papers which seem to support the assumed track: No. 275 was thrown over by Capt. G. W. Atkinson, of the R.M.S. Valetta, when passing Gabo, and it was found on the Belefo Island, north of New Caledonia, having on the shortest track travelled 1,510 miles at the rate of 4:6 miles per day. No. 339 was thrown over in the latitude of Gabo Island but 7° east of it; this one found its way to one of the New Hebrides at a rate of 1:6 miles per day; probably it laid on the beach for a long time before it was found. It is true that to reach their landing places they must have crossed the equatorial current setting westward, but they may have done so under the influence of southerly gales of which a number passed over Tasman sea during the period of the drifting of these papers. Ido not press the matter, but with the well known southerly current on our coast it seems more probable that the current papers make their northing by the round about way than by facing a strong current. Another paper bearing on this question is very interesting: No. 345 was set afloat in Lat. 46° 18’ S. and Long. 127° 50’ E., and it was found on the coast of New South Wales almost on the CURRENT PAPERS. 235 boundary between that colony and Queensland. There is of course no evidence to show how it got there, for plotting on the chart it has been assumed that it followed the usual easterly drift in Lat. 46° S. to the longitude of Tasmania, and then took a northerly course, the shortest to the landing place which could be done in the time, at the rate of 5:4 miles per day. If, however, it took the alternative course, which I think the more probable, it travelled up the eastern side of Tasman sea and came on shore by the equatorial current past New Caledonia. The distance on this course being a thousand miles longer, and the daily rate of 7-5 miles per day ; but during its drift in Lat. 46° S. it may, like other papers of this list, have travelled from nine to twelve miles per day, and the drift in Tasman sea would accord with those made by other papers in Tasman Sea. It has been found impossible to plot the tracks of all the papers even with a much enlarged chart of Australia and New Zealand, because so many are found on the coast between Adelaide and Melbourne. May I ask those who are so steadily assisting in this work to send me a tabular statement of the number of papers thrown over each month or voyage. From these returns it would be possible to get a percentage of the papers that came back to me. PEG &&G C&S 1&3 0&6 666 826 LEG 966 ag P2s 666 GGG 1G 026 61é 816 L416 916 C16 VIG S16 GIG TIé OIG 602 806 206 906 G03 FOG 602 G0Z 106 ON ‘Poa are SOMOS rc ‘ ee Lo INMDMOOSOMHOOHMRANHOOHAHHOAMAHHEOSCODH mon > 00 rn) *SOTTUI sep axod ‘SOTTUL UL 90uey “SIP poy “CUTS PEL | VOD YIMOG | 86-22 ATUL | * OT OFT | ‘‘ OF 4E| * ET CET | f FB GE é ie - §6°SS “VTL FEZ G03 [uveoQueIpuy | s6s ACW] “ O SF |“ O 83) * 2986 |“ SIT | k aes ee ok A 46ST “920 S88 Dine 46-82 Aine | * 0€ OFT | ‘' So Ze | *' 2 PET | © 08 GE |" 2 SGrysay aE a 46-18 oun ZEZ G6 | SBOD TMOG | 26-28 “Ged | “ ST OPT |‘ OF £6] © 1S OFT |“ 0 se" j i eee <7 “ 96°G3 “AON |T&% ecg | qsvop ase | 862 Av | ‘ OF TST |“ 08 E8 | “* GT OST |“ 2g 98 mn a eS 5 96-18 “* |08% Scg | BOG URUISeL | 26°73 990] “ GL EAT | ‘0 SE) OL OST | © AT 28 |’ - a‘ tance Hi 9618 “ 168% ‘SIL A ees a 26-01 “AON | ‘' GZ OPT |“ 99 48 | {* TT TPT |“ 02 86 |" a = Bie, . 96°82 “390 |823 LSB . 4676 GH} “ LT9BT |‘ ST es] | 9S8IT |" Ss ge 7 i A, ie 96-ET OUNL |27Z OL = 96°93 APM | “ OST |“ 8 Ze) {' & OST | * 88 Le 2 ek, i, 96-91 _“ |98% BPS | BOD YQNOS | 246-9 “AON | * GT 6ST |S SFSE| GSIT |" 988 * ee ay Meds e 96-4 ABIL ¢2Z 96g juee0Q UIpUy | L6-ST eunf | ‘Oo PF JNO T | {9 06 |° F9 * - Bee, ae i G6 22 “00 |F83 926 | ISBOD WNog | 46-8 AML | *' OT Let | ** OF FE | | BBV | HE GE e i WOR Oe ms 96-53“ (88% ae juveoQ ueIpuy | 96-8 eunt | “ OPO |“ 1s0T| “ 6g 246 |‘ S OT i : ae 4 i) Sue L616 ‘AON | “" CT Sy |“ OL@P| “ S GIT)" S Se : ; i See G6"S_ °490 |T12z OP ‘f 96-02 “990 | “0 S2E |“ 8 2] i GE Sar | Ze ce | cepuvmMUTOH “oyNT, Wa |" ¢e ZNUIAQ,, “SWS | 6-11 “349g [0zs 098 | 98¥OD YING | 86-¢ AVTT | “ ST OFT | “SF LE] © FE GET | “ SE Ze : ; eo ae 4681 ** (612 SpE javenQueipuy | 966 = |“. 0 Bp |‘ ShO | “ FS FOT |‘ Se Es | PMOCD “AN a ‘ORIVIO “WV ce CQUZNO,, ‘SW | S662 “(BIZ Ble | ie 86-7FI “nV | 0 TAT |“ 0 SF] ° 3 G2 |“ OT Lh] be ‘oyes[od “Of |" , LoL °° |A18 G19 ‘ 86763 Tidy | “ chest |‘ o¢ss| “ 1hG9 |“ 1S LF ; 40] ae 9691 _" (SI ZI9 jUre0Q “YANO | 246-2 “UBC | ‘* O OPT |S TH] “9 Ig |“ 00 oF] - ‘o9vs]Oq “WW - AV SOPMVH 5, S'S | EFL “SNV SIZ AE ae mals 46-21 “ABIL | “* SE GIT |‘ 0B FE| “ ES Gar | * 6S SE i “TOTBACUO “V |.. YEFOLO BLOP STAs, 96°ST “40g | FIZ ia! “ 86-6 ACI f ye || OKGET | 00 98 s + 86°S6 TIA W |€T8 Eg | s 96-12 “| “ SB OFT | “So Ze] FO Ser |‘ 68 4g | TopueUMIOH “youspéog “Vy |, OMe PURITY, S'S WWM | s6-e AML |e1z 9 SoH YANO | 46-91 “0d |* GF OSI |S Fs9E| “ LG 0ST |S OF FE | “DEG “TIOTEAO “AA | . UouIETg ,, 46-01 °° |11Z OO! RI 46°83 “200 | “ OvZLZ |“*S IL| “ seHG |‘ 08ST] = - 469% AIM O1Z e@ juveoQuvipuy | 246-8 unc] * o¢6L [NO 6 | * scoZ “NEPZ Me ‘ aie a e L6-LT ABTA |608 eee 46°08 ABI | ‘0 IFT |‘‘S 88] “ GP ZsT |‘ SEG ey ‘TIOSSTOT “ul iv 46-P_ Tdy |80z ceE _ 246-9 “AON | ** GL OPT |“ So 88 | “ 9% Sar | “ 28 Se ss ‘e10QT1O9S LL ecCnOn) ae 96°FL “92°C [408 EB | YSVOD GINO | 46-1 “SnV | * O BsT |“ OT SE | “ EL Ost |“ Tese; . a i 26-11 “UBL |908 289 | BeuINH MON | 26-18 dy | “ 6s Srl |“ Sh 8 | ** 8G LOT | ‘* Lh 6Z - ‘POUT “TW « PPVISMAIVG ,, "T'A'N | G6-8 UNL |G0Z eel L6-F@ AVL | “ 03 1ST |‘ OF SB] ** LH OST | “ 8g Te > - 4 a WATS JON |P0Z g ia 96ST ‘* | “ ZTIST | ‘0 ¥8| © F21ST | “* OF EE ‘ re por BU a 96-01 “AON |80% 981 |" S¥OD 3SeH | 96-2 =| SF OS EST SE GZ)“ LEEST | ‘8 Gb - . ea 96° AVIA |Z08 OF6 | OYtoeg | 46-0 “AON |"H OF 89T | NOS A | "HA 2E9ZT |S VET | Topsvy ‘Avsmvy oSt0oapH |" *"—_,, UVUIST,,, ‘S'S | 96-98 IMA |T08 4 / O° / ° | ' oO / fe} iS *puno,y, “Sto “1% Su : ‘Bos oy} |. Gur re Ys -£4IpRoOry T yey oT 4e'T out NT ‘diqg jo oweyy oyut gnd aon aa WoT A o3Vq TOYA 09 Bq. ‘puno,y, oto A "I9AQ UMOAYT, SLNGHAXOO NVAOO Dee ee eee en 6é ee 893 | 0-T | 88 6&1 FSBOD WINOg | g6-11 “Adog “SG FIT (SOT FE | “ API | °° Sh SE i ae gs 86° ‘“SNY 892 293 | $2 | SF9 | 68 javeoQ UVIpUT | 46-9 “Ad | “OSL |NGFO | FHSS | 460 + 2 in ee = 9668 “ |29% 993 | G0 | Sor | eco | 26-96 Ame | “ OT GET |‘ Sh SE | f OF EST | | 08 LE % eas a 96-SL “AON |99z coz | 6-0 | 092 | 60g | 38¥OO WING | 46-2 ACT} ‘ ST SST |“ ST PE | “ LE 1ST | FI SE = ee Pace as 96-9L AINE \G9Z 792 | az | o6g | OSL |” 38¥0D9SeM | 96-9 “Oe | “ O STI |‘ OF 8 | ‘* O& OTT | “ GE 6s | TopUBUAMOH ‘UISSOT ‘DW *",. VIPCOTY 5, SW A | 966 unl 79s s9z | 0-6 | o2¢ | SPE | 98¥OD UgMog | Zo-e3 AIne) ‘ ST TPT | “ST Se) “ 22 08T | | 8F LE E ‘ > : Lee. zoz | cp | cos | ote | Braeusey, | 26-6 390 | H SS FFT |'S $2 OF | "A 0S 9GT | ‘ 0S 6E | SPIN “POOM|TOSTT MOL |. VIUOM “| L6-T “ARIA [293 193 | §.82 | g0%°% | 8Z | SPFPUL ISOM | 86°91 “URL MO 19 | NO0Z OT | M FE IE ge fs > a < a “| 26°08 °990 |198 093 | 1.1 | 023 | Sez | 9S¥OD WIOS | 26-6 IMdy | © SI SPL [SSE LE | © ST SET |"S 61 88 |” TopmyeM "V[ «SUOTT ‘| 96-21 “SnV |093 692 | 6-2 | OW | sSr | © LoFU “49d |“ OL18 [NSPS | “ shes | NSes | 3 ‘OH CU! ..weqeey | og-pT ‘adag |egz gcz | 6.91 | ood‘e | 02s |Zve0Q ULIpUT | 46-6 “AVM | ‘‘ OF 6S |‘ 0Z6 | © BhE6 | S16 | | “emo "Ss Wi «PMomy | “19671 “SLY |8¢Z 4cz| 8.0 | goe | ese | 38809 BQNOS | Ze-ZT AML | ‘ OZ 9ST |“ ZU BE} © OT 2VL | (T se)" a ‘AUT OV | .,Bouep © “| 96766 “(293 962 | 2.9 | 06'S | FEE [WBEOO “YINOG | 26-02 eUNL | “ OF OFT |‘ 8E] “9 G6 |. 0 EF)" < USspIvM “OM |. OOFKONM JO JIM », “S'S | 95-T_ OUUL [9Gz coz | 72 | OF | 2g | 98¥0D 9Semy | 86-82 “Ged |‘ GE ECT |“ 0G 82] | 0 6ST | | IT S3) Lae ses 2 26°83 “98 |SSB 763 | 0.€ | 08 id as eee 96-06 ‘00d | ‘‘ OL PPL |‘ S386) °° ZL SPT | ST 68 |” ; ss SH diag cs 96-&Z “AON |FGz 695 | 0-1 | SSs | 198 | 46-6 “990 | ‘0 OFT |“ 08 Ze | “ 6h EET | 89 SE | is a pert a Sei m 96-SI “* |&S3 293; §&T | 809 | 197 |” i See PS OOO O eye COSI zs = 2 pee eo ae = 96-6I “ESS 1GZ CT 089 Lip soe 66 86-1 ‘ue 66 G 281. 66 cL GE 6 I 981 a T 8g iy (79 66 see eee 06 96 Il 6 ISB 062 | 6S | OIZT | 9Tg | 98¥OD YQnOS | 26-12 “SnV | “ Sher | ‘G2 98| "OL SIL | 4 OF] i. fe eas : 96-6 390 |0S2 6FS | Lh | OS6T | TIP | veg weusey, | o6-cr “Aon | “ SSeZT |‘ OL 98| “ST SET |“ Ss0p|’ toyswyM ‘Yoworg qavy | * ,, POuvTAQe ,, Cig | e608 “deg [6Fs 8h | LT | 08 (A alee 16% “9a | “ SL IPL | “81 8k] “* 99 OFT | | ST 88 Q9OATT “MOH [0 92ND, “STIN'A | 46-1S “ULL |SF6 Vase 006, 220 2618 SUG OS OST Gece omer cuie OG cel) oe, 5 ie Crees 46% “Ou |24e Solve. |) 08c |) SOL | 96-21 ‘00d | ‘* AB 9BI |‘ ST Be] “ eS 8er |" Bese ‘drysul gH ONO), ‘SW | 96-18 “SUV [9FG S46 | 9.1 | OF Ooh naan a4 96°61 “AON | *f 29 68T |“ 9828] “ TTOPL 1,0 88)" ' ee ae 2 96-93 “990 |SbB PPS | BS | O88 | BAT [ 96-21 “00d | “ SG IZT ; ‘O98 | “ STSIL || Shre | o He ee ne: . 96°83 “FF 8h% | €.0 | $8 ie 246-¢ ‘dea | ‘ O° SIL |S OFFES| “ OS FIL) 9 PSl “ToPeTYULT “Lf | cc VAVPRAO ,, “SI'S | 96-9T 9UNL [GFZ CUGec kok 228 g6-9T ‘3deg | “ OP SIT |‘ OLSs| “ sesIt | tee) i fe se e 86-T ATUL |BFS ThZ | &b | 08 gM een es L691 “AON | “GP TPL |‘ 2ZE88| “ BoTPL |. OS 88) - aly soar “ 26-6 “AON |T¥6 0% | GL | OF 9 qsvop yynog | Z6-E1 Aloe | ‘oe BET |‘° 0 Se “ OG AeT | oT Gel i ial cs 464 “ |0%8 683 | 8-0 | 0838 |e | * Qe-Il UNL |‘ GESTT | ‘STIS | “ GGOIL |“ P80s | - ae i 16-3 6&3 882 | 3b | S22 | G9 | ¥8v0D9SeM | Leg “3dog| “ OSSIT SO BE] “ OPOIT |SOsos | * ee ay zo 26-2 ATUL 8% 183 | 9.6 | 098 | 06 |wee0Q uerpuz | zest “ | 0g46 |NO T | 8h98 |NPTO | Ot a3 te b 26°21 (286 962 | 1.2 | 096 | LFF | 98809 INOS | ZG-Ts AU] “ ELOPT |‘ ar 4e| “ GBest |" ssse zt Ne ene 96°63 9&8 cez | 8.0 | 92e | oer | "9809 q80MA | 26-22 OUNL |‘ 8S STT | S SE EE | “HL OE OTT |'S BI Og |AopuUvUItIOD ‘Uostopuy TL | TRAISUV,, “SAA | 96°98 “Auk [886 ‘SOTIU| SoTLUL my es 4 a a he y f *puno ' : . . "vas OTD ON | Aep jar some} OF | careoor ey ened, a uae Seed ea ne oultNn ‘dryg JO own oar gud | oN jou| tod |-stp poy 44 : ' roa ayuct | Feu oye peungsm| 2 B, Ta Oe as : puno,y, 9107] MA. TOAQ UMOAYT, are are) a ee ee ee ee ‘SLNAUYUNO NVHOO Mes Ro) = SO AHAOHONMHOHMOHHDHOANMAHHMHOMAHON oa. ey omene. Comal HNODONMNOOMHAOHON HMA AHONMAHANDSOSMNS *SOTIUI “SOTTUI UL oomey “SIP pe} CUS 98 &Z ‘sivq [BArOyUy ———— oploeg Mog | 246-9 “990, ‘0 O8T | OT 9T|M FS FLT |‘ 9G 2 a ‘diopuei939 UBA |", PPOULVTV,, ‘S°I'A , 246-21 Ane ae on 86-8 ‘sny | ** 0S pat | ‘‘ 2g Ze] ** OS TAT | ‘*S OF ee a a - g6-22 * eo UBVUISeY, | S6-Z4T 9OUNL | MH SZ TZT | ‘SS 1F |’ SF OZT | ‘‘ Th 68 of ‘SurlUMme “VY a3 = 86-9 ABTA oyoVg YINOG | 86-T “SNV |'M OT BAT | ‘ OT Zi |'M OE OAT | ‘ ST BE ry = pe “ 86-SL “IVI ¥ 4 86S “an | “ SPEst | ‘' 08 8Z| ** ST SAT |“ OL 243 | “‘PMOD “AN'u ‘sory “SOT, |" fe 26-1z “99g ““qsBoQ ysem | 26-21 ‘ony | ‘‘ GS IST |S 03 SE | H 98 O9T [SF 08!” - on ae ry 96°31 ‘Sny oYLoe YIAON | L6-T “ | 0 891 |NOL8 |M8S 891 | NETS ee “‘pitg WO |" «. BIOMOTH ,, ‘S'T'A | 96-33 oun qsvoy YANO | 96-08 ATUL | HW OF OFT | SPF 8E|"A SG 1ST |S Ts Ss TopuvuUIMoD ‘seacey “¢ ce ClTRAISNY,, “GIN | 86-F1 lady ‘-O1QUBIZV "N | 86°62 OUNL MAM SsL | SFESTME6E6 |‘O OF ee ei ae “s 96-¢ ke TT UBoUeIIayIpeN| S6-PL ACI) ‘* SLFZ |NSGTSS| “128 |'Nocre; * a 8643 a ns 86-22 ‘“sny | ‘‘ ccést |“ GeZze, “ scist |‘ og¢s| =“ “ io: “ 86-1 [lady ae 86ST Trudy | “* 9g crt | ‘OF 88 | “* O SFT | ‘ OF BE |“A'N'A ‘10989010 MM “HC 'M ce VIPUL ,, "SIA | 86-23 “TBI ies ee 86-06 “Sny | ¢ OIL |" Gyre) ossit |“ 2 cep s —A blue pigment from the feathers of the turacoa or plantain-eater, it is soluble in water and contains copper. Indigo—Although essentially a vegetable production, it was specially tested for, since an indigo-forming substance occurs in both normal and morbid urine.* But no certain indications of the presence of indigo were obtained from the coral pigment. Pyocyanin.—Formed occasionally in pus. It forms blue acicular crystals arranged in crosses or rosettes. Melts on heating and does not sublime. Soluble in water; reddened by acids, but the colour is restored by alkalis. Neither the alcoholic nor the aque- ous solution is precipitated by alum or lead acetate.” Hemocyanin.—This is present in the blood of certain cephalo- pods, gasteropods, crustacea and arachnida, and plays the same 1 Quart. Journ. Micro. Science, 1873, p. 142, and Journ. of Anatomy and Pnysiology, Vol. tv. 2 For figure and description see ‘‘ Nature,” Dec. 30, 1875, p. 167. 3 A. H. Church—Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc., 1869, p. 627. 4 For authorities see Gmelin, Vol. xviti., p. 407. 5 Gmelin, xvitl., p. 415. 268 A. LIVERSIDGE. part as hemoglobin in the blood of the vertebrates, 7.2. as a carrier of oxygen. It enters the gills colourless, absorbs oxygen and becomes blue, in its passage through the tissues it loses oxygen and again becomes colourless. Hzmocyanin contains copper in place of the iron in hemoglobin. It coagulates at 65° and is precipitated by neutral salts and separated by dialysis.’ Emu Egg Shell.—The dark green pigment of this shell gives a beautiful sapphire blue to glacial acetic acid, also to formic and lactic acids. It isa still more beautiful colour than that from the coral. Crustacea.—The blue pigment of the lobster and crab becomes red on boiling and by alcohol, but the coral blue does not. It is unfortunate that so very little is known about the chemical composition of animal pigments, and this is especially the case with the non-crystallisable ones. In these notes I have only drawn attention to such of the animal pigments as appear to be at all allied to the blue coral pigment. From the foregoing it will be seen that the blue pigment from this coral appears to differ more or less from all of the other animal blues referred to, including the bile pigments, but before it can be definitely stated to be a distinct substance, both this pig- ment and many of the others require to be further examined. — I am expecting to receive a further supply of the Heliopora cerulea when I hope to be able to obtain the pigment free from extraneous nitrogenous and other impurities. The pigment (or its accompanying impurities) apparently contains unoxidised sulphur. 1 Haliburton—Journ. Physiol., vt., 300. Cladoster us SpongLosus a SS i ao Plate f. < : articulate "0% *£y20y “S77RP_ OY Uiainate itudinal f equal aq rs = 5 jsovioure Sawgrj0s saacds eqPqjAVye~D SO } : > F : 40 9 er PVi22-] 40D y OE eee “ Meade Oe SOVAESGSS : 3 é R82 08 : 42 ey 0 5 “VUBWoN WN 9 3908 7 $u997vjNI274~ TRO Harzrje i 9 -6 2? Os — 2 : AvAYOS YNMW pucty “SHAAWVOOL F i . uM) ~ : j F & BS 0 > ae i = : , @ é : esnus e7ye1rd «Ba _ ' IBN ON ZA ose “6 : bi a4 g ged oi by Baour ic sea do syunef ' eyouudd | Mena she J SSyouTg WETS WHIG VE [ : GE65 43 ; eee make -y jaq@ shy wavy i : Peqwre| qacyS ques | we.—]277Iw Lee Sae ee ae (ee ee oe C ‘ f ’ Nor te) POR puciay ‘SONIS1L SOW 77) ; OS ne ay | joa Es go) 0) en es tsp sre g “9LTG mmq Ayg awry 'sQue yy) J | : | ; | | nw ey 'S;u2>ur07y ScoeRENE NEARS eels eo sch? 2 Camino ssi0I5 sgeyo~d Ayssoyo sch be | an : 2 > janojo> pegqize) Jo sessout pe Baayurac) / Ooty ° a pH 4 i 9° 1 'py9s pusty “YISg Hava er 1 é 3 1 x ; ; Ee ; : Myriocladia :. @ \ Nat. size. “Seucga} quequinzep suis *) “39749 hug "ALDH syy-orwysoD Hop "WlAIZN OIA) BL Jo pesediucod 80g 303] © vwiord 8x96 22 sguzuvys (07975 ea0c] | diating ‘ 1 t earl | Suge pss apm hyywurapre pope y aes YD ares aot e heey a Se i i 2 j = 2A p4zhse Por] “WiGw Aad , DIBA] LY Myrionema Leclancherit. Journal Royal Society, N.S.W.; Vol. XXXIT, 1898 rmed of ra f Cladosiphon nigricans . Frond not articulate ) «. & q aE 5 “hyGry ows? POH "Ssjusuisey) 229 sbrwui1o ~pM29-poOUs ! : e u poy yuo Anaydored Jo kepetunsrall esuap | soowweypjavd 6) | SOs aa poly w ss vu : WINVAaYNOHA: a ee yor i, “OO | PAGrY Ady ~“Saueuvyl Je ssvy a1 wee ‘a way 2 “Ke: a 1 9 42 Beacdy ~sUIy ur Byuswyp)] musydored ‘| | Z Es Popmor Kyosttep Jduns-qoe ouz7oyxpPoL / awyegay sro | payoundtd rs aot "NOHGIS cow 19 s7 2 ! _s— =: FE) he : IS 6 : ie a— ¢ = - 2 = s ; ee : i t - ——— = BDL Qsarccig -peysuoig Rasyehed Se Yo “Suan? ey adeneeiie Se) 2 SEMEN) 28S) ENE s) 3 gy 2 YP} parpuvig ‘oArpugho puoly ° i q oF Bee VDIVIOSSAIW/ tr rg a : m @ bu ~SarLi yoey: im g ! : Z : ca & 3 eae ee ee estes yee ah eer eteres /paybu0j2’aspucls, Ayqoysouret g) A GY §' 3 : ? 4 poyoun ¢ 5 ey " N 4 nod S ) Q Yow so ayduids Ayaweu puory VINNYINS SI] EV 5 | ie 2 ( \ = s : = 3 ) 0 “WeomsN a” : Os : 3: ¢ 2 § a (tC oO Ss a) Aerrxyeas Jo 2105 (Sean ees es Pee ase) peers setods 01110990 a 5 a ; 9 3 e i 91907 rapur hs ‘ecuis | Sucy Auer puociy —-WQGYOH~)7 Hi he 4 ae , Dey i B ane - a Bu = fj | J OrI°) Ase" 4eNn ~NLDH “Sgusuipy 941071775 z Q YAM pPeyoor '>107S 4.1011S 1ajus]s v uo | 30% easel eee ser ere “SILSA a cae 2 § j ce) ONIG 2 } Vv I! BE a 4x s z 1 ae fF : E 2 vi Se 3 « IZ» fi F C = 3 oy le g pal z ee EF 1 @ (a0 5 3 ae) 4 i) pe! “ft a 2 S : oh TA LO Ss] OU i a i ae E x v pachoys-qaj2 Yay ‘4408 23119-9019 iste 9 aso (ohud H 64 sUuvw08dl Bil = = = $ oe F y pojwsosaadl ‘“padoys ~ovc Oly ° e » : | purty “SHOYHLYTIDONGAL ; us i saa 1 OF ee c — — STG eZENca sseS e 5 ae - { 9 fo) =o Nae OIRO a = te 2 oe 4 aaye eel Pucts "SAODODONIAS\/ EE a i i ! ps aa 2 os ee ’ -ufe -1-9n- “oh < . } ( £, Za 2 & ee ee wo (aeaos UiSlaas es ‘ ae SNe ane el sleet Bese 4 ie s : ronda. puoil puv 4004 -NOHSISOALSIC = oe Gee a -uhhS") 772E OAYg ArH 2105 m>1N7- g | oI © ¢ 4sucuto payooemu0d saitocls SES eka Seen auc am Sale ee eal, Sees Ou ory 4 ee pu) Oty $987 oY YMOHAOTILE | a 7 ) — uwhs") 9921g 2Aug -AtDy “Sarocls pa1eq] ( | Set a t VN aa tie ao te x Ss S qqoos (s4qu0jc a * ea fc?) g SUA Yyooolr.y OvIQS1N) © PeEro7qWdS ‘rIs7priM94 20S * ee ee es, cee eons : 2 | ea a v : ¢ : 4 WLOALDIICN9C a ay y 5 c a S 1 3h QO. $uqu10)1109 Yo “uAS {omed sohug “AacH ‘ge oLeds a p | a yw) QeNe>? 7pPed sarodl ‘psu f a = E 4 Memes ; tot Tp) t Ss psie Io os 247179-992P 7249G 653 22 Kyavpob 2249 Ssa7cpe puesta WHUSTILNA) ‘ee BE (@, 9 Os : suhs > 4 f | - LL . N AN - | gy ne ‘qo742aclos “9714U35 U0d coo Hise . eee mes a aes TE oe ato ea . . AY ALT > § q E PN] q SOUIGRRY Wyuese) \S/\| Now} oS te} oc} we’ Pal “HE | AG oAYyd ArH © 4 a Ho PLASIAN Ayye-rycls 'eqrmpyclsoo SpiewBas ‘prnqeungd ‘anau7) SayouvtG “WYyIGS OKO * : mice 3 O oO a g x G “bra 1) 4say ohyg Arey “ysypuncs 1406 8 'on0)9E Kyyrorragquacw0d ‘9074 'paqQe) PUM “WIYMV NOT EE “Neb ~]] "garg ohud "NADH *h ) “spun 72QANOAYY xoC)O : sour) A431 | Led © 2029) 2405 ssojuqou (nor 1b UA J Uc: 4 r 2. 54 fyoo q AQUBDUCD UAIWN Porswrwtr 2 4192 rr 4} )S -LLD. Pp i OS LC) n nN 19 eT, 2 1 Y AN BLOONS) yNIOv IE t Ecklonia dens ely IV. ng dot Tribe forms on the form "bu “Aso 2Aug “ALDH LSE) spusyz ‘qyzprna 0 YqIW “Snouwsaguiiour ‘402UY] ‘4071 puor, ‘SISESATV])) @ Bes q 3 Pep) Gg SX 3 5 & holies 3 od ne LIG Wee A eeH op & 09 Zur Ny GW DN 12K “prUaweuw9d pros “WGINO1MDZ GY = 2 : 5 o ¥) £. a fe g aS 3 <€ JO Moppv§s| Ua $9109) ‘1932104 asus) Fee ae ee oe ; 8 . SNa89 6 ; Ta exe, PUA SILSAIOVIVW A] Bg 5 : ve oO oS 25 se al & a > — re) 3 A . ce 2 6 ) “GIy F apag ohyg “AsoH > ars oddo fayouur seyouvsg ‘. ' 3 3 zo g oa) 3] seupweag) (1p eee ee ger a MIS ABWINS SC Zz eee v Q g < : : oe 5 S ; ' oz oo bog “sureqeoy ~vuaqs 2y_ uo | uno] -4- eared) a! 5 me) ag uno jap mot] | pass ractuoe ‘soempumhe pucsd” WYOdSOONH~) 93 Z| 4 : : Ooo, : B a 3 i v =é = Bsezmsry>Pug ‘avy * S_reur9 aS} Jo youacl ‘5 7 f 3 < & 3 3 03a % : iS n © fq paywuruisay seapvjdever 'omapinho 'waolrp} puss “SANH F 4 | = P| & F eeZe SSUES Be f ors E 58 zs SS | : & 8 —C G sees 9 ‘ = : 5 3 9B Up poperguy sfroa20y) OLZIUIOD AarjjO st}} UP SO “Saryprpa aj uo ‘ a j 8 a5 0 Nn a2 o ¥ JPUPAG v} YA] US JOU § 2108 119 Wav00 s aacydorb uniods aul’ WISYAN) vz neta ae ear : : a3 USER : sia pd ee Wy 2? “aj)PwwrL SnosovJeS = | ‘ "ZO -y) Bsey r>Ayg “40H ae 3 ; ° ¢ R 2 apoypopuacl ago Jes K 1 1 2 eg Bu =ner 9 ‘-paysunsq Sjoyousay 'pyes ‘wusro}ne] PUcty " WITWHLOAON 2) £3 Nuss : ay 5 a8oy a * 7 : aia) & = “bg Zasep shy asp ‘squeweop) yQIWM peumois so a ae 8 ; x e nah | | rjpuvig ‘porjorunrg Fyageyeqwie ‘wuwojaps puosy ° WILOAISE zz an ae S) & i ff Pan 3 sy ; out via By 3 Non -y) 27 gag ‘ohYg “navy csaypuPag ey Suz7poWWAe] SsyuDUre71 ae 8! zB 3 Be A Sn g ‘ \ & 9 dinyounig Jo peseduros ! wiaclziyut uo YyosPoD ss ! AN ? ypojdosar' yv7] 40 Pesseacduics | wer] puoay - 1 =| VOLINOdsw77 IS 5 Ose OD ik bie anne he , = KEY TO TRIBES AND GENERA OF MEL AINOSPERMEAE (OLive-aREEN OR BROWN ALG ).- a) we & : = : : 5) v 2 i of = | 45 a 2 ) ‘Su ae} far ~ i OZ’ N OLN SA: fen ag >i i cee or ee najlo pegs] Ajayouyed pus papuvchie, Hjegopeqed ‘say A vocH a St 6 i fi : G i JDUDAE, PUY Wiags 4N01;7IW~ 7 a es ell a 3 35 qNOYMNM Pus YSaImINY 0% me Ee 4 ii #3 x) 3 oA 26014 91GB 1 ZN'S" 300) vis ; , = ae é = = 7 SC gE by Podagqwec caymd : yooh So0jJuns 21p 1tapuo'puor) ey a3 L200 go Hy! § yomgdsoucy “SaeppDyx] 10 So. a ig) 6 - | 0 Bas . aa ga go. PPP 10 sencajon “Paypumig SKjavyBoray ‘xq 3S euwd | wusshol wuts - WIFH LOA 6! a ae 3 \ ysopt ohug ‘ae 6 he ee Q SBE 2B 52807 peggy Bese aoe ay Bung ouninae es Sepeer is Uielieus caste opcs Bae f ee A) 4 Ss] uw > ’ tal 17) . : i G ayy ‘peysnarg'oqe1079 wars “ly 4 a g! ne 3 Susqy 2& eae. S “WWSAGOINA/A) 2) oe in a 9 See F Spoo» raydsrway_ ! S¥'\ ‘asey cohug Axo ‘awoUTULALC! BT eh Je 5 v Op 5 prays J 'sanv0e7)Jo sasv)ias y0¢} .teno ypadeg3VIS saqinnd- i : ye) ea g iP v ra) me} ig peur} fyworea sanvea7 ‘a)vuurcl Renee een ae ea qwnr-atods ‘9 $279260/ : @ st be & ee Si os ; pes tage qungeIp-Jos YI” PUM NINSSOVDOdYW) ‘O} a 3 4) f” Ce} 9 va a 8 ) SS MN rk By a 3 & ~ 52Z005u un NTA : Z ce ‘ g 3 BEC EEE cy pun wom qone ype poms SEER en wen sOMOH : : @ : sia oO} Sl >= sod ae <1) se Boe) an 3 ; (9) = 3 Sieat i ee 3 cy. 6) 5 ¢ E 269°LN OPH MOOH “3074 09} ieasaapma! anny] eee eRe Oy eee ? : a ‘ 2 a 6} = ¢ ee 4 a q Aye9e1129~%)73 puscry INMNIGOSN {4} ae 4 3 a) = ie} we = 9028 % 2 ° OH SAS & ia £9 3 3 mS *AYDd “119A 93249 PAY ALOK -piB.ing SoapogQdled2syY ° 3 Ema’ a 3 8 2 Pg Y puocij eg 42 pesrswury seprmseA "SS ° & ig — 2 NDN gl io | 4 Os eine S| <. 5 -~ & Je 3 ww so we “RYIDO “U FLG Ay. Avo : . oO. Ww RAN $9785 e - OK APL “SEAD) ey Jo e.unjsqas iE 2 gé Re ag ee eae Sa Moly Surueseg sone] Syny-woumagq ures PMC WMIASOLSAT) ZI as o£ 93 5 : oe, Ome SE GB bE) ase ou ArH “S eAvDey yours vf = a ae y BEB sip-pou So ppeiteoeg™ sruaina 2 hee ee See sace ut peloues samen ue Z i3 Ds OS : f PSEA WINATAHAOLSAT) “Il an 2 JER ot ae : oe #2 e aS 5 P aot (Ee 3 = P- NAARIDDS “A DS0Vp *aRryel (Atwy “SoyodurmMr 4 a i } E A oe DP sepntlacar du p ° ! Qiao sq. 4D Popmors 0 ¥y es oS 4a or} navy pul’ SAaappyjqd Oupror] Aort Kq roucyclogs hy vaor} saadtig - BYDouDy"ol a z g & § g a2 Cd 9 v4 ge * )} XS xo : Nn: 2 9 & Cae A 8 1S9 ENTS IPH MOSH "SAMY Duos | pe 388 YG =» $e ga0d Su Uc) ! 35070103 !aspy-ped Sepwade ; jpuvaq @ a 5 > : pejadecey “Sseysunic) Ov} Bugssvcl sonvey > 9 - ses: ie z L ag 2 WAOHdOLEAT) 6 so ny Pa 4 SR 3 Pm oe 2 “JARI. “11 asap Aud > 3 fg) g Bom 99 — moydash&oan acgmscetyo “puts ayy Jo ypu, wpout ee oo eae er §: 5 ve i ed 3 ory) } j eu uwior} Buyszi sojpyson SILSADO1NY7) ‘3 5 = g a i 2 oS Peo gS 07" ; : S ‘ : 3 oS ed a 4 A sa peer pl ee me wo. ICONS ROME FE SEES Bw YIM SvysogQd9o0A Bi 7 Es re ¢ mS Vys- vs A o = 1 = a ¢ a 3 AS JOIQEV—P Sv PTY ‘EDYouwicd] HyswIMOBA+? wrrorcy~ Or)0 puory WINBBVIC yy . 8 ; a ey 4 = 5 Sam 23 3° 5 a SS ee eres os ne : poe : GY 31 asay-ofug "nawy) “$0077 RG qpaywuwary ‘paspeas Tou 8, ESS a ar 8g om oo $009155 279 HorujzSivr “Sarjou0.-1<} 2u4 MEE ee coxne We ac canoes “WYOdSO7MIAH 4 © Se emai as ea hee 2 a d ‘9 4 en ; gi = V5 0 0 2 28 3 Si 2 Tt? oO? oe 36 ee é ; 990% 24 38 Gao ie ot ae Bee a Bis ue: —y 8) 5% cee a8 q 7 OW EE 4 6) O° 2 : 3a ee 25 £3 Be oe a ee, oot vs oe} gS § 3 5 ae es AN hg ‘Men gSoy/ ‘2hyg “haw “Seo0)4Ns yYlog Vo sc0aabood /3074 | Rawy IP A ; 5 a = zu: a je % n= & EO NED SONU ONO ON A) SeyrajcdorA ‘O S2)or$an ‘88x -q 99] ‘sooymaeyp PLOY “‘WINITWHLOLAIG G cin: Busta Sy AG ge iaeaaet aes) ae 2338 oie F nyt a 2 U : Ee fe @ t | 3 8 &} 3: 27 a 2 | f Be 25 Fo, g Ue Oe irs / y Grod Dy-yPH MoH > FPIP~|Iere Pw ag : fe, Ae a ad) 33 Pay asppwyg ‘Coarey was pomBro 7urgsyp YRY “Peaypw atassge apm bamoag-eryp PU WINTIAHdOd EV) 7 Se et a 43 2 a-69 Sa 25 ee 24 @& > re a2 39 Wee 3g (S) ie TH E PA 3 yy asoy sshiyg Aavy | waolamucur | z9u2D0) 29 fu burarf sojmdesoy pHa ound & \ , a Be i aye i) E on 49 prmayye)| Spoonser Seyrumgs puredurosep Ayzypousexyo {p29 qr Py Facer) ‘Sonprysep PU “Sndd0d0BISG KS ds LEE a fps! a — 2.5 foe oeeae ee Fe este ae MN ey So ads eae ae as Ya € q f ¢ Y @ vs iy § , wl “B49 °c) “ZN a AgPH MOOH “TER]Pd42909: ‘PEE ' Srompmee Seyeqe>Pay y ae 3 ‘ ui S 2% o ¢ apy ya) pus 2EUr}INg B19 YSN “Samws] oyRuoa] IPUsBwasrPus saspprje WIBVNIBYUN| "2 ~ mee 4 Es Ee OK Oo. ¥ E cho mpm Boag WAT @ TeSowho%) 122. Seats j 4 mS i y ES rae sof “a2AD} AS Bk 24019 “Y) “~OpALOUIPEW “Ol “~eclnodoyFWdY ° +0) 01.22870 3, vwsonbyns ‘1 = g3 g £ gz c@) F O O aajamy eel phere eter yop alae x eee (yoyroD0aaid ") ors3-qS & $ 38 u SS zy ag wy wo S7h95272 “Sxeppowjg ‘SrerIT seyzEIese "WwNSSVDYVG ‘1 3 eg e ig, ak : 3 ee = & 3 28 0 Plate I. Journal Royal Society, Vol. XXXII. FOUR OF THE WATER-SPOUTS SEEN AT EDEN. ‘AVG AHAVOOD NI SLONOOdS-YHALVYM BOWOEOH SSS TIL 81d TIX XN *104 ‘hqow0gy pohoy pwuinor Plate IV. XXII, , « tH, Tole x ‘nal Royal Socie e Jow = -_ = a. 7a) oc tl —~ —— Y Saya. de Malhi Oo») Bank Benguel & C.Mary Ay e ENGUELA Viet: be : (020) | * 8 Martin Vas Rit Pcaidera} 5) BA a Ietag P.Copiapo Vf ; ingo e S ‘Sq & < | 2 Sarcop: Vadp, | YEga 3S Borys ws Osta 30° ER hve a 6 fe 7 Goaribs, i Sali oO Ae o Fnacecssible 1.,* 183001 “Nightingale I. 40°| = Gough T. (4380) O C E A N | CURRENT PAPERS N°3a ee SE SEPT 1896 to SEPT 1898 50°. MERgpg ET AS Heard 1. Niggas ON ratte Sp South Georg Eindoay Tiere TR Clerke REF f Bishop EO Traverse I? *, | 4 Cardlemas I. | Sandwich + Saunders I. j | | Group Montague I. f | | | | yf i © Bristol I. | , | 60" i ee - =. = = mm re Se ee ee Lee llr, i Boe pee ee ee pr ere pr pe — se — pe en ee eT — — ——————————————————E—E—————————————————————— a aes = = m i 80° 70° 60° 50° 1 40° 30° 20° West Longitade 10° Merid® of O° Greenwich 10° East Longitude 20° 30° 40° 50° 60° 70° 80° 90° 100°; Noe 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° East Longitude {70° 180° i ; Engraved by Davies & Company London. Published at the Admiralty.21*January1874: under the Superintendence of Rear Admiral G.H.Richards ,C.B-ER.S, Hydrographer. W A. Glich Coroment Printer, eoe Sold by J.D. Potter Agent. for the sale of the Admuralyy Charts. 31 Poulery & U Hing Street Tower Hil. SG NSW ¢ R 8 S j 1898. ol... ft ut e. —= Journal hoyal Society, N.S. Wales: Vol. XXXII 1898. Plate Xi. CURRENT PAPERS N°5s SEPT 1896 ro SEPT 1898 ° PERTH SS ———S=—=— sa66 Phole-lithographed by W. A. Gullick, Gocernment Printer, Sydney, NSW. Journal Royal Society, Vol. XXXII , 1898. Plate XII. Plan of the ‘ Barkunyee Nation Scale of Miles 0. 1 8"s0 100 150 290 iy § ; 2 Thargomindah S Kopperramanna 5 nah RS : : S Be 2 ae ee ae ¢. ; | | “ars Z ritcha a | xe Beles x ae x e x | | a3 x a | 2:3 st te Se | os S ya § g Bye Z . ~ / Morgan a | g OF / GS Ss [7 5 co a Lake ; Ya at / Alexandrina ee Cape Jervis y 5 Q pees RHMathews tel. ABSTRACT oF PROCEEDINGS ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS OF THE Aopal Society of Alety South Hales. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS, MAY 4, 1898. The Annual General Meeting of the Society was held at the Society’s House, No. 5, Elizabeth-street North, on Wednesday evening, May 4th, 1898. The President, Henry DEANE, M.A., W. Inst. C.E., in the Chair. Forty-five members and one visitor were present. The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and confirmed. The following Financial Statement for the year ended 3ist March, 1898, was presented by the Hon. Treasurer, and adopted: GENERAL ACCOUNT. RECEIPTS. fase ae Le Se de One Guinea... - ied LEZ A280 Two Guineas ... a8 tole nan (0 Subscriptions* 4 prears ... ore ao 2 WR ID Oy ee Advances aie oe Ree 3.3 0 Entrance Fees _... ee Be aS ae 27 (6m Parliamentary Grant on Subscriptions received— 1897 June 15, Balance of Vote for 1896-97 ... 223 17 0O 1898 Jan. 12, On account of Vote for 1897-98... 34711 0 ee 571 8 O - Rent... ae ier ‘ae Fes ay Me 14 0 0 Sundries... i a Re $3 Aap Nas ue 25 13°50 Total Receipts ae wep eae ey pl2Z22) one Balance on 1st April, 1897 ee ar aide sae ee 1456) Tt [Outstanding Account, F. W. White £64 lis. 0d.] £1236 911 lv. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. PAYMENTS. £s. a. £ se | Advertisements ... aye Baa ae 5 23 12 6 Assistant Secretary ae as cae .. 250 0 O Books and Periodicals ... ne ive ste 80 8 4 Bookbinding see ee sei a oe 58 2a Conversazione.... MA sia x: mas 58 20a Collector... ae es 11, PSaae, Freight, Charges, ‘Packinre, hod sink Jed 10 0 O Furniture and Effects... ae ae a 27. 5 1 Gas ... se a nae is aa as 25 0 8 Housekeeper Be a = ace sue 10 0 O Insurance ... ces 6 cee ee 11 12 O Interest on Mortgage ae sf, a) a. 63 0 0 Office Boy ... ae Bee Sei dos cae 22 6 4 Petty Cash Expenses... she ot ane 12 11 4 Postage and Duty Stamps sive sie ve 30 0 O Printing... ae er 6° "70 Printing and Pabkaking J carnal os .. 9884 7 6 Rates oe sete wae ee oes ase 39 i 2 Reception ... : Mie 15 15 6 Refreshments and Seeonce a Mestnge & 24 11 6 Repairs a ee 06d ack ice Be 2 6 6 Stationery ... ae aap oe +f oe 3 8 O Sundries .. oe id ee oils ‘isa 2414 6 Total Payments See .. ——@— 1194 710 Balance on 3lst March, 1898, viz.:— Cash in Union Bank, General Account ... 24a Pe a B. & I. Fund ae 8 0 6 Cash in hand... sa ws ee wits 10 0 O —— 42 2 1 £1236 9 11 BUILDING AND INVESTMENT FUND. ; REcEIPTS. &£ s. d. Loan on Mortgage at 43% ae are ae ae .. 1400 0 0 Clarke Memorial Fund— Loan at current Savings Bank rate of interest ... .. 93896 15 11 £1796 15 11 PaYMENTs. £ s.d. Advance to General Account 31st March, 1897 aa ae 8 0 6 Balance 31st March, 1898 aie Agn nis Sab .. 1788 15 5 £1796 15 11 4 ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. Vv. CLARKE MEMORIAL FUND. RECEIPTS. oy GSO Loan to Building and Invest. Fund, 1 Sept.,and 12 Oct., 1896 376 7 9 Interest to 31 March, 1898 ee ee ae See oe 20 Se 2 £396 15 11 casey de Loan to Building and Investment Fund, March 31,1898 ... 396 15 11 £396 15 11 AUDITED AND FOUND corRECT, DAVID FELL. Cc. R. WALSH. Sypney, 14th April, 1898. H. G. A. WRIGHT, Honorary Treasurer. W. H. WEBB, Assistant Secretary. Messrs. G. R. Cowdery and Henry G. Smith were appointed Scrutineers, and Mr. C. W. Darley deputed to preside at the Ballot Box. A ballot was then taken, and the following gentlemen were elected officers and members of Council for the current year :— Honorary President: HIS EXCELLENCY THE RIGHT HON. HENRY ROBERT VISCOUNT HAMPDEN. President: G. H. KNIBBS, F.R.a.s. Vice-Presidents: Pror. ANDERSON STUART, m.p. | Pror. T. W. E. DAVID, B.aA., v.a.8. Pror. THRELFALL, m.a. . HENRY DEANE, m.a.,M. Inst. C.E. Hon. Treasurer: H. G. A. WRIGHT, m.z.¢.s. Eng., L.s.a. Lond. Hon. Secretaries: J. H. MAIDEN, F.us. | W.M. HAMLET, r.c.s., F.1.¢. Members of Council: C. O. BURGE, M. Inst. C.E. CHARLES MOORE, t...s. E. B. DOCKER, m.a., D.c.s. E. F. PITTMAN, Asso. R.S.M. J. W. GRIMSHAW, M. Inst. C.E. F. H. QUAIFEH, m™.a., m.p. H. A. LENEHAN, F.B.<.s. H, C. RUSSELL, B.a., c.M.G., F.R.S. Prof. LIVERSIDGE,™.a.,LL.D.,F.R.8s.| PRor. WARREN, M. Inst. C.E., Wh.Sc, v1. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. The certificates of six candidates were read for the first time. The following announcements were made : — 1. That the Society’s Journal for 1897, Vol. xxx1., was in the hands of the binder, and would shortly be ready for delivery to members. 2. That the Officers and Committee of the Engineering Section had been elected for the ensuing Session, and the dates fixed for their meetings as follows :— SECTION MEETINGS. ENGINEERING— W ednesday, May June July Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dee, (Sp.m.)* a. ne a «618 (15-20 a oe SECTIONAL COMMITTEES—NESSION 1898. Section K.—Engineering. Chairman—T. H. Houghton, M. Inst. C.E., M. Inst. M.E. Secretary and Treasurer—S. H. Barraclough, mu.mu.#. Committee—Henry Deane, M. Inst. C.E., T. R. Firth, M. Inst. C.E., W. Thow, M. Inst. C.E., M.Inst.M.E., H. R. Carleton, M. Inst. C.E., Norman Selfe, M. Inst. C.E., M. Inst. M.E., Percy Allan, Assoc. M. Inst. C.E., Assoc. M. Am. Soc. C.E. Past Chairmen, ew officio Members of Committee for three years: B. C. Simpson, M. Inst. C.E., Prof. Warren, M. Inst. C.E., Wh. Sc.,. and C. O. Burge, M. Inst. C.E. 3. That the Officers and Committee of the Medical Section would be elected, and the dates fixed for their meetings on the 20th May. . On the motion of Mr. G. H. Kynrpps, seconded by Mr. Jos1an MULLENS, it was resolved that the following proposed alterations to various Rules be agreed to pro formd, and that the discussion upon the same take place at the next General Monthly Meeting in June. Alterations to Rules, recommended by the Council, proposed at. the Annual General Meeting, 4th May, 1898 :— Rute IV. (Page xv.) Third line, insert the word ‘first’ before ‘General Meeting,’ and after the word ‘ May’ add the following : ‘ hereinafter called the Annual General Meet- ing. ”) ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. _ vil. Rute XII. (Page xviii.) First line, alter ‘1st’ to ‘first day.’ » XIV. (Page xviii.) Seventh line, the word ‘shall’ to be altered to ‘may.’ » XIV. (Page xviii.) Ninth line, insert the word ‘such’ before ‘arrears, and after the word ‘arrears’ add ‘as the Council may determine.’ 5 XV. (Page xix.) Second line, the word ‘requested’ to be altered to ‘required.’ » XV. (Page xix.) Fifth line, after the word ‘Society’ add the following :—‘and to pay all arrears of subscription due to the Society.’ » X&XI. (Page xxi.) First line, alter the word ‘A’ to ‘The Annual,’ and erase the word ‘ annually.’ 5 XV. (Page xxii.) Highth line, after the word ‘ordinary ’ insert the word ‘general.’ » XXXVI. (Page xxvi.) First line, after the word ‘ Vice- Presidents’ the word ‘ Hon. Treasurer’ to be inserted. » XLI. (Page xxvii.) Second line, after the word ‘successive ’ ' insert the word ‘ Annual.’ Mr. Henry DEanz, .A., M. Inst. C.E., then read his address, which was divided into three parts dealing with :— 1. The affairs of the Society during the past twelve months. 2. Matters of interest that arose during the same period, especially in the Government Departments, Natural Science, and the meeting of the Australasian Association for the Advancement of Science. 3. The importance of Science and Scientific Education. Part i. The following matters were referred to :—The reduc- tion in the roll of members and the increased expenditure of the Society; the members were urged to invite suitable persons in the community at large to join. Obituary: under which, amongst others, was Mr. Eddy, late Chief Commissioner for Railways ; reference was made to the loss of Mr. John Whitton, who although viii. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. not a member of the Society, was closely identified with the pro- gress of the Colony, especially as regards railways. The work done at the monthly meetings of the Society and Sections ; the Reception held last July and the Conversazione in January were mentioned in addition to some other matters. Part 2. This part dealt with the principal work done during the year outside the Society, general routine work being excluded. Special attention was invited to electrical tramways, to the newly discovered system of septic treatment of sewage, to artesian bores as inducing settlement of population in the north-west, and to the: meeting of the Australasian Association for the Advancement of Science last January. Part 3. The importance of science and scientific education was dealt with at some length, and the President pointed out the mis- conceptions that prevail as to what science really is, while some people looked or it as a harmless but somewhat contemptible triviality, others as uninteresting and abstruse and beyond their comprehension. The erroneous nature of these ideas was pointed out and the further dissemination of scientific knowledge advo- cated. Attention was specially drawn to the importance of technical training to all those engaged in the mechanical and manufacturing arts, from the employer through all grades down to the workman. The President concluded by advocating greater sympathy being encouraged between teacher and student, especially in the case of large classes. This has reference not only to Universities, but to other educational institutions where similar conditions prevail. By the introduction of more complete intercourse the President had no doubt that results would far exceed those at present obtained. A vote of thanks was passed to the retiring President, the Hon. Secretaries and Hon. Treasurer, and Mr. G. H. KNIBBS, F.R.A.8., was installed as President for the ensuing year. Mr. Knipss thanked the members for the honour conferred ~ upon him. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. 1X. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS, JUNE 1, 1898. The General Monthly Meeting of the Society was held at the Society’s House, No. 5 Elizabeth-street North, on Wednesday evening, June lst, 1898. The President, G. H. Kniss, F..4.S., in the Chair. Thirty members and one visitor were present. The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and confirmed. The certificates of six candidates were read for the second time. The Chairman announced :— 1. That the Society’s Journal for 1897, Vol. xxx1., was ready for delivery, and any member entitled to the same could obtain a copy on application to the Assistant Secretary, 2. That the Officers and Committee of the Medical Section had - been elected for the ensuing Session and the dates fixed for their meetings as follows :— SECTION MEETINGS. May June July Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. Mepicat—Friday, (815 p.m,)... 20 17 15 19 16 21 18 16 SECTIONAL COMMITTEES—SESSION 1898. Section H.—Medical, Chairman—G. E. Rennie, B.A. Syd., M.D. Lond., J.P. Hon. Secretaries—J. Adam Dick, B.A. Syd., M.D. Edin., and F. Tidswell, M.B. Syd., and D.P.H., Camb: Committee—Sydney Jamieson, B.A. Syd., M.B., C.M. Edin., M.B.C.S., Eng., G. Lane Mullins, M.A., M.D., Dub., F. H. Quaife, M.A.M.D.,C.M.,Glas., J. Ashburton Thompson, M.D. Brue., D.P.H. Camb., M.B.C.S. Eng. Meetings held on the Third Friday in each Month, at 8°15 p.m. (Provided sufficient material is obtainable.) A memorandum on the nature and progress of work carried out at The Imperial Institute, London, with illustrations of practical results attained, or in progress, from information supplied by the Commercial and Industrial Intelligence Office, and by the Scientific and Technical Department of the Imperial Institute, was brought under the notice of the members. x. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. The alterations to the following rules proposed at the Annual General Meeting, 4th May, 1898, were agreed to, viz.:—Rules IV..,. XII., XIV., XV., XXI., XXV., and XXXVI, and the following amendment to Rule XLI. was carried, viz.:—‘“‘ To insert instead of the words ‘two successive general meetings,’ the words ‘one ordinary general meeting, and confirmed at the next Annual General Meeting.’ ” THE FOLLOWING PAPERS WERE READ :— 1. “Paper on Aeronautics,” by LAWRENCE HaRGRAVE. The author describes at length, with scale drawing and photo- graphs, a kite that under favourable circumstances will soar horizontally and at various acute angles to the direction of the wind. The kite is of the well known cellular form but in addition has a bent piece of vulcanite nearly midway between the cells. This is called the propeller, and its effect is to create a vortex that acts on its under and concave side. The vortex pushes. against the propeller in the same manner that the ball of a water nozzle draws against the orifice from which the water is issuing. The kite is heavily ballasted with lead, and weighs 1:9 ibs. for every square foot of area. Three methods of soaring are described, and eight points that require investigation are indicated for the guidance of anyone who has the leisure and sufficient interest in the subject to assist in the work. The paper also contains a short description of a pipe boiler and screw engine that is intended to drive a flying machine, and also the proposed arrangement of aeroplanes for supporting it, with the method of ensuring a safe trial. 2. “Australian Divisional Systems,” by R. H. MatuHews, 1.s. The author pointed out that all tribes of Australian Aborigines are divided into two exogamous intermarrying groups—the men of one group marrying the women of the other group. These tribal divisions have been designated organisations or systems. The names of the groups may change with the languages of the people in different districts, but the same system prevails in them all. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. Xl. Besides these segregation into groups, there is a further subdivision of the latter into smaller segments, bearing the names of animals, such as kangaroo, iguana, emu, cod-fish, frog, etc. These animal names have been called ¢otems, a word in use for the same purpose among the North American Indians. Mr. Mathews then pro- ceeded to give an exhaustive description of the rules of marriage and descent established in relation to the divisions referred to, selecting examples from various native tribes located in districts widely separated from each other in different parts of Australia. 3. “Artesian Waters in New South Wales,” by J. W. Bourrses. The paper describes briefly the initial efforts at artesian boring in this colony, and leads up to the utilization of the water for irrigation purposes; it describes the work in that direction under- taken by the Government at the Native Dog and Pera Bores, and hints at the possibilities in the way of close settlement in small areas near to population centres. It points out how the Govern- ment was guided by American experience, and refers to the areas, soil, water, results, and the revolution effected in some of the States, and the rapid growth of settlement by means of the artesian water supply ; it refers to the gradual awakening of our western pastoralists to the benefits conferred. The progress of the work in New South Wales, cost, yield of water etc., is tabulated. The advance in geological knowledge of the subject, and the more important developments in this branch are referred to. A new boring machine, ‘‘The Calyx,” and the provisions of the Artesian Wells Act, 1897, are discussed. The paper emphasizes the vast possibilities of the question, and concludes that this colony now isin the same position in regard to it as America was twenty- seven years ago. The following donations were laid upon the table and acknow- ledged :— TRANSACTIONS, JOURNALS, REPORTS, Kc. (The Names of the Donors are in Italics ) Annapouis, M.D.—U.S. Naval Institute. Proceedings, Vol. xx1l., No. 3, 1896; Vol. xxi11., Nos. 3, 4, 1897. The Institute. Xil. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. BauttimoreE—Johns Hopkins University. Circulars, Vol. xvir., ; Nos. 132, 133, 1897. The University BirmincHamM—Birmingham and Midland Institute. Programme for Session 1897-98. Report of the Council for the year 1897. Anaddress delivered in the Town Hall, Birming- ham, 18 Oct. 1897, by Frederic Harrison, m.a., “The Millenary of King Alfred.” The Institute CamBRripGE—Cambridge Philosophical Society. Proceedings, Vol. 1x., Parts vi., vii.. 1897. Transactions, Vol. xvt., Parts ii., 111., 1897-98. The Society LreEps—Yorkshire College. Annual Report, (23rd) 1896-7. The College Lonpon—British Museum (Natural History). A Guide to the Fossil Invertebrates and Plants in the Department of Geology and Paleontology, 1897. The Museum Geological Society. Quarterly Journal, Vol. t11., Part iv., No. 212, 1897; Vol. tiv., Parti., No. 218, 1898. Geo- logical Literature added to the Library during the year 1897. List of the Geological Society of London, 2 Nov. 1897. The Society Institute of Chemistry of Great Britain and Ireland. Pro- ceedings, Parts 1., i1., 1897. Bye-Laws, Charter of In- corporation, Regulations for Admission to Membership, and Register of Fellows, Associates and Students. The Institute Institution of Civil Engineers. Minutes of Proceedings, Vol. cxxx., Part iv., 1896-97. Brief Subject Index, Vols. CIX. — CXxx., Sessions 1894-95 — 1896-97. The Institution Institution of Mechanical Engineers. Proceedings, Nos. 1 and 2, 1897. Iron and Steel Institute. Journal, Vol. t11., No. 2, 1897. The Institute Linnean Society. Journal, Botany, Vol. xxx111., No. 229; Zoology, Vol. xxv1., No. 168. Proceedings, Nov. 1896 to June 1897. The Society Mineralogical Society. Mineralogical Magazine, Vol. X1., No, 53. 1897. Pharmaceutical Society of Great Britain. Calendar, 1898. Pharmaceutical Journal, Vol. v., Fourth Series, Nos. 1427 — 1435, 1897; Vol. v1., Fourth Series, Nos. 1436 — 1447, 1898. Physical Society of London. Proceedings, Vol. xv., Parts ix. — x1., Nos. 84. - 86, 1897. Royal Agricultural Society of England. Journal, Third Series, Vol. vii1., Part iv., No. 32, 1897. 3 Royal Astronomical Society. Monthly Notices, Vol. Lviit., Nos. 2, 3, 4, 1897-98. Royal College of Physicians. List of the Fellows, Members, - Extra Licentiates and Licentiates, 1898. The College Royal Geographical Society. The Geographical Journal, Vol. x1., Nos. 1, 2, 3, 1898. Year Book and Record 1898. The Society Royal Historical Society. Transactions, New Series, Vol. xiI., 1897. ” 33 33 te) ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. Xili, ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS, JULY 6, 1898. The General Monthly Meeting of the Society was held at the Society’s House, No. 5 Elizabeth-street N orth, on Wednesday evening, July 6th, 1898. The President, G. H. Kniss, F.R.4.8., in the Chair. Twenty-eight members and two visitors were present. The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and confirmed. The following gentlemen were duly elected ordinary members of the Society :— Beale, Charles Griffin; 109 Pitt-street. Boyd, Robert James, B.E. Univ. Syd.; Terara. Gurney, Elliott Henry; Petersham. Smith, S. Hague; 81 Pitt-street. Wark, William; 9 Macquarie Place. Wildridge, John, M.1.M.E.; 97 Pitt-street. The certificates of three candidates were read for the first time. THE FOLLOWING PAPERS WERE READ :— 1. “On the Stringybark trees of New South Wales, especially in regard to their essential oils,” by R. T. Baker, F.L.s., and Henry G. Smita, F.c.s., Technological Museum. Part I. This paper is the authors’ third contribution to a knowledge of the essential oils of the genus Eucalyptus. Some notes on the classification of the species of this genus by other authors are given, and the species now investigated are arranged according to their chemical, economic, and botanical affinities. It was shown that the essential oil of the Red Stringybark, ZL. macro- rhyncha besides containing a large percentage of eudesmol (the stearoptene of eucalyptus oil) gives an oil of excellent quality containing over fifty per cent. of eucalyptol, and answering all the requirements of the British Pharmacopoeia with the excep- tion of that of specific gravity. The authors point out that by fixing the specific gravity of an Eucalyptus oil as high as 0:910 excellent oils might be considered as of inferior quality, while Xv. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. inferior oils might pass the test, and they suggest that if the pro- | vision was made that a Eucalyptus oil should contain fifty per cent. of eucalyptol in addition to the other tests given in the Pharmacopoeia that the specific gravity test might be reduced to 0:900 —0:925. The presence of such a large quantity of eudesmol in the oil may probably account for the peculiarity of this oil, as the low specific gravity is evidently caused by the presence of a terpene of low specific gravity, the eucalyptol when isolated being found to have the usual specific gravity of that substance. The importance of this matter of specific gravity was pointed out because most probably the oil will be eventually distilled in large quantities, when it is expected that it will be obtained as a bye- product in connection with the extraction of myrticolorin. Three methods were described in the paper for the preparation of eudesmol. The authors also show that the presence of sucha large percentage of eudesmol in the oil, prevents to a very large extent the reaction for eucalyptol with phosphoric acid, and that the method could not be used for the quantitative determination of eucalyptol in the crude oil of this species. The oil of that Stringybark called by the authors Brown. Stringybark, (Z. capitellata) was found to resemble much that of the previous species, but does not appear to contain eudesmol. The oil of the White Stringybark (2. eugeniordes) answers all the requirements of the British Pharmacopoeia. 2. “On Current observations on the Canadian-Australian route,” by Capt. CAMPBELL Hepwortn, R.M.S. Aorangi. This paper purposed to shew by observations of ocean current made during sixty-four passages between Australia and British Columbia in the liners Aorangi, Warrimoo, and Miowera, the general set and strengths of the currents which are experienced, according to the season of the year, by vessels making the passage between these two colonies. The paper was illustrated by twelve charts, one for each month of the year, on which was delineated each current observation recorded, amounting to several thousand ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. XV. observations. It will be readily understood that safe and suc- cessful navigation depends largely on a knowledge of the move- ments of the sea surface drifts and the path of the main ocean streams, and it is with the object of adding to such scanty infor- Mation upon the subject as has been obtainable hitherto, that the author compiled his paper. Ina far more comprehensive form the Hydrographical Office purposes to publish current charts of the Pacific Ocean, and to quote Capt. Hepworth’s words, ‘‘ then these records of ocean current with which I have been dealing, the study of which has appeared to me somewhat like the perusal of stray fragments of a torn up document, will have complete contexture, and it will be known whether the theories adopted by me in their interpretation be correct or otherwise, but in the mean- time it is hoped they will be of some value to the navigators of the Pacific.” The reading of the paper on “A group of Water-spouts” by H. C. RUvssELt, B.A., 0.M.G., F.R.S., was postponed till the next meeting. EXHIBITS. 1. Mr. RB. A. Basrow, Fitzroy, Victoria, exhibited a key to tribes and genera of Melanosperme (olive-green or brown alge) which he had prepared for the use of students. This key will be reproduced by photo-lithography in the same size as the original drawing, and will form Plate 1 in the Society’s Journal for 1898, Vol, xxxil. 2. A facsimile (in metal, presented by the Trustees of the Public Library of New South Wales) of the Tablet erected on Inscription Point near Cape Solander, the southern head of Botany Bay. The original was affixed to commemorate the foundation of the Philosophical Society of Australasia in 1821 (the precursor of our Society) and as a record of the landing-place of Cook and Banks in Botany Bay in 1770. The following donations were laid upon the table and acknow- ledged :— XV1. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. TRANSACTIONS, JOURNALS, REPORTS, &e. (The Names of the Donors are in Italics). AacHEN—Meteorologische Station I. Ordnung. Deutsches Metorologisches Jahrbuch fir 1896. The Director ADELAIDE—Royal Society of South Australia. Transactions, Vol. xx., Part ii., 1896. - The Society University. Calendar for 1897. The University Brertin—Gesellschaft fiir Erdkunde. Verhandlungen, Band xxiv., Nos. 4—7, 1897. Zeitschrift, Band xxxu., Nos. 2-4, 1897. The Society Koniglich preussische Akademie der Wissenschaften. Sit- zungsberichte, Nos. 40 - 58, 1897. The Academy Koniglich preussische Meteorologische Instituts. Ergebnisse Beobachtungen an den Stationen JI. und III. Ordnung im Jahre 1897, Heft 1. Die Feier des fiinfzigjahrigen Bestehens am 16 Oktober 1897. ; The Institute Boston, Mass.—American Academy of Arts and Sciences. Pro- ceedings, Vol. xxx11., Nos. 16,17; Vol. xxxiu., Nos. 1 —8, 1897. The Academy Boston Society of Natural History. Proceedings, Vol. xxviil., Nos. 1-5, 1897. The Society BRooKvILLE—Indiana Academy of Science. Proceedings, 1896. The Academy CAMBRIDGE (Mass.)—Museum of Comparative Zodlogy at Harvard College. Annual Report of the Curator for 1896-97. Bulletin, Vol. xxx1., Nos. 1-6, 1897-98. Memoirs, Vol. xxitr., No. 1, 1897- The Museum: Cuicaco—Field Columbian Museum. Second Annual Exchange Catalogue for the year 1897-98. Publications 21, 22,24. ,, CincinnATI—Cincinnati Society of Natural History. Journal, Vol.:x1x., No. 3, 1897. The Society DenvER—Colorado Scientific Society. Bulletin, Nos. 10, 11, 1897; No. 1, 1898. Papers read before the Society Nov. 6, 1897 and Feb. 5, 1898. ae: Dusitn—Royal Dublin Society. Scientific Proceedings, N.S., Vol. vu., Part v., 1897. Scientific Transactions, Ser. 2, - Vol. v., Part xiii., 1896; Vol. vi., Parts ii. — xili., 1896-7. _,, Royal Irish Academy. Proceedings, Third Series, Vol. rv., No. 4, 1897. The Academy EpinspurcH—Edinburgh Geological Society. Transactions, Vol. vil., Part iii., 1895-96. Roll of Members, 31 Dec. 1897. The Laws of the Edinburgh Geological Society, 31 Oct. 1897. The Society Royal Scottish Geographical Society. Scottish Geographical Magazine, Vol. x111., Nos. 10, 11, 12, 1897; Vol. xiv., Nos. 1, 2, 3, 1898. 4 Fort Monroez,Va.—U.S. Artillery School. Journal of the U.S. Artillery, Vol. vi11., Nos. 2, 3, 1897; Vol. 1x., No. 1, 1898. The School ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. XVIll. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS, AUGUST 3, 1898. The General Monthly Meeting of the Society was held at the Society’s House, No. 5 Hlizabeth-street North, on Wednesday evening, August 3rd, 1898. The President, G. H. Kwnipps, F.R.A.S., in the Chair. Twenty-four members were present. The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and confirmed. Two new members enrolled their names and were introduced. The certificates of three candidates were read for the second time, and of three for the first time. The President made the following announcements :— 1. That it was necessary and customary for authors to furnish the Hon. Secretaries with short abstracts of their papers prior to being read before the Society, such being required both for Press purposes and for the printed monthly abstract of Proceedings. 2. That at the last meeting of the Council it had been decided to obtain for the convenience of the members of the Society the complete International Scientific catalogue. Students of Science are familiar with the bibliographical difficulties which beset every attempt to obtain complete information of the state of any branch of Science, and the formation of an International catalogue, in which will be set forth immedi- ately, every publication in Science throughout the length and breadth of the world, is a boon, the value of which it is impossible to overestimate. He need hardly say that the decision of the Council in respect of this matter will be very heartily appreciated by every student or investigator in our membership: the opportunity of easily becoming acquainted with every accession of scientific knowledge is now within measurable distance, and it is to be hoped that a correspond- ing stimulus will be given here to scientific |research without. which we hardly take our place in the civilized world. b—Aug. 3, 1898. XVill. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. 3. The Council of the Physico-Economical Society (Der Vorstand der Physikalisch Gesellschaft) Konisberg i. Pr., offer a prize of 4,000 marks (£200), for ‘‘a work which brings to light either the province of vegetable or animal electricity or funda- mentally new phenomena, or furnishing essentially new con- clusions touching the physical cause of organic electricity or its significance for life generally or for definite functions.” The essay may be printed or written in German, French, English, or Italian, and must reach the Council before 31st December 1900, and must in no case be published prior to 30th September, 1898. The author may remain anonymous by giving a title to his paper and enclosing his name and addressin an envelope. In case no essay is deemed of sufficient merit, two lesser prizes of 500 marks (£25) will be awarded to the worthiest works. The result will be announced at the General Meeting of the Society, 6th June, 1901. THE FOLLOWING PAPERS WERE READ :— 1. “ Water-spouts on the Coast of New South Wales,” by H. C. RUSSELL, B.A., C.M.G., F.R.S. The paper dealt chiefly with the group of twenty water-spouts seen at Eden, on May 16th. It was shewn that one of these water-spouts was 5,000 feet high, as measured with a theodolite. The longest off Sydney Heads was 400 feet; here the greater number observed are even less than 400 feet. It was shewn that water-spouts always form under massive rain clouds, and that they seldom, if ever, last for an hour. The author endeavoured to prove that the water did not go up the centre of the spout, but followed spirally the outside of it, and that the quantity of salt water going up cannot be so much as supposed, because there is no instance on record where salé rain fell after a water-spout. For the observation of water-spouts Mr. Russell is indebted chiefly to Mr. Crichton, Mining Engineer, Eden ; to Dr. A. W. Morgan, Pambula; to Mr. Newton, Pilot, Eden; and to Mr. Francis, Signal Master, Sydney. — Se ee ee ee ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. X1x. 2. “Some Physical Properties of Nickel Steel,” by W. H. Warren, Wh. Se., M. Inst. C.E., Challis Professor of Engineering, and S. H. BarRACLOUGH, M.M.E., Assoc. M. Inst. C.E., Lecturer in Mechanical Engineering, University of Sydney. Nickel steel, hitherto employed chiefly in the manufacture of armour plates, and to a less extent, in forgings for certain impor- tant parts of machinery, will probably have a greatly extended use as its physical properties become better known, and the cost of its production lessened. The present paper describes a series of tests of specimens of three varieties of nickel steel manufactured by the firm of Fried. Krupp, of Essen, Germany, the three varie- ties being known as ‘mild,’ ‘medium,’ and ‘non-rusting,’ and con- taining respectively, three, eight and twenty-five per cent. of nickel. After summarising the present state of our knowledge of the material, the authors describe their experiments to deter- mine the tensile and compressive strengths, limit and coéfficient of elasticity, percentage elongation and contraction of area, yield point, torsional strength, shearing strength, and relative liability to corrosion. Detailed tables of the observations for each experi- ment accompany the paper, and, in order to supply a basis for comparison, especially as regards the elastic limits, a summary of results obtained from similar tests of specimens cut from a Vicker’s axle is attached. NOTES AND EXHIBITS. Professor ANDERSON STUART, M.D., University of Sydney, exhibited a preparation of the human ear showing a new mode of demonstrating the action of the auditory ossicles. The method consists in removing the roof of the tympanic cavity so as to fully expose its contents. A glass tube is now tied into the external auditory meatus. To this tube is attached a rubber tube about a foot long, and through these tubes the demonstrator by his mouth can force air into, and suck air out of, the external meatus. Thus the tympanic membrane is made to move, carrying with it the ossicles in the same sort of movement as in the normal action of the parts, the only essential difference being that this movement XX. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. is greatly exaggerated. It is best observed by the aid of a hand lens. Mr. L. Hararave exhibited two Soaring Kites M. and N.— Two Soaring Kites. M N. Length nit cs a Bs 4’ 11” 4’ 14” Width a ce Bes an 3’ 32" | 3° 0” Projected area of propeller ... sis, 30 Lasqeiime 243 sq. in. - nS end surfaces wii 1285 oe ; Total area, square feet ee So 3°58 2°58 Weight, pounds a oe ee 5°63 4°09 Pounds weight per square foot a 1:57 1:59 Angle of propeller... Bag we AES - 3° (1) The bed rock of this matter is the fact that the wind blow- © ing on the convex side of.a soaring curve, causes a thrust on the concave side in a direction to windward of the zenith. (2) The soaring curve pulls the plane part of the kite up against the wind, resulting in a motion against the wind. This is the converse of the act of pulling in the string of a kite to make it come forward and down. (3) The soaring bird’s wing may be divided into three triangles, two of which soar, and one acts as a kite wrong side up. (4) A bird that is merely soaring by means of an upward trend of wind may be known by the wing tips being turned up. | (5) A bird that is truly soaring in horizontal or downward blowing wind, may be known by the wing tips drooping. Prof. LIVERSIDGE, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., exhibited and described (1) some Maori net sinkers made of impure barytes (sp. gr. 4:03) and of claystone? (sp. gr. 2°8) and some unworked concretionary nodules of barytes, these had been obtained by Mr. John Webster of Hokianga, New Zealand, from some kitchen middens in the district. The Maoris had doubtless selected the barytes on account of its great density ; its comparative softness allowed it to be readily worked into shape and perforated. ‘This is the only case, known to the exhibitor, of barytes being used for this purpose. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. xxi, (2) Sections of Silver and Copper Nuggets.—The nugget of native silver from Lake Superior, was not very much water-worn. It contained a little calcite and some quartz in cavities, also a little native copper. On slicing, polishing and etching it with dilute nitric acid it presented a strongly marked crystalline struc- ture closely resembling that seen in the West Australian gold nuggets, figured in the Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., 1897. A nugget of copper from Lake Superior, although studded with crystals of silver externally, showed none in the etched section. The silver crystals were imperfect rhombic dodecahedra about one-eight inch across. This nugget of copper, as well as others, from Bolivia and from Burra Burra, South Australia, showed an internal crystalline structure somewhat similar to that of the West Australian gold nuggets already referred to, but the crystals nearly always radiate out from one or more centres, this was not observed in any of the gold nuggets. (3) Stalactites and Stalagmites from the tunnel at the Prospect Reservoir; these were collected by Mr. E. Hufton of the Chemical Laboratory; the tunnel was built some twelve ? years ago, and the comparatively large size of the stalagmitic deposit—nearly two inches in thickness—gives an idea of the rate of deposition of calcium carbonate. The exhibitor believes they have been derived mainly from the cement of the tunnel, inasmuch as he understands that no limestone was used in its construction, nor is there any in or about the reservoir. The catchment area is essentially of sandstone and the water consequently poor in lime. Mr. J. F. Mann desires to make the following remarks on the paper “‘ Native Names of some of the Runs d&c. in the Lachlan District,” by F. B. W. Woolrych (this Journ. xxiv., 63) communi- cated by him. “On pages 65, 66, I make it appear that Cowal Lugon is the correct native name for the extensive lake or swamp locally known as Cowal Lake ; this statement is correct only to a certain extent, and requires further explanation. ‘In the early days of settlement all swampy places were densely covered with rushes, since greatly destroyed by cattle; at certain Xxil. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. seasons these rushes were occupied or visited by a species of moth called by the natives Bugon or Bugong, they abounded in swamps and were no doubt connected in some way with the numerous gossamer webs also found in abundance amongst the rushes. These moths, though small, were occasionally collected by the natives as an article of food, an entrement only, and the expression Cowal Bugon indicated the intention of one or more of these natives of visiting this lake for the purpose of collecting these insects ; had the object been otherwise, such as seeking warer-fowl] or their eggs, the significant name for that particular item would have been | used in place of the word ‘“ Bugon.” ‘“Cowal, as I have already explained, means large; I cannot at present give the tribal name for water, lake, or swamp; there are several names for these, so as to distinguish good drinking water from that which is bad, also smooth water from that flowing over a rocky bed, ete. ‘The word Bugon is applied also to the moths found in num- bers at Mount Kosciusko, but I am unable to say whether they are identical with those of the Lachlan district; doubtless local influences cause some difference. ‘‘Many years ago while scaling some steep cliffs of Hawkesbury Sandstone, situated at an elevation of at least 3,000 feet, at the head of the Cudgegong River, [ was nearly smothered by aswarm of moths which suddenly issued from a cave or recess in the rocks, these I conclude were more closely allied to the Kosciusko moth than those of the Lachlan River. “T have grave doubts as to the genuiness of the name “Bum- baldry” (p. 65); taken in connection with the interpretation thereof, I am inclined to think that it is the result of some poetically inspired early settler on viewing a number of naked aborigines taking headers into the pool of water on Tyagong Creek. ‘In conclusion, [ may here note that, in the early days when the natives were numerous, the arrangements in a ‘camp proper,’ that is, when it comprised the bulk of a tribe, were carried on ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. XXill, with systematic regularity, and the disposal of the men for the ensuing day or days was a matter always for consideration.” The following donations were laid upon the table and acknow- ledged :— TRANSACTIONS, JOURNALS, REPORTS, &c. (The Names of the Donors are in Italics.) Botogna—R. Accademia delle Scienze dell’ Istituto di Bologna. Rendiconto, Nuova Serie, Vol. 1., 1896-97. Memorie, Serie V., Tome v., 1895-96. The Academy Bonn—Naturhistorische Vereins der preussischen Rheinlande, Westfalens und des Reg.-Bezirks Osnabriick. Verhand- lungen, Jahrgang Liv., Halfte 1, 1897. The Society Niederrheinische Gesellschaft fiir Natur-und Heilkunde. Sitzungsberichte, Halfte 1, 1897. - _ Braunscaweie—Vereins fur Naturwisenschaft. Jahresbericht, Vol. x., 1895-97. Braunschweig im Jahre 1897. a BrisBANE—Royal Society of Queensland. Proceedings, Vol. XI1I., 1897-8. ” Cazmn—Académie Nationale des Sciences, Arts et Belles-Lettres. Mémoires 1896. The Academy CaRLSRUHE—Grossherzoglich-Badische Technische Hochschule. Programm fiir das Studienjahr 1897-8. Inaugural Dis- sertations (2) _ The Director Cracow—Académie des Sciences. Bulletin International, Nos. 3—10, 1897; No. 1, 1898. The Academy Fiorence—Societa Italiana di Antropologia, Etnologia ce. Archivio, Vol. xxvi1., Fasc 2, 1897. The Society Societa di Stndii Geograficie Coloniali. Bullettino, Annata Iv., Fasc. 9, 10,1897; Annata v., Fasc. 1 - 3, 1898. an FRANKFURT A/mM—Senckenbergische Naturforschende Gesell- schaft Abhandlungen, Band xx., Heft 1, 1897; Band xxiI., Heft 3,4, 1897. Bericht fiir 1897. ie FREIBERG i.s.—Koniglich-Sachsische Bergakademie. Jahrbuch fur das Berg-und Hiittenwesen im Konigreiche Sachsen auf das Jahr 1897. The Academy Guascow—Philosophical Society of Glasgow. Proceedings, Vol. XXVIII., 1896-97. The Society GoTTINceN—KéGnigliche Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften. Nachrichten, Geschaftliche Mittheilungen Heft 2, 1897. Mathematisch-physikalische Klasse Heft 3, 1897. B Hairax, N.S.—Nova Scotian Institute of Science. Proceedings and Transactions, Vol. 1x., Part 8, 1896-97. The Institute Hameure—Deutsche Seewarte. Ergebnisse der Meteorologis- chen Beobachtungen. Jahrgang x1x., 1896 und fir das Dezennium 1886 - 1895. The Observatory Naturhistorisches Museum. Mitteilungen, Jahrgang xiv., 1897. The Museum XXIV. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. Hamitton (Ont.)—Hamilton Association. Journal and Pro- ceedings, Vol. xviiz., 1896-97. The Association Havre—Société Géologique de Normandie. Bulletin, Tome xvit., Années 1894-9. The Society Lrrpzic—Konigl. Sachsische Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften. Berichte, Math.-phys. Classe No. 4, 1897. Sachregister der Abhandlungen und Berichte 1897. Litte—Société Géologique du Nord. Annales, Tome xxtv., 1896. __,, 39 Lonpon—Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Ireland. Journal, Vol. xxvi1., No. 2, 1897; No. 3, 1898. The Institute British Museum (Natural History). Catalogue of the African Plants collected by Dr. Friedrich Welwitsch in 1853 - 61—Dicotyledons Parti. Catalogue of the Fossil Bryozoa in the Department of Geology—The Jurassic Bryozoa by J. W. Gregory, D.Sc. The Museum Geological Society. Quarterly Journal, Vol. tiv., Part i., No. 214, 1898. The Society Institution of Mechanical Engineers. Proceedings, No. 4, 1896. The Institution Institution of Naval Architects. Transactions, Vols. xxxvi., XXXVIIMI., XXXIX., 1895-97. The Institution Linnean Society. Journal, Botany, Vol. xxx111., No. 230. List of Fellows 1897-98. The Society Meteorological Office. Meteorological Observations at Stations of the Second Order for the year 1894. Report of the Meteorological Council for the year ending 30th March, 1897. The Office Pharmaceutical Society of Great Britain. Pharmaceutical Journal, Ser. 4, Vol. vi., Nos. 1448-1458, 1460, 1461, 1898. The Society Quekett Microscopical Club. Journal, Ser. u., Vol. v1, No. 41, 1897. The Club Royal Agricultural Society of England. Journal, Third Series, Vol. rx., Part i., No. 33, 1898. The Society Royal Astronomical Society. Monthly Notices, Vol. tvit., No. 9, Supplementary Number; Vol. tviir., Nos. 1-7, 1897-8. s Royal Geographical Society. The Geographical Journal, Vol. x., Nos. 4-6, 1897; Vol. x1., Nos. 4-6, 1898. Pe Royal Meteorological Society. Quarterly Journal, Vol. xx111., 1897; Vol. xx1v., Nos. 105, 106, 1898. Meteorological Record, Vol. xvur., Nos. 65-67, 1897. List of Fellows, Feb. 16, 1898. oy) Royal Microscopical Society. Journal, Nos. 104, 106, 1895; Nos. 120, 121, 1897; Nos. 122, 124, 1898. or Royal Society. Philosophical Transactions, Vol. cLXxxVI., Parts 1 and 1a., 2and 2B, 1895; Vol. chxxxvil., Parts A and B, 1896; Vol. cuxxxviu., Part a, 1896. List of Fellows, 30th November, 1896. ” ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. XXV. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS, SEPTEMBER 7, 1898. The General Monthly Meeting of the Society was held at the Society’s House, No. 5 Hlizabeth-street North, on Wednesday evening, September 7th, 1898. The President, G. H. KNIBBs, F.R.A.Ss., in the Chair. Twenty members and three visitors were present. The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and confirmed, The certificates of three candidates were read for the third time, of three for the second time, and of one for the first time. The following gentlemen were duly elected ordinary members of the Society :— Blunno, Michele, Licenziato in Scienze, (Roma), Government Viticultural Expert; Department of Agriculture, N.S. W. Murray, Lee, m.c.z. Melb., Civil Engineer; 65 Pitt-street. Wade, Leslie A. B., Civil Engineer; Public Works Depart- ment. THE FOLLOWING PAPERS WERE READ :— 1. “Key to Tribes and Genera of Melanospermee (Olive-green seaweeds)” by R. A. Bastow. ; This paper was taken as read. 2. “A study of the Dialects of New Caledonia,” by Jules Bernier, Curator of the Musée Néo-Caledonienne. (Communicated by Charles Hedley, F.L.s.) No less than twenty dialects are distinguished in New Cale- - donia, which are grouped into the following main divisions: the Southern, inclusive of the Isle of Pines; the Central; the Northern; and those parts of the Loyalty Islands peopled by Melanesians. The first two are sharply separated from the latter by the absence of the article. The northern is characterised by a tendency to terminate in a consonant as shown by the place names, Belep, Hienghen, Wagap. A foreign aggressive Polynesian element can be detected intrusive upon the indigenous Melanesian. A marked feature in the New Caledonian language is its extreme simplicity, XXVi. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. it is the most primitive Papuan speech. Even the roots are in a state of fluctuation and affect various forms. Any labial, or it may be any dental consonant, may be used by a native with a root vowel to express a particular word. The same word can be used as a noun, verb, or adjective, and the broad difference which elsewhere prevails between the parts of speech are here unknown. Monosyllabism prevails, and the roots have preserved a synthetic signification which seems a property of primitive people, but which is in more advanced languages obliterated by specialisation. Thus the native mind aggregates together such ideas as white, bright, eye, sun, day, light, and expresses them by forms of a root word “fire.” A method occurs by which not only verbs but other parts of speech are conjugated. Enumeration is of the usual Papuan type, counting by one, one-one, one-two, one-three, five equal a hand (in reference to the digits) five-one, five-two, five-three, five- four, ten equal a head. EXHIBITS. 1. An interesting collection of photographs from the Don Dorrigo and Brush districts, N. S. Wales, get geological, were shewn by His Honor Judge Dockex, M.A. 2. A new Eucalyptus oil was exhibited by Messrs. Baker and Smiru of the Technological Museum, Sydney. On rectification this oil was found to contain a fraction boiling between 280° — 290° C., equalling 18 per cent. of the whole, and which consisted almost entirely of eudesmol, comparatively in a pure condition, The fraction wholly crystallised in less than one hour. This oil appears to be free from bodies, also of high boiling point, that have previously been found to interfere with and to make the purification of this stearoptene difficult. Hudesmol has now been found to exist in the oils of six of the forty-five species of Kucalypts obtained. If eudesmol shall be found eventually to be of medicinal value, or useful for other purposes, we have in this oil a most pro- lific source of the material. 3. The latest type of Polariscope (Wright-Newton projecting polariscope) was exhibited by Dr. F. H. QualIre, M.A. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. XXVll. The following donations were laid upon the table and acknow- ledged :— ‘ TRANSACTIONS, JOURNALS, REPORTS, &e. (The Names of the Donors are in Italics). ANNAPOLIS, M.D —U.S. Naval Institute. Proceedings, Vol. xxiv., Nos: 1, 2, 1898. The Institute AuckLanp—Auckland Institute and Museum. Annual Report for 1897-98. » BattrmorE—Johns Hopkins University. American Chemical Journal, Vol. xix., Nos.3—10; Vol. xx., Nos. 1 —3, 1897. American Journal of Mathematics, Vol. x1x., Nos. 3, 4, 1897; Vol. xx., No. 1,1898 American Journal of Philo- logy, Vol. xvir., No. 4, 1896; Vol. xvitr., Nos. 1 - 4, 1897. Historical and Political Studies, Fifteenth Series. Nos. 3 - 12, 1897; Sixteenth Series, Nos. 1-4, 1898 Reprints (6) from ‘*The Journal of Experimental Medicine.” Circulars, Vol. xvi1., Nos. 135, 136, 1898. The University Boston, Mass.—American Academy of Arts and Sciences. Pro- ceedings, Vol. xxx111., Nos. 9— 12, 1898. The Academy Boston Society of Natural History. Proceedings, Vol. xxvii1., Nos. 6, 7, 1897-8. Memoirs, Vol. v., No. 3, 1898. The Society Bristot— Bristol Naturalists’ Society. Proceedings, N.S. Vol. vil., Part ii., 1896-97. 3 CamMBRIDGE—Cambridge Philosophical Society. Teeter aie! | Vol. xvi., Part iv., 1898. Cambridge University Library. Annual Report (44th) of the Library Syndicate for year ending 31 Dec., 1897. The University CamBrRinDcE (Mass.)—Museum of Comparative Zoélogy at Harvard College. Bulletin, Vol. xxx11., Nos. 1, 2, 1898. The Museum Care Town—South African Philosophical Society. Transactions, Vobk rz, Part «., 1896-7: Vol: x:, Part i., 1897. The Society Dzs Moines—lIowa Geological Survey. Report on Lead, Zinc, Artesian Wells, etc.. Vol. vi. Annual Report 1896, Vol. vu. The Survey EpinpurGH—Royal Physical Society. Proceedings, Vol. xzi1., Part il1., 1896-97. The Society Royal Scottish Geographical Society. Scottish Geographical Magazine, Vol. xtv., Nos. 4- 6, 1898. i Scottish Microscopical Society. Proceedings, Vol. 11., No. 2, Session 1896-97. » Fiorence—Societa Italiana di Antropologia Etnologia &c. Archivio, Vol. xxvit., Fasc. 3, 1897. rs GerLonec—Gordon Technical College. ‘The Wombat,’ Vol. 111., Nos. 2, 3, 1998. The College Hopsart—Mining Department. Report for 1897-8. Mineral Industry of Tasmania, 1897-98. The Department Royal Society of Tasmania. Abstract of Proceedings, 1898. Notes on the Aborigines of Tasmania. The Disposal of our Dead by Cremation by G. Sprott, m.p., etc. The Society XXVIili. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. Krw—Royal Gardens. Hooker’s Icones Plantarum, 4 Ser., Vol. vi., Part iii.. 1898 The Director Liverroot—Literary and Philosophical Society. Proceedings, Vol. u1., 1896-97. The Society Lonpon—Institution of Mechanical Engineers. Proceeding, Nos. 3, 4. 1897. The Institution Iron and Steel Institute. Journal, Name Index, Vols. 1. —L., 1869 — 1896. The Institute Pharmaceutical Society of Great Britain. Journal, Fourth Series, Vol. v1., Nos. 1459, 1462 — 1469, 1898. The Society Physical Society of London. Proceedings, Vol. xv., Part xii., No. 87, 1897. Science Abstracts, Vol. 1., Parts 1. -—iv., 1898. ae Royal Agricultural Society of England. Journal, Third Series, Vol. rx , Part ii., No. 34, 1898. Az Royal Meteorological Society. Meteorological Record, Vol. xvir., No. 68, 1897. Quarterly Journal, Vol. xxiv., No. 107, 1898. » Royal Society of Literature. Transactions, Second Series, Vol. x1x., Parts i. and 1i., 1897. ss Royal United Service Institution. Journal, Vol. xu1., Nos. 230, 234-288, 1897; Vol. xui., Nos. 239 - 241, 1898. Supplement to Lectures 1897. The Institution Sanitary Institute of Great Britain. Journal, Vol. xvtir., Parts iii. and iv.; Vol. x1x., Part i., 1897-98. The Institute Society of Arts. Journal, Vol. xtv., Nos. 2345 - 2347; Vol. XLV1., Nos. 2348 — 2362, 2364-2379, 1897-98. The Society Zoological Society of London. Proceedings, Parts iii., iv., 1897; Parti., 1898. Transactions. Vol. x1v., Parts iv. — vi., 1897-98. 9 MancHeEstTeR— Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society. Proceedings, Vols. 11.—xv., Sessions 1860-61 — 1875-76. Memoirs, 'l‘hird Series, Vols. 1. — v., 1862 —1876; Fourth Series, Vol. v1., 1892. Memoirs and Proceedings, Vol. XLiI., Partsi., ii., 1897-98. ¥ Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society. Memoirs and Proceedings, Vol. xu11., Part: iii., 1897-98. x Marsurc—Gesellschaft zur Beférderung der gesammten Natur- wissenschaften. Schriften, Band x1u., Abtheil 1, 1896. Sitzungsberichte, Jahrgang 1896. The Society University—Inaugural Dissertations 1896-97 (85) The University MELBOURNE—Australasian Institute of Mining Engineers. Proceedings, 14 January, 12 April, 1898. Transactions, Vol. v., 1898. The Institute Australasian Journal of Pharmacy, Vol. x11., No. 144, 1897; Vol. x111., Nos. 145 — 154, 1898. The Editor Broken Hill Proprietary Co. Ld. Reports and Statements of Account for Half Years ending 30 Nov., 1897, and 31 May, 1898. The Secretary Field Naturalists’ Club of Victoria. The Victorian Naturalist, Vol. x1v., Nos. 1-12, Vol. xv., Nos. 1-6, 1897-8. The Club ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. XXI1xX. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS, OCTOBER 5, 1898. The General Monthly Meeting of the Society was held at the Society’s House, No. 5 Elizabeth-street North, on Wednesday evening, October 5th, 1898. The President, G. H. KNIBBs, F.R.A.S., in the Chair. Thirty-six members and four visitors were present. The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and confirmed. The certificates of three candidates were read for the third time, of one for the second time, and of one for the first time. The following gentlemen were duly elected ordinary members of the Society :-— Alexander, Frank Lee, Cement Maker ; Druitt-street. Behrendt, Peter, Engineer ; O’Connell-street. Kerry, Charles Henry, Photographer ; 310 George-street. THE FOLLOWING PAPERS WERE READ :— 1. “On the Pinenes of the Oils of the genus Eucalyptus, Part 1,” by Henry G. Smiru, F.c.s., Technological Museum, Sydney. This paper treated of the investigation of both dextrorotatory and levorotatory pinenes found existing in large quantity in the oils obtained from two new species of Hucalypts growing in New South Wales. These two species belong to the group of Eucalypts known as the Stringybarks, and bhotanically both have many resemblances. The ois obtained from their leaves by steam dis- tillation were found to consist principally of the terpene, pinene, and although the oils resembled each other most markedly in many respects, it was found that while the pinene from Z£, dextro- pinea rotated the ray of light to the right, the pinene from the other species (L. levopinea) rotated the ray to the left. The crude oil of H. dextropinea when redistilled gave 88 per cent. between 156° and 172° C., and on final rectification of the first fractions, this dextropinene was found to have the following characteristics: boiling point 156°C., specific gravity at 4° = 0-875, Xxx. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. at +2° = 0°8629, and specific rotation at 18° C. of + 41:2°. The oil from 2. levopinea gave 88 per cent., distilling between 157° and 172° C. and this levopinene on final rectification gave the following results: boiling point 157° C., specific gravity at #° = 0:8755, at +2° = 0°8626, and specific rotation at 19° C.= — 48°63. These results show that Eucalyptus oils contain pinenes having both right and left rotation. When equal volumes of these two pinenes were mixed it was found that the dextropinene had exactly neutralised an equivalent portion of the levopinene as the remain- ing rotation was found to be almost identically the amount required theoretically. The dextropinene appears to be identical with that isolated from the oil of Hucalyptus globulus by Bour- — chardat and Tardy (Comp. rend. 1895, 120, 1417) and may be considered to be the physical isomeride of terebenthene obtained from French oil of turpentine. It also appears probable that the Eucalyptus dextropinene may eventually be found to be the isomeride of Eucalyptus levopinene, and that these two pinenes always occur together in the natural state in various proportions, which governs the rotation of the particular oil. No phellandrene was detected in the oils of either species, and only a minute trace of eucalyptol. The hydrates, nitrosochlorides, monochloride etc., were prepared from both pinenes, and these were found to give identical results with those obtained from Australene and tere- benthene, which terpenes they therefore chemically and physically resemble. The results indicate that these Eucalyptus pinenes (N.O. Myrtacez) are identical with the pinenes obtained from the pines (N.O. Conifer). It was stated by the author that it appears now to be proved that the oils from identical species of Eucalypts always contain the same constituents at the same time of the year. The red colour of these two crude oils can be readily removed by agitating with potash and the resulting product would form in appearance, odour, and composition a commercial oil of turpentine, either levorotatory or dextrorotatory according to the species of Eucalypt from which the oil was obtained. For pur- poses of identification the author suggests the name Hudesmene ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. XXX. for the levopinene, the old name Hucalyptene remaining for the dextrorotatory form. 2. “Current Papers, No. 3,” by H. C. Russet, B.A., C.M.G., F.R.S. Since the previous paper on this subject was read one hundred and fifty-five papers have been collected, and a large percentage of them are of great interest. Seven were thrown over by Royal Mail Steamships between Ceylon and Aden, and with two excep- tions were found on the coast of Africa, one on Farquhar Island and the other on the southern coast of Madagascar. It is note- worthy that these were all between the Equator and 24° South. No papers have been found in the sea between 24° and 30° South and thence southward all the papers have travelled to the east. A few papers found in the Indian Ocean north of the equator have also gone to the east. On the south coast they have followed the usual easterly course. In Tasman Sea several have followed unusual courses to north-north-east, one thrown over near Gabo was found on an island near the north of New Caledonia, another thrown over in the latitude of Gabo, but further east, was found on one of the New Hebrides islands. Of those thrown over by R.M.S8. Ormuz when near Gabo, two are very remarkable, one three miles off Green Cape at 10°15 a.m. was found on the west coast of Zealand ; at noon on the same day, twenty miles north of the position of the first one, a second bottle was thrown over, and it was found on the beach between Sydney and Newcastle. EXHIBITS. 1. Prof. LiveRsIDGE, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., exhibited specimens of the blue pigment which he had separated from Heliopora cerulea, brought by Prof. David from Funafuti, together with solutions of it and of indigo for comparison. 2. Prof. T. P. ANDERSON STUART, M.D., exhibited a specimen of artificial silk, and showed the acetylene light. 3. Mr. Russet exhibited Dine’s Portable Anemometer. 4. Prof. Davip exhibited specimens of cores of coral rock from the Funafuti Bore from depths of eight hundred and fifty to nine XXXll. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. hundred and eighty-seven feet, the latter being the greatest depth attained by the boring up to the time when Mr. Gerald H. Halligan left the atoll on September 6th. The rock is harder than that previously encountered, but is easier for boring, as it does not need to be supported by lining pipes to prevent caving. Mr. Halligan exhibited specimens of the material dredged by Mr. A. E. Finckh and himself from the seaward slope of the atoll, from between depths of thirty and two hundred fathoms. The apparatus used consisted of a heavy steel chisel and hempen tangles, and a strong conical steel bucket with sharp cutting edge. The results were very satisfactory, a considerable amount of new and useful material having been obtained. Mr. Halligan also exhibited samples of the Halimeda sand and coral heads obtained by him when in charge of the hydraulic drill belonging to the Works Department of New South Wales, and placed on H.M.S. Porpoise for the purpose of boring the bottom of the Funafuti lagoon. Professor David stated that the time allowed by the Admiralty for the boring was one week, and in this short space of time two bores had been put down to depths respectively of two hundred and forty-five and two hundred and fourteen feet below the surface of the lagoon, the depth of water at the sites of both bores being one hundred and one feet. The Halimeda sand proved to be eighty feet thick, and under that in each bore coral heads, appar- ently in situ, had been penetrated. The rate of boring in the bottom of the lagoon had averaged about forty-five feet per day, a highly satisfactory result. The evidence obtained would probably be of great value, as bearing on the subject of Darwin’s theory as to the formation of atolls by subsidence. The following donations were laid upon the table and acknow- ledged :— TRANSACTIONS, JOURNALS, REPORTS, Xe. (The Names of the Donors are in Italics ) ADELAIDE—Department of Mines. Report on Explorations in Western Part of South Australia by H. Y. 4. Brown, also Contributions to the Paleontology of South Aus- tralia by R. Etheridge, Junr. The Mannahill Goldfield. The Wadnaminga Goldfield, 1898. The Department. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. XXXIll, ADELAIDE—continued. Royal Geographical Society of Australasia. President’s Annual Address, 7 June, 1898. The Society Royal Society of South Australia. Transactions, Vol. xxt., Part ii., 1897; Vol. xx11., Part 1., 1898. . BrisBANE—Chief Weather Bureau. Climatological Tables, Jan. — Nov. 1896. Meteorological Synopsis May — June, 1896, Jan. — Dec. 1897, Jan.— April 1898. Table of Rainfall, Jan. — Dec., 1896. The Bureau Geological Survey—Department of Mines. Bulletin, No. 7, 1898. The Survey Department of Agriculture. Botany Bulletin, No. 15, 1898. Contributions to the Flora of Queensland by F. M. Bailey, F.L.s.:—Extract from the Queensland Agricul- tural Journal, Vol.1., Parts v., vi.; Vol. 11., Parts i. — vi.; Vol. 111., Part 11., 1898. The Department Department of Mines. Reporton the Big Hill Gold Mining Company’s Lease, Talgai, by W. H. Rands, 1898. Report on the Geology of the Basalt Workings, Mount Rainbow Gold Field, by W. E. Cameron, B.a., 1897. ps Queensland Acclimatization Society. Annual Report (34th) 1896-7. The Society Queensland Museum. Annals, No.4,1897. Annual Report of the Trustees. The Trustees Water Supply Department. Report of the Hydraulic Engineer on Water Supply, 1897. The Department CaucuTtTa—Asiatic Society of Bengal. Journal, Vol. uxt, Pare 4, Extra, Nooo, 1S92; Vol. uxvi., Part i., Nos. 2; 3,4, and Extra Number, Part ii., Nos. 2, 3, 4, 1897; Vol. uxvit., Part ii., No. 1, 1898. Proceedings, Nos. 5 —11, 1897; Nos. 1-4, 1898. The Kacmiracabdamrta a Kacmiri Grammar, Part i., 1897. The Society Geological Survey of India. Memoirs, Vol. xxvit., Part ii., 1897. Memoirs (Palzontologia Indica) Ser. 15, Vol. 1., Part iv., Vol. 11., Parti.; Ser. 16, Vol. 1., Parts 2, 3, 1897. Records, Vol. xxx., Part iv., 1897. The Survey Government of India. Report of the Natural History Results of the Pamir Boundary Commission by A. W. Alcock, M.B., 1898. The Government Cameripce—-Cambridge Philosophical Society. Proceedings, Vol. 1x., Part vili., 1898. The Society Mineralogical Society. Mineralogical Magazine, Vol. xuu., No. 54, 1898. List of Memhers 1898. is Cuicaco—Field Columbian Museum. Publications, Nos. 23, 25, 26, 27, 1898. The Museum CoLtompo—Royal Asiatic Society. Journal of the Ceylon Branch Vol. xv., No. 48, 1897. The Society Denver—Colorado Scientific Society. Proceedings, Vol. v., 1894 -— 1896. A Mineralogical Mistake by P. H. van Diest, 1898. Due.tin—Royal Irish Academy. Proceedings, 3 Ser., Vol. rv., No.5 List of Members, 1898. The Academy , c—Oct. 2, 1898. XXXIV. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. Easton, Pa.—American Chemical Society. Journal, Vol. x1x., Nos. 11, 12, 1897; Vol. xx., Nos. 1—5, 1898. The Society EpinpureH—Highland and Agricultural Society of Scotland. Transactions, 5 Ser., Vol. x., 1898. _ Royal Scottish Geographical Society. Scottish Geographical Magazine, Vol. xtv., No. 7, 1898. Royal Society of Edinburgh. Proceedings, Vol. xx1., Sessions 1895-97. Transactions, Vol. xxxvitr., Parts iii., iv., Session 1895-96; Vol. xxx1x., Part i., Session 1896-97. 33 33 33 University. Calendar, 1898-99. The University Fort Monroz,Va.—U. 8. Artillery School. Journal of the U.S. Artillery, Vol. 1x., Nos. 2, 3, 1898. The School GrELone—Gordon Technical College. The Wombat, Vol. 111., No. 4, 1898. The College GENEVA—Institut National Genevois. Bulletin, Tome xxxiIv., 1897. The Institute Guiascow— University. Calendar 1898-9. The University JaAmAicA—Institute of Jamaica. Journal, Vol. 11., Nos. 2 and 5, 1895-97. The Institute LAUSANNE—Société Vaudoise des Sciences Naturelles. Bulletin, 4 Ser., Vol. xxx111., Nos. 125, 126, 1897. The Society Lincotn—U.S. Agricultural Experimental Station. Bulletin, Vol. x., Nos. 50 - 54, 1897-98. The Station Lonpon—Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Ireland. Journal, Vol. xxvut., No. 4, 1898. The Institute Institution of Civil Engineers. Minutes of Proceedings, Vols. cxxxXI., CKxx1I., 1897-98. The Institution Physical Society of London. Proceedings, Vol. xv1., Parti., 1898. List of Officers and Fellows, 1898. Science Abstracts, Vol. 1., Parts vi., vil., 1898. The Society Royal Astronomical Society. Monthly Notices, Vol. tv1it., No. 8, 1898. Royal Geographical Society. Geographical Journal, Vol. x11., Nos. 1, 2, 1898. Royal Microscopical Society. Journal, Partiv., No. 125, 1898. Royal Society of Literature. Report and List of Fellows 1898. ‘Transactions, Second Series, Vol. x1x., Parts iii., and iv., 1898. Sanitary Institute. Journal, Vol. xrx., Part ii., 1898. The Institute Society of Arts. Journal, Vol. xtv1., Nos. 2380 -2388. The Society Luspseck — Geographische Gesellschaft und Naturhistorische Museums. Mitteilungen, Zweite Reihe, Heft. 10, 11, 1896. The Museum MANCHESTER —Conchological Society of Great Britain and Ire- land. Journal of Conchology, Vol. rx., Nos. 1-3, 1898. The Society Manchester Geological Society. Transactions, Vol. xxv., 393 33 Parts 12 - 16, 1897-98. cy) MarseILtues—Faculté des Sciences de Marseille. Annales, Tome vilt., Fasc. 5-10, 1898. The Faculty ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. XXXV. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS, NOVEMBER 2, 1898. The General Monthly Meeting of the Society was held at the Society's House, No. 5 Elizabeth-street’ North, on Wednesday evening, November 2nd, 1898. The President, G. H. Kniss, F.R.A.8., in the Chair. Twenty-six members and one visitor were present. The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and confirmed. The certificate of one candidate was read for the third time, of one for the second time, and of one for the first time. The following gentleman was duly elected an ordinary member of the Society :— Thow, Sydney, Engineer; 24 Bond-street. The members are informed that the library of the New South Wales Branch of the British Medical Association (121 Bathurst- street) is available for their use, the Association and this Society having entered into a reciprocal arrangement. This arrangement does not extend to the lending out of books. THE FOLLOWING PAPERS WERE READ :— 1. “Soaring Machines,” by Mr. Lawrence HARGRAVE. The paper describes some recent experiments with soaring machines and gives as a reason for rejecting the form previously made, that its nature was such that however long or heavy the ends of the rod were, they could only retard for a longer or shorter period of time the tipping up or down of the machine. The weight is now hung underneath the propeller, like the car of a balloon or parachute, the angle of incidence being regulated by gravity alone. Some previous experimenters with soaring machines were mentioned who have, as a rule, been greatly discredited. A diagram showed the condition of the air in the neighbourhood of a soaring curve with the names of the various parts. 2, “Native Vocabulary of Miscellaneous New South Wales Objects ete.,” by Mr. Surveyor Larmer. (Communicated by Professor IT. P. Anderson Stuart, mM.p., by permission of the Honourable the Secretary for Lands). XXXVI. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. EXHIBITS. 1. Mr. RussELL exhibited a diagram shewing for the past eleven years a progressive variation in the level, nadir and azimuth of the Transit instrument, Sydney Observatory. These diagrams shew an annual variation as well as a variation due to heavy rains. The instrument is of the very best quality, cannot produce these changes within itself, and stands upon a very massive pier which was built forty years ago on the solid rock. It was shewn that the progressive changes would be accounted for if the sandstone is dipping to south ten degrees west, and instances were given shewing that any heavy fall of rain caused a sudden change in the instrument, coincident with what would happen if the weight of the rain bent down the sandstone to the west of the Observatory. Other Observatories had noted similar changes, notably that of the Cape of Good Hope, where it was found that the instrument was affected by the accumulation of water in an adjacent swamp. 2. Professor THRELFALL exhibited a large number of materials required in well-equipped physical laboratories which recent industrial advances have made commercially available. The Presipent then addressed Professor Threlfall in the following words :—‘“ For the interesting exhibits by Professor Threlfall the Society is greatly indebted. As most of you are aware this meeting of the Royal Society is probably the last at which we shall have the pleasure of our esteemed friend’s presence, inasmuch as he proposes leaving for England during the current month. We cannot let this opportunity pass, therefore, without publicly expressing our very great regret at losing Professor Threlfall as a member of our Society, and at losing his services in our University and community. On behalf of our Society, I may venture to say that we very keenly appreciate his scientific labours amongst us. ‘Perhaps not the least conspicuous and important feature among these is the creation of the splendidly equipped physical laboratory at the University, and his work and influence therein. These are monuments of his energy which will live on in the life ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. XXXVIIL. of our community, and are instruments of scientific culture which will leave their mark on the future of our people. ** More directly as concerns our Society Prof. Threlfall’s capable services both in the deliberations of its Council and in the direction of its affairs during his office as President challenge our gratitude: His interesting and incisive discussions at our meetings and the readiness with which he always responded to every appeal for assistance in the more important movements of our Society, will _ long be remembered by those who take any interest in its affairs. ‘“‘] may be pardoned for making a personal reference to my own indebtedness to Prof. Threlfall. I wish to say that in so far as I have been able to follow—a very long way off—in his footsteps as a student of physics, it has been largely due to the stimulus of his personal influence and the infection of his enthusiasm for that subject of which he is so able an exponent. ‘Professor Threlfall, on behalf of the Royal Society, I offer you our very best wishes for your future and the future of those near and dear to you, and I beg to assure you that we part with you with profound regret and with a keen sense of how much as a Society we owe to you and to your ardent affection for Science.” Professor THRELFALL replied, “Mr. President and Gentlemen, 1 thank you very heartily for the kind words which you, Sir, have spoken and to which the Society has so graciously responded and endorsed. If I may accept Mr. Knibbs’ assurance as to the effect of my feeble strivings on him personally as his reasoned opinion, and not merely as an expression of his kindliness towards me, then I can say that if [ had done nothing else, my time has not been wasted. “T should like to take this opportunity of referring to the great assistance and encouragement which I have received from the Royal Society ever since I came to the Colony; I should like to place on record my sense of the stimulus which I have received from the Society, and of the profit I have had in attending its meetings and discussing the things in which I am interested. I XXXVIlil. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. should like to say that I consider the Society holds a very important place in the community, both on account of the work which it publishes, and on account of the ideal of scientific work which it holds up. Personally I am immensely indebted to the Society for the encouragment it has always given me and also for the great use I have had of its fine library, without which it would have been impossible at one time for me to have done any work at all. I shall always look back upon my connection with the Society with the warmest gratitude and pleasure, and consider that the fellowship of the Society is one of which any man might be proud. Let me conclude by again thanking you all for your kindness towards me.” The following donations were laid upon the table and acknow- ledged :— TRANSACTIONS, JOURNALS, REPORTS, &ec. (The Names of the Donors are in Italics.) AmsTERDAM—Koninklijk Zoologisch Genootschap. ‘Natura Artis Magistra,” 1838 — 1898. The Society Nederlandsche Maatschappij ter bevordering van Nijverheid. Tijdschrift, Nieuwe Reeks, Deel 1., Nov., Dec., 1897; Deel 11., Jan. - Mar., May — Oct., 1898. The Association Royal Academy of Sciences. Verhandelingen, Afd. Natuur- kunde, 1 Sectie, Deel v1., Nos. 1—5; 2 Sectie, Deel vr., Nos. 1,2. Zittingsverslagen, Afd. Natuurkunde, Deel vi., 1897-8. Jaarboek 1897. The Academy BauttimorE—Johns Hopkins University. Zum hochalemannis- chen Konsonantismus der althochdeutschen Zeit. von Dr. Friedrich Wilkens, 1891. The University BaRCELONA—Real Academia de Ciencias y Artes. Boletin, Vol. 1., No. 15, 1897. The Academy BERLIN — Centralbureau der Internationalen Erdmessung. Bericht tiber den stand der Erforschung der breiten- variation im December 1897 von Th. Albrecht. The Bureau Gesellschaft fiir Erdkunde. Verhandlungen, Band xxiv., Nos. 8—10, 1897; Band xxv., Nos. 1—4, 1898. Zeitschrift, Band xxxur., Nos. 5, 6, 1897; Band xxxu1., Nos. 1, 2, 1898. The Society Koniglich preussische Akademie der Wissenschaften. Sit- zungsberichte, Nos. 1 - 39, 1898. The Academy Koniglich preussische Meteorologische Instituts. Bericht tiber die Thitigkeit im Jahre 1897. Ergebnisse der Beobachtungen an den Stationen JI. und III. Ordnung Heft 2,1897. Ergebnisse der Gewitter-Beobachtungen in den Jahren 1895 und 1896. The Institute ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. XXXI1X. BrruincHamM—Birmingham and Midland Institute. Programme for Session 1898-99. The Institute Boston, Mass.—American Academy of Arts and Sciences. Pro- ceedings, Vol. xxxi11., Nos. 13 — 27, 1898. The Academy Boston Society of Natural History. Proceedings, Vol. xxvilI., Nos. 8-12, 1898. The Society Bonn—Naturhistorischer Verein der preussischen Rheinlande, Westfalens und des Reg.-Bezirks Osnabriick. Verhand- lungen, Jahrgang tiv., Heft 2, 1897. yp Niederrheinische Gesellschaft fiir Natur-und Heilkunde. Sitzungsberichte, Hialfte 2, 1897. BA Bremen — Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein. Abhandlungen, Band xiv., Heft 3, 1898; Band xv., Heft 2, 1897. is BrisBANE—Department of Agriculture. Contributions to the Flora of Queensland and New Guinea, Extract from The Queensland Agricultural Journal, Vol. 111., Parts iii. —v., 1898. The Department Geological Survey. Bulletin, Nos. 8-10, 1898. The Survey Brussets—Académie Royale des Sciences, des Lettres et des Beaux-Arts. Annuaire 1896, 1897. Bulletin, 3 Ser., Année 65 - 67, Tome xxx. — XxxIII., 1895 - 1897. Notices Biographiques and Bibliographiques, 4th Edition, 1896. Réglements et Documents Concernant les Trois Classes 1896. The Academy Observatoire Royal de Bruxelles. Annales Astronomiques, N.S. Tome vit., 1896. Annales Météorologiques, N.S. Tome 111., iv., 1895. Annuaire, Année 56-64, 1889 - 1897. Bibliographie Générale de l’Astronomie par J. C. Houseau et A. Lancaster, Tome 1., Seconde Partie 1889. The Observatory Société Royale Malacologique de Belgique. Annales, Tome XXVIII.—xxx., 1893-95; Tome xxx1., Fasc. 1, 1896. Procés-Verbaux des Séances, Tome xxiv., 1895; Tome xxv., 1896; Tome xxvi., 1897; Tome xxvit., 1898 (pp. 1—72). The Society Buenos Aires—Museo Nacional. Anales, Tome v., (Ser. 2, Tome 11.) 1896-97. Memoria, 1894, 1895, 1896. The Museum Instituto Geografico Argentino. Boletin, Tomo xvui1., Nos. 7 —12, 1897. The Institute BurraLo—Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences. Bulletin, Vol. v., No. 5, 1897; Vol. v1z., No. 1, 1898. The Society CatcuTTa—Geological Survey of India. General Report on the work carried on by the Geological Survey of India for the period from 1st Jan. 1897 to the 1st April 1898. The Survey CampripGE—Cambridge Public Free Library. Annual pore (43rd) of 1897 — 1898. The Library CAMBRIDGE (Mass.)—Museum of Comparative Zoélogy at Harvard College. Bulletin, Vol. xxvitr., Nos. 4,5; Vol. xxx1., No. 7; Vol. xxx11., Nos. 3 - 8, 1898. The Museum CassELL—Vereins fiir Naturkunde zu Kassel. Abhandlungen und Bericht, Vol. xui1., 1898-97. The Society xl. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. MELBOURNE—Public Library, Museums, and National Gallery of Victoria. Report of the Trustees for 1897. The Trustees Royal Geographical Society of Australasia (Victoria). Trans- actions, Vol. xv. The Society Royal Society of Victoria. Proceedings, (New Series) Vol. x., Part 1i.; Vol. x1., Part i., 1898. a University. Calendar 1897, 1899. The University MERIDEN, Conn.—Meriden Scientific Association. Transactions, Vol. viir., 1897-98. The Association Metz—Vereins fiir Erdkunde. Jahresbericht, x1tx., 1896-97. The Society Mitan—Societa Italiana di Scienze Naturali. Atti, Vol. xxxvit., Fasc. 2, 1898. ) Moprna—Regia Accademia di Scienze, Lettere ed Arti Memorie, Serie 2, Vol. x11., Partie i., 1896. The Academy MonTrELLIER—Académie des Sciences et Lettres de Montpellier. Mémoires de la Section des Sciences, Série 2, Tome 11., Nos. 2—-— 4, 1895-6. ” MutuHovuse—Société Industrielle de Mulhouse. Bulletin, Vol. LXVII., Sept. — Dec. 1897; Vol. txviit., Jan. - Mar. 1898. The Society NantTes—Socicté des Sciences Naturelles de Ouest dela France. Bulletin, ‘Tome vi., Trimestre 4, 1896; Tome vit., Trimestre 1-8, 1897. Pe Napites—Societa Reale di Napoli. Rendiconto dell’ Accademia delle Scienze Fisiche e Matematiche Ser. 3, Vol. 111., Fase. 8 - 12, 1897; Vol. Iv., Fasc. 1, 2, 1898. an NEwcastLé-uPon-Tyne—Natural History Society of Northum- berland, Durham and Newcastle-upon-Tyne. Natural History Transactions, Vol. x111., Fart ii., 1898. uy North of England Institute of Mining and Mechanical Engineers. ‘Transactions, Vol. xuvi., Parts iv.—vl., and Annual Report 1896-7; Vol. xuiviz., Parts i.-vV., 1897-98. An account of the Strata of Northumberland and Durham as proved by Borings and Sinkings U - Z, 1897. The Institute New Yorx—American Geographical Society. Builetin, Vol. xx1x., Nos. 3, 4, 1897; Vol. xxx., Nos. 1, 2, 8, 1898. The Society American Museum of Natural History. Bulletin, Vol, 1x., 1897. The Museum New York Academy of Sciences. Annals, Vol. 1x., Nos. 6 — 12, 1897. The Academy New York Microscopical Society. Journal, Vol. x111., No. 4, 1897; Vol. xiv., No. 1, 1898. The Society School of Mines, Columbia College. The School of Mines Quarterly, Vol. xv111., No. 4, 1897; Vol. x1x., Nos. 1, 2, 3, 1898. The School Oxrorp—Radcliffe Library. Catalogue of Books added during the year 1897. The Trustees ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. xh. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS, DECEMBER 7, 1898. The General Monthly Meeting of the Society was held at the Society’s House, No. 5 Elizabeth-street North, on Wednesday evening, December 7th, 1898. The President, G. H. KNIBps, F.R.A.S., in the Chair. Thirty members and one visitor were present. The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and confirmed. The certificate of one candidate was read for the third time, of one for the second time, and of one for the first time. The following gentleman was duly elected an ordinary member of the Society :— Burfitt, Walter Fitzmaurice, B.A., B.Sc.; Glebe Point. Messrs. Davin Fett and H. A. LENEHAN, were appointed Auditors for the current year. THE FOLLOWING PAPERS WERE READ :— 1. “The Group Divisions and Initiation Ceremonies of the Barkunjee Tribes” by R. H. Matuews, Ls. Mr. R. H. Mathews read a short article on the Group Divisions and Initiation Ceremonies of the Barkunjees, a native tribe in the western portion of New South Wales. He pointed out that all the men and women in the community are divided into two distinct groups, designated Keelparra and Muckwarra respectively, the individuals of one group intermarrying with those of the other. The inaugural ceremonies common among these tribes was next briefly referred to. Onthe boys approaching puberty they are taken away from the maternal control, and are kept under rigor- ous treatment in the bush with the chiefs and wise men of their tribe, for several weeks. During this period they are subjected to the extraction of a front tooth, cutting off the hair, and the ancient rite of circumcision. 2. “ Native Silver accompanying Matte and Artificial Galena,” by Professor LIVERSIDGE, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S. xlii. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. Prof. Liversidge, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., exhibited some specimens forwarded to him by Mr. Edgar Hall, r.c.s., of Tenterfield, which Mr. Hall had obtained from between two courses of brickwork in the arch over the vault of an old reverberatory furnace, the upper course had been raised bodily, but remained intact, and the space between became filled to a thickness of about four inches with a layer of clean matte; the metallic silver occurs on the surfaces in the cracks and crevices of the matte and bricks. Mr. Hall also states that the matte assays about 120 ozs. of silver per ton, 677% lead and 5° copper, whereas no matte ever tapped out of the furnace in the usual way assayed less than 350 ozs. silver, 207 copper, and only about 25% lead; and probably the average of all the matte made in the furnace would be 25% copper 257% lead, 400 ozs. silver and 1 oz. of gold per ton. Mr. Hall remarks ‘‘now it seems to me that this lead matte (an artificial galena?) must have separated out from the liquid matte and passed through the porous brick arch as a compound of definite composition, leaving the copper and silver behind.” Prof. Liversidge stated that the galena breaks with a granular fracture, and as might be expected, it is harder than usual. The silver occurs in thin films not in wires or globules, it does not appear to have been fused, but looks as if it had been reduced from silver sulphide.’ The silver sulphide had probably liquated out from the matte, as it is very much more fusible. 3. ‘The Blue Pigment of Corals,” by Professor LIVERSIDGE, M.A., LL.D., F.B S. The coral examined was Heliopora cerulea, obtained by Prof. David from Funafuti Atoll when conducting the Coral Reef Exploration in 1897. He states that it is very abundant there in places. The specimens were of a dull light slate-blue colour externally and a little darker internally.?. The pigment has not yet been obtained in a pure condition, as the quantity at my 1 See A. Liversidge, “On the Formation of Moss Gold and Silver ’”’— Roy. Soc. N.S.W., 1876 ; Chem. News, 35, 1877. 2 See Mosely’s paper in the Challenger Report, Zoology II., p. 109. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. . xliii. disposal was very small. Neither has it yet been obtained in a erystallized condition ; its best solvent appears to be glacial acetic acid, to which it imparts a rich blue colour. It appears to be quite distinct from indigo, also from the blue pigment of lobster shell and other blue substances, the colour of the Emu egg shell seems to be somewhat similar. Its ash contains a good deal of iron, phosphoric oxide, lime and some magnesia. Rather more than 1% of the crude pigment was obtained from a freshly col- lected specimen, an old waterworn dead specimen yielded only ‘26% of pigment. It does not readily lend itself to dyeing either silk, wool, or cotton. On extracting it in a percolator with glacial acetic acid or with absolute alcohol it after a time changes to a green colour. Dilute solutions of indigo in acetic acid or of sulphindigolic acid fade much more quickly than solutions of the coral blue of equal depths of colour. EXHIBITS. 1. Mr. Hamer exhibited a small spectroscope by Reichert. It consisted of a system of direct vision prisms, a reflecting prism by means of which a separate spectrum may be observed at the same time ; a bright-line micrometer scale enables the observer to locate at once the right position of absorption bands or the usual lines emitted by incandescent bodies. He also shewed a convenient Abbé refractometer by Reichert of Vienna, for ascertaining the refractive indices of oils and other liquid substances. The prin- ciple of construction of the instrument is based on total reflection, which takes place at a thin film of liquid enclosed between two prisms of high refractive power. To use the instrument, one of the prisms is removed and the exposed surface of the other brought into the horizontal plane. A drop of liquid is then placed on it and covered by the second prism. An adjustment is made to the boundary between light and dark. Dispersion is removed by a compensator, and the index of refraction is read off directly from the scale. 2. Prof. Davin exhibited, on behalf of Mr, E. C. Andrews, B.A., specimens collected by the latter from the raised coral reefs of the a xliv. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. Fiji Group. Mr. Andrews had lately made cursory geological examinations of the raised reefs of Fiji, on behalf of Professor A. Agassiz of Harvard College, Mass., U.S.A., and found that the raised reefs extended up to a height of over 1000 feet above sea- level. There was evidence that some of the volcanic rocks were newer than the raised reefs, while other volcanic rocks were older. Many of the Fiji raised reefs were distinctly terraced, as the result of pauses in the process of elevation. Prof. David inter- preted the bearing of Mr. Andrews’ observations on the Funafuti boring, and indicated the different types of reef which might be formed respectively during rapid elevation and rapid subsidence, and rapid subsidence becoming progressively slower until stable equilibrium is reached. He also exhibited a sample of the so- called ‘“‘ Edible Earth” of Fiji, which natives of that group are in the habit of eating. This is a very soft and highly decomposed pinkish-grey volcanic rock, of a basic type, with traces of chalce- donic lumps. The sample was forwarded by the Hon. Dr. B. G. Corney, Chief Medical Officer, Suva, Fiji. 3. His Honor Judge Docker, M.A., exhibited a series of stereo- scopic views of a geological character, photographed by himself, they comprised groups of trachyte rocks called ‘the Gins,’ from the Nandewarr Range near Narrabri, also volcanic cores from the Warrumbungle Mountains. The following donations were laid upon the table and acknow- ledged :— TRANSACTIONS, JOURNALS, REPORTS, &e. (The Names of the Donors are in Italics ) Baravia—Koninklijke Natuurkundige Vereeniging in Nederl. Indié. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch- Indié, Deel tviz.; Tiende Serie, Deel 1., 1898. Boek- werken, 1897. The Society Bercen—Bergens Museums. Aarbog for 1897. An account of the Crustacea of Norway, Parts ix., x., 1898. The Museum BERKELEY, Cal.—University of California. bBulletin—Agricul- tural Experiment Station—Nos.116-—119,1897. Register 1896-97. Annual Report of the Secretary to the Board of Regents for the year ending 30 June, 1896. The University Chronicle, Vol. 1., No. 1, 1898. Resistant Vines by Arthur P. Hayne, ens. The Beet Sugar In- ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. xlv. BERKELEY—continued. dustry and its development in California by E. W. Hilgard. Address of Regent J. B. Reinstein, 15 Jan. 1898. Report of Committee on Ways and Means, 20 May, 1896. Report and Addendum submitted by the Academic Council to the Joint Committee of the Board of Regents on the subject of Instruction in Astronomy in the University, June 6,11, 1895. Comparative Chart of Attendance and Income 1887-1896. Reference list to the published writings of John Muir by Cornelius B. Bradley, 1897. The Unwersity CHRISTIANIA— Videnskabs-Selskabet. Forhandlinger, 1891, 1892, 1895, 1896. Skrifter, 1895, 1896. The Society CincinnaTiI—Cincinnati Society of Natural History. Journal, Vol. x1x., No. 4, 1898. 33 CoPpENHAGEN—Société Royale des Antiquaires du Nord. Mémoires, Nouvelle Série, 1897. Tilleg til Aarboger for nordisk Oldkyndighed og Historie, Aargang 1896-97. i. Corposa—Academia Nacional de Ciencias. Boletin, Tome xv., Entrega 2-4, 1897. The Academy Cracow—Académie des Sciences. Bulletin International, Nos. 2—7, 1898. 9 Drrsp—en—Konigl. Mineralogisch-Geologisches und Pria-Histor- isches Museum. Mitteilungen, Heft 13, 1897. The Museum K. Sachs. Statistische Bureau. Zeitschrift, Jahrgang xui11., Heft 3, 4 and Supplement 1897; Jahrgang xuiv., Heft 1, 2 and Supplement, 1898. The Bureau Dusitn—Royal Irish Academy. Transactions, Vol. xxx1., Parts i. — vi., 1896-97. The Academy Easton Pa.—American Chemical Society. Journal, Vol. xx., Nos. 6-10, 1898. The Society EpINBURGH—Royal Scottish Geographical Society. The Scottish Geographical Magazine, Vol. xiv., Nos. 8, 9, 1898. 5 FLoreNcE—Societa Italiana di Antropologia, Etnologia ce. Archivio, Vol. xxviit., Fasc J], 1898. Ms FRANKFURT A/M—Senckenbergische Naturforschende Gesell- schaft. Abhandlungen, Band xx1., Heft 1; Band xxrv., Heft 1, 1897. >» FreipurG (Baden)—Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Berichte, Band x., Heft 1 - 3, 1897-8. re Giascow—Philosophical Society of Glasgow. Proceedings, Vol. XxIx., 1897-98. ” Goriitz—Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Abhandlungen, Band XXII., 1898. ”» GoTHEMBURG—Kungl. Vetenskaps-och Vitterhets-Samhilles. Handlingar, Ser. 4, Tome 1., 1898. >» GorTINGeN —Konigliche Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften. Nachrichten, Geschiftliche Mittheilungen Heft 1. 1898. Mathematisch-physikalische Klasse Heft 1—3, 1898. 3 wv} o ii xlvi. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. HattE—Kaiserliche Leopoldino-Carolinische Deutsche Akademie der Naturforscher. Abhandlungen (Nova Acta) Band LXVIII., LXIx., 1897, 1898. Katalog der Bibliothek, Lieferung 8 (Band 11., 5), 1897. Leopoldina, Heft XXx11I., 1897. The Academy Hamspure—Deutsche Seewarte. Archiv, Jahrgang xx., 1897. Resultate Meteorologischer Beobachtungen von Deuts- chen und Hollandischen Schiffen fiir Hingradfelder des Nordatlantischen Ozeans No. xv1., 1898. The Observatory Geographische Gesellschaft in Hamburg. Mittheilungen, Band xtv., 1898. The Society HaarLEM—Koloniaal Museum te Haarlem. Bulletin, May - July 1898. Extra Bulletin 1897 viz.: Nuttige Indische Planten door Dr. M. Greshoff, Aflevering 4. The Museum Musée Teyler. Archives, Ser. 2, Vol. v., Part iv.; Vol. v1., Part 1., 1898. Société Hollandaise des Sciences. Archives Néerlandaises des Sciences Exactes et Naturelles, Ser. II., Tome 1., Liv. 2-5, 1897-8; Tome 11., Liv. 1., 1898. The Society He tsinerors—Societé des Sciences de Findlande. Ofversigt, Forhandlingar, Vol. xxx1x., 1896-97. Observations pub- liées par l'Institut Météorologique Central, Vol. xv., Liv. 1, 1896. Résumé des années 1881-1890. Acta, Tomus XXIl., XxIIl., 1897. Hospart—Department of Mines. The Progress of the Mineral Industry of Tasmania for the Quarter ending 30 Sept., 1898. The Department Royal Society of Tasmania. Proceedings, Session 1897. The Iron Deposits of Tasmania by W. C. Dauncey, ¢.z., M.E. The Society JENA—Medicinisch-Naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft. Jen- aische Zeitschrift fir Naturwissenschaft, Band xxxI., (N.F. Bd. xxiv.) Heft2-4; Band xxxi1.,(N.F. Bd. xxv.) Heft 1, 2, 1897-8. Krerr—Société des Naturalistes. Mémoires, Tome xiv., Liv. 2; Tome xv., Liv. 1, 2, 1896-8. KoéniasBperRG—Physikalisch-dkonomische Gesellschaft. Schriften, Jahrgang xxxvill., 1897. 33 99 La Pratra—Museo dela Plata. Revista, Tome viir., 1898. The Museum LAUSANNE— Société Vaudoise des Sciences Naturelles. Bulletin, 4. Ser., Vol. xxxiv., No. 127, 1898. The Society Lrripzic—Konigl. Sachsische Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften. Berichte, Heft 5, 6, 1897. Vereins fiir Erdkunde. Mitteilungen, 1897. Liiaz—Société Géologique de Belgique. Annales, Tome xxit., Liv. 3, 1894-97; ‘Tome xx111., Liv. 3, 1895-97; Tome xxIv., Liv. 2, Tome xxv., Liv. 1, 1897-98. Société Royale des Sciences. Mémoires, Série 2, Tome xx., 1898. 33 ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. xlvil. Lonpon—British Museum (Natural History). Catalogue of Welwitsch’s African Piants 1853 - 61—Dicotyledons, Part ii., by W. P. Hiern, m.a., F-L.s., 1898. List of the Types and Figured Specimens of Fossil Cephalopoda in the Museum, 1898. The Musewm Geological Society. Quarterly Journal, Vol. tiv., Part iii., No. 215, 1898. The Society Institution of Civil Engineers. Minutes of Proceedings, Vol. cxxxti., Part iii., Session 1897-98. Report of Committee on the Thermal Efficiency of Steam-Engines 1898. The Institution Institution of Naval Architects. Transactions, Vol. xu., 1898. _,, Tron and Steel Institute. Journal, Vol. r11., No. 1, 1898. Rules and List of Members, 1898. The Institute Linnean Society. Journal, Botany, Vol. xxx111., Nos. 231 — 233. Zoology, Vol. xxv1., Nos. 169 - 171, 1898. The Society Pharmaceutical Society of Great Britain. Pharmaceutical Journal, 4. Ser., Vol. vir., Nos. 1470 —1478, 1898. o Physical Society of London. Proceedings, Vol. xv1., Part ii., 1898. Science Abstracts, Vol. 1., Parts vili. -—x., 1898. ry) Quekett Microscopical Club. Journal, Ser. 11., Vol. vit, No. 42, 1898. The Club Royal Agricultural Society of England. Journal, Third Series, Vol. 1x., Part iii., No. 35, 1898. The Society Royal College of Surgeons. Calendar, Aug. 2, 1898. The College Royal Colonial Institute. Proceedings, Vol. xx1x., 1897-98. The Institute Royal Geographical Society. The Geographical Journal, Vol. xi1., Nos. 3, 4, 1898. The Society Royal United Service Institution. Journal, Vol. xu11., Nos. 242 —- 245 1898. The Institution Society of Arts. Journal, Vol. xuv1., Nos. 2389 — 2396, 1898. The Society Zoological Society of London. Proceedings, Part ii., 1898. List of the Fellows &c., 31 May, 1898. Transactions, Vol. xiv., Part vii., 1898. 5 Luxemeoure—L Institut Grand-Ducal de Luxembourg. Pub- lications (Section des Sciences Naturelles et Mathe- matiques), Tome xxv., 1897. The Institute Mapison, Wis.— Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters, Transactions, Vol. x1., 1896-97. The Academy Mapras—Madras Government Museum. Bulletin, Vol. 11., No. 2, 1898. The Museum Mancuester—Conchological Society of Great Britain and Ireland. Journal of Conchology, Vol. 1x., No. 4, 1898. The Society Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society. Memoirs and Proceedings, Vol. xu11., Part iv., 1897-98. 5g Marsurc—Gesellschaft zur Beforderung der gesammten Natur- wissenschaften zu Marburg. Schriften, Band x1u1., Abtheil 2, 1898. Sitzungsberichte, Jahrgang 1897. ry xl viii. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. MeELBOURNE—Australasian Journal of Pharmacy, Vol. x111., No. 155, 1898. The Editor Field Naturalists’ Club of Victoria. The Victorian Naturalist, Vol. xv., No. 7, 1898. The Club Royal Geographical Society of Australasia. Transactions of the Victorian Branch, Vols. x11I., x111., 1896. The Society Merxico—Instituto Geoldgico de Mexico. Boletin, Num 10, 1898. The Institute Observatorio Astronémico Nacional de Tacubaya. Anuario, Afio xvi11., 1898. Boletin, Tomo u., Nim 2 - 4, 1897-8. The Observatory Sociedad Cientifica “Antonio Alzate’? Memorias y Revista, Tomo x., Nos. 5-12, 1896-97; Tomo x1., Nos. 1 —8, 1897 — 1898. The Society Mitan—Reale Istituto Lombardo di Scienze e Lettere. Rendi- conti, Serie 2, Vol. xxx., 1897. The Institute Societa Italiana di Scienze Naturali e del Museo Civico di Storia Naturale in Milano. Atti, Vol. xxxvit., Fasc. 3, 1898. The Society MrirFieLp— Yorkshire Geologicaland Polytechnic Society. Pro- ceedings, New Ser., Vol. x111., Part iii., 1898. 2 MontTevipro—Museo Nacional de Montevideo. Anales, Tomo 111., Fasc. 9, 1898. The Museum MontTreat—Natural History Society of Montreal. Canadian Record of Science, Vol. vir., Nos. 5 —7, 1897-8. The Society Moscow—Société Impériale des Naturalistes. Bulletin, Nos. 2-4, 1897. 99 Mutyovuse—Société Industrielle. Bulletin, Avril — Juillet, 1898. Programme des Prix a décerner en 1899. is Muncuen—Akademie der Wissenschaften. Abhandlungen der Mathematisch-Physikalischen Classe, Band x1x., Abth. 2, 1898. Sitzungsberichte der Mathematisch-Physikal- ischen Classe, Band xxiv., Heft 4, 1894; Band xxv., Heft 1-3, 1895; Band xxvi., Heft 1-4, 1896; Band xxvil., Heft 1, 2, 1897. Ueber die wechselseitigen Beziehungen zwischen der reinen und der angewandten Mathematik von Walther Dyck, 1897. The Academy Napires—Societa Reale di Napoli. Rendiconto dell Accademia delle Scienze Fisiche e Matematiche, Ser. 3, Vol. Iv., Fasc. 3, 4, 6, 7, 1898. The Soctety Zoological Station. Mittheilungen, Band xun., Heft 1-3, 1898. 9 NEWCASTLE-UPON-TynE—North of England Institute of Mining and Mechanical Engineers. An account of the Strata of Northumberland and Durham as proved by Borings and Sinkings, L—- R, 1887. The Institute New Yorx—American Museum of Natural History. Annual Report for 1897. The Museum New York Academy of Sciences. Annals, Vol. x1., 1898. Transactions, Vol. xv1., 1896-97 The Academy ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. xlix, New YorK—continued. School of Mines, Columbia College.. The School of Mines Quarterly, Vol. x1x., No. 4, 1898. The College Orrawa—VUeological Survey of Canada. Paleozoic Fossils, Vol. 111., Part iii., 1897, by J. F. Whiteaves, F.a.s. The Survey PaLtermMo—R. Orto Botanico di Palermo. Bollettino, Anno 1., Fasc. 3, 4, 1897. The Director Paris—Académie des Sciences de l'Institut de France. Comptes Rendus, Tome cxxv., Nos. 16 — 26, 1897; Tome cxxv1., Nos. 1 — 26, Tome cxxvil., Nos. 1 — 15, 1898. The Academy Ecole d’ Anthropologie de Paris. Revue Mensuelle, Année v., Nos. 1-12, 1895; Année vit., Nos. 10, 12, 1897; Année vitl., Nos. 1—9, 1898. The Director Ecole Nationale des Mines de Paris. Statistique de l’ Industrie Minérale et des appareils 4 vapeur en France et en Algerie pour l’année 1896. Ministére des Travaux Publics Ecole Polytechnique. Journal, Série 11., Cahier 2, 1897. The School Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes. Catalogue de la Bibliotheque Fasc. 22 — 24, 1897-98. Revue Mensuelle, 3 Ser., Année xxviir., Nos. 325 — 835, 1897-98. The Editor Ministére de l’Instruction Publique. Bibliographie des Travaux Scientifiques (Sciences mathématiques, physi- ques et naturelles) publiés par les sociétés savantes de la France, Tome 1., Liv. 2. The Minister Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle. Bulletin, Nos. 4, 5,1895; No. 8, 1896; Nos. 1—6, 1897. The Museum Observatoire de Paris. Rapport Annuel pour l’année 1897. The Observatory Société d’ Anthropologie de Paris. Bulletins, Série 4, Tome vil., Fase. 6, 1896; Tome viit., Fasc. 1 - 4, 1897. The Society Société de Biologie. Comptes Rendus, Série 10, Tome Iv., Nos. 31 - 40, 1897; Tome v., Nos. 1 — 30, 1898. Société d’Encouragement pour l’Industrie Nationale. Bul- letin, Serie 5, ‘Tome 1., 1896. Société de Géographie. Bulletin, Sér. 7, Tome xvut., Tri- mestre 4,1896; Tome xvitl., Trimestre 2, 3,1887 ; Tome x1x., l'rimestre 1,2, 1898. Comptes Rendus des Séances Nos. 15 - 20, 1897; Nos. 1-7, 1898. Société Francaise de Mineralogie. Bulletin, Tome xx., Nos. 5— 8, 1897; Tome xx1., Nos. 1-5, 1898. Société Frangaise de Physique. Bulletin, Nos. 1038-120, 1897-8. Séances, Année 1897, Fasc. 2—4. Recuéil de Donnés Numeriques—Optique par H. Dufet, Fasc. 1, 1898. Société Géologiquede France. Bulletin, Sér. 3, Tome xxiv., Nos. 8-11, 1896; Tome xxv., Nos. 1 - 6, 1897. Société de Spéléologie. Bulletin, Tome 111., Nos. 11, 12, 1897. Societé Zoologique de France. Bulletin, Tome xx1., 1896; Mémoires, ‘l'ome 1x., 1896. PENzANCE— Royal Geological Society of Cornwall. Transactions, Vol. x11., Part iii.. 1898. Pertu, W.A.—Department of Mines. Gold Mining Statistics _ 1897. Reports for the years 1896 and 1897. The Department. Geological Survey. Annual Progress Report for the year 1897. Bulletin, No. 1, 1898. Reports by the Govern- ment Geologist in connection with the Water Supply of the Goldfields. The Survey d—Dec. he 1898. 33 33 339 1. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. Pertu, W.A.—continued. Observatory. Meteorological Report for the year 1894. The Observatory Victoria Public Library. A Land of Promise—West Aus- tralia in 1897-8, (2nd Edition). Western Australian Year Book for 1896-97 (10th Edition). The Library PHILADELPHIA—Academy of Natural Sciences. Proceedings, : Parts ii., 111., 1897. Part 1., 1898. The Academy American Entomological Society. Transactions, Vol. xxtv., Nos. 38, 4, 1897; Vol. xxv., No. 1, 1898. The Society American Philosophical Society. Proceedings, Vol. xxxv., No. 158, 1896; Vol. xxxvi., Nos. 155, 156, 1897; Vol. xxxvil., No. 157, 1898. Franklin Institute. Journal, Vol. cxttv., Nos. 863, 864, 1897; Vol. cxtv., Nos. 1—6; Vol. cxuvi1., Nos. 1-4, 1898. The Institute University of Pennsylvania. Contributions from the Botanical Laboratory, Vol. 1., Nos. 2, 3. University Bulletin, Vol. 11., No. 5, 1898. The University Wagener Free Institute of Science. Transactions, Vol. v., 1898. The Institute Zoological Society. Annual Report (26th) 28 April, 1898. The Society Pisa—Societa Toscana di Scienze Naturali. Atti, Vol. x., pp. 243 - 294, 1897; Vol. x1., pp. 1-10, Vol. x11., pp. 11-56, 1897-98. % Pota—kK. K. Kriegs-Marine-Hydrographische Amt. Relative Schwerebestimmungen durch Pendel-beobachtungen, Gruppe 111., Heft 1, 1897. The Board Port Lovis—Royal Alfred Observatory. Annual Report of the Director for the year 1896. Results of the Magnetical and Meteorological Observations made in the year 1896. The Observatory Pracue—Konigl. Bohmische Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften. Jahresbericht fiir das Jahr 1896, 1897. Sitzungsberichte- Mathematisch-Naturwissenschaftliche Classe, Parts i., ii., 1896; Parts i., ii., 1897. Classe fiir Philosophie, Geschichte u. Philologie, 1896, 1897. The Society Rio pe JANEIRO-—Observatoire Impérial de Rio de Janeiro. Annuario 1897, 1898. The Observatory Museu Nacional. Revista, Vol. 1., 1896. The Museum Rome—Accademia Pontificia de Nuovi Lincei. Atti, compilati dal Segretario, Anno L., Sessione 7; Anno 11., Sessione 1-7, 1897-98. The Academy Ministero dei Lavori Pubblici. Giornale del Genio Civile, . Anno xxxv., Fasc. 5-12, 1897; Anno xxxv1., Fase. 1-5, 1898. Osservazioni cinca gli “ Appunti di un tecnico” sul coefficiente d’esercizio delle reti ferroviare Mediter- ranea ed Adriatica—Ing. Adolfo Rossi. Minister for Public Instruction, Rome Reale Accademia dei Lincei. Rendiconti, Ser. 5, Vol. vr., Fase. 8-12, Semestre 2, 1897; Vol. vir., Fasc. 1-12, Semestre 1, Fasc. 1-7, Semestre 2, 1898. Rendiconto 12 June, 1897. The Academy Revista Geografica d’ Italiana. Annata v., Fase. 4-6, 1898 fhe Publisher R. Ufficio Centrale di Meteorologia edi Geodinamica. Annali Serie 2, Vol. x1v., Parte ii., 1892; Vol. xvi., Parte i., 1894. ’ The Office ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. li. RomE—continued. Societa Geografica Italiana. Bollettino, Ser. 3, Vol. x., Fase. 10 —12, 1897; Vol. x1., Fasc. 1 — 10,1898. Memorie, Vol. vit., Parte i1., 11. The Society Sr. ANDREws—University. Calendar for the year 1898-99. The University Sr. Lours—Missouri Botanical Garden. Annual Reports (8th) 1897; (9th) 1898. The Director Sr. Pererspurc—Académie Impériale des Sciences. Mémoires, Tome xtit., Nos. 13, 14, et dernier 1894; Classe Historico- Philologique, Ser. 8, Tome 1., Nos. 3-7; Tome 11., Nos. 1, 2, 1897; Classe Physico-Mathématique Ser. 8, Tomet., Nos. 1 - 8, 1894; Tome v., Nos. 2—13, 1896-7; Tome v1., Nos. 1-3, 5, 1898. Bulletin, Ser. 5, Tome v., Nos. 3 -— 5, 1896; Tome v1., Nos. 4,5, Tome vir., Nos. 1, 2,1897. The Academy Comité Géologique (Institut des Mines). Bulletins, Vol. xv1., Nos. 3-9 and Supplement 1897; Vol. xvi1., Nos. 1-3, 1898. The Institute Russisch-Kaiserliche Mineralogische Gesellschaft. Verhand- lungen, Ser. 2, Band xxxiv., Lief. 2,1896; Band xxxv., Lief. 1, 2, 1897-8. Systematisches Sach-und-Namen Register der Ser. 11 , 1885-1895. Materialien zur Geo- logie Russlands, Band xvuit., 1897. The Society Satem—American Association for the Advancement of Science. Proceedings, Vol. xuvi., 1897 (Detroit, Mich.) Pre- liminary Announcement of the Boston Meeting to be held August 22 to 27, 1898. The Association Essex Institute. Bulletin, Vol. xxvi., Nos. 4-12, 1894; Vol. xxvit., Nos. 1 — 12,1895; Vol xxvii1., Nos. 1 — 6, 1896; Vol. xxrx., Nos. 1—6,1897. Historical Collections, Vol. xxx., Nos. 7-12, 1893; Vol. xxx1., Nos. 1-24, 1894; Vol. xxxir., Nos. 1- 12, 1896, Vol. xxxu111., Nos. 1-12, 1897. The Institute San Francisco— California Academy of Sciences. Occasional Papers, Vol. v., 1897. Proceedings, Third Series, Geology Vol.1., Nos. 2,3; Zoology, Vol.1., Nos. 4,5; Botany, Vol; t., No. 2: The Academy San Satvapor—Observatorio Astronémico y Meteoroldgico. Observaciones Meteorologicas Abril 1897. The Observatory Scranton, Pa.—Mines and Minerals, Vol. xviur., Nos. 7 - 12, Vol. xxx., Nos. 1, 2, 1898. The Colliery Engineer Co. SinearporE—Royal Asiatic Society. Journal of the Straits Branch, Nos. 25 — 29, 31, 1894-98. The Society SomeRviLLe (Mass.)—Tufts College. Tufts College Studies, No. 5, 1898. The College StockHotm—Kongl. Svenska Vetenskaps Akademiens. Access- ions-Katalog, 10-12, 1895-97, Tioars-Register 1886 - 1895. Bihang, Band xx111., Afdelning 1 - 4, 1898. Hand- lingar, Band xx1x., 1896-97. Ofversigt, Vol. Liv., 1897. The Academy Kongl. Vitterhets Historie och Antiqvitets Akademiens. Antiqvarisk Tidskrift for Sverige, Band xv1., Heft 4, 1895-98. Manadsblad, Arg, xx111., 1894. iv lil. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. STRASSBURG, 1.E.—Centralstelle des Meteorologischen Landes- dienstes Ergebnisse der Meteorologischen Beobachtun- gen im Reichsland Elsass-Lothringen im Jahre 1895. The Director StuTTGart—Kéonigliches Statistisches Landesamt. Wiirttem- bergische Jahrbucher fiir Statistik und Landeskunde, Jahrgang 1897. Wiurttembergischen Jahrbiichern fiir Statistik und Landeskunde, Erginzungsband 1., 1898. The ‘ Landesamt? Vereins fiir Vaterlandische Naturkunde in Wiirttemberg. Jahreshefte, Jahreang LiiI., 1897. Lhe Society Wiirttembergische Vereins fiir SEN te eed plate Jahres- bericht, Xv., XVI., 1896-97. ia Sypney—Anthropological Society of Australasia, Science of Man and Australasian Anthropological Journal, New Series, Vol. 1., Nos. 1 —3, 5-10, 1898. % Australian Museum. Catalogue No. 4, Australian Birds in the Australian Museum, Parts i. and ii., Accipitres and Striges, 1874-1898. Memoir III., Part vi., 1898. Records, Vol. 111., No. 4, 1898. Report of Trustees for 1897. The Trustees Botanic Garden. Annual Report of the Director on Botanic Gardens and Domains for the year 1897. The Director Department of Mines and Agriculture. Agricultural Gazette Vol. vir1., Part xii., 1897; Vol. 1x., Parts 1. —x1., 1898. Annual Report of the Department of Mines and Agri- culture for the year 1897. A Manual of the Grasses of N.S. Wales by J. H. Maiden, r.u.s. Geological Survey— Memoirs, No. 6, 1898; Records, Vol. v., Part iv., Vol. vi., Part i., 1898. Mineral Resources, Nos. 1 - 4, 1898. Report on Agriculture and Forestry, 1 July 1895 to 31 December 1897. The Department Department of Public Instruction. Report of the Minister of Public Instruction for 1896 and 1897. Results of Rain, River, and Evaporation Observations made in N.S. Wales during 1896 by H. C. Russell, B.a., c.m.a., F.R.Ss. The New South Wales Educational Gazette, Vol. vur., Nos. 7 — 12, 1897-98; Vol. virt., Nos. 1-5, 1898. _,, Government Printer. The Statutes of New South Wales (Public and Private) passed during the Session of 1897. Government Printer Government Statistician. Annual Report on Vital Statistics for 1895, 1897, and previous years. New South Wales Statistical Register for 1896 and previous years (Bound Copy) also Part x1i.; for 1897 and previous years, Parts. i.—xii. The Seven Colonies of Australasia, 1897-98, Seventh Issue. Wealth and Progress of New South Wales, 1896-97, Tenth Issue. Government Statistician Institution of Surveyors, N. 8. Wales. The Surveyor, Vol. x., No. 12, 1897; Vol=xn os) — Wie soa: The Institution Linnean Society of New South Wales. Abstract of Pro- ceedings, Mar. 30, April 27, May 26, June 29, July 28, Aug. 31, Sept. 28, Oct. 26, Nov. 30, 1898. Act of Incor- poration, Rules, List of Members, Feb. 1898. Proceed- ings, Vol. xx1., Parts iii, and iv., Nos. 87, 88, 1897 ; Vol. xxu11., Parts i. and 11., Nos. 89, 90, 1898. The Society ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. liii, SypNEY— continued. New South Wales Medical Board. Register of Medical Practitioners for 1898. The Secretary Public Library of N.S. Wales. Annual Report (27th) of the Trustees for 1897. The Trustees University of Sydney. Calendar for the year 1898. The University TarpiIng—Perak Government Gazette, Vol. x., Nos. 29 - 34, and Index 1897; Vol. x1., Nos. 1 - 10, 12 - 30, 1898. The Secretary Toxio—Asiatic Society of Japan. Transactions, Vol. xxiv., Supplement 1898. The Society Imperial University of Japan. Calendar, 1896-97. The University Toronto—Canadian Institute. Proceedings, New Ser., Vol. 1., Parts iv., v., Nos. 4, 5, 1898. Transactions, Vol. v., Part i., Supplement to No.9; Part 11., No. 10, 1898. The Institute Royal Society of Canada. Proceedings, Second Series, Vol. 11., 1896. The Society TouLousre—Académie des Sciences, Inscriptions et Belles-Lettres. Mémoires, Serie 9, Tome viit., 1896. The Academy Trencsin—Naturwissenschaftliche Verein des Trencsiner Komi- tates. Jahresheft, 1896-97. The Society Tromso—Tromso Museum. Aarsberetning for 1895 and 1896. Aarshefter, Vol. x1x., 1896. The Museum Tonis—Institut de Carthage. Revue Tunisienne, Année tv., No. 16, 1897; Année v., Nos 17 — 20, 1898. The Institute TurIn—R. Accademia delle Scienze di Torino. Atti, Vol. xxx1um1., Disp. 1 - 15, 1897-8. The Academy R. Osservatorio Astronomico di Torino. Effemeridi del Sole e della Luna per I’ Orizzonte di Torino e per ’anno 1898 Calcolate dal Dottor Vittorio Balbi. La Durata dello Splendere del Sole sull’ Orizzonte di Torino nota del Dott. G. B. Rizzo, 1896. Osservazioni Meteorologiche fatte nell’ anno 1897 all’ Osservatorio della R. Universita di Torino. Pubblicazioni No. 4, 1896. The Observatory UpsaLa—Kongliga Vetenskaps Societeten. Nova Acta Regie Societatis Scientiarum Ser. 3, Vol. xvit., Fasc. 2, 1898. The Society Vienna—Anthropologische Gesellschaft in Wien. Mittheilun- gen, Band xxvit., Heft. 4-6, 1897; Band xxvii1., Heft 1, 2, 1898. ‘p K.K. Central-Anstalt fiir Meteorologie und Erdmagnetismus. Jahrbiicher, Band xxxXI., XXXII., XXX1II., 1894-96. The Station K. K. Geographische Gesellschaft. Mittheilungen, Band XL., 1897. The Society K. K. Geologische Reichsanstalt. Jahrbuch, Band xuvi1., Heft 2—4, 1897. Verhandlungen, Nos. 9-18, 1897; Nos. 1-12, 1898. The ‘‘Reichsanstalt ” K. K. Gradmessungs-Bureau Astronomische Arbeiten, Band 1x., 1897, Langenbestimungen. The Bureau I. BR. Osservatorio Astronomico-Meteorologico. Rapporto Annuale per l’anno 1895. The Observatory K. K. Naturhistorische Hofmuseums. Annalen, Band xi1., Nos. 1 - 4, 1897. The Museum liv. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. VIENNA—continued. K. K. Osterreichische Gradmessungs-Commission. Ver- handlungen-Protokoll 21 April, 1897. The Commission Section fiir Naturkunde des Osterreichischen Touristen- Club. Mittheilungen, Jahrgang 1x., 1897. The Section K. K. Zoologisch-botanische Gesellschaft. Verhandlungen, Band xuvi1., Heft 1-10, 1897. The Society Wasuineton—American Historical Association Annual Report for the year 1896, Vols. 1., I. The Association Bureau of Education. Report of the Commissioner of Edu- cation for 1895-6, Vols. 1., 11.; 1896-7, Vol. 1. The Commissioner Bureau of Ethnology. Annual Report of the Director, (16th) 1894-5. . The Director Department of Agriculture. Division of Agrostology— Bulletin, Nos. 1, 2, 4, 5,6, 9, 1895-97; Circular, Nos. 1, 2. Division of Biological Survey—North American Fauna, No. 13, 1897. Division of Botany—Circular No. 13. Division of Vegetable Physiology and Pathology— Bul- letin, Nos. 14, 15. Division of Statistics—New Series, Report Nos. 153-155. Farmers’ Bulletin, Nos. 18, 20, 31, 37, 50, 58, 66, 75; Crop Circular, May - Oct. 1898, Weather Bureau—Monthly Weather Review, Vol. xxv., July — Dec. and Annual Summary for 1897; Vol. xxv1., Jan. — July, 1898; Bulletin D., Rainfall of the United States. Year Book 1896-1897, and 5 Reprints. The Department Department of the Interior (Census Office). Compendium of the Eleventh Census, 1890, Part iii. Report on Popu- lation of the United States at the Eleventh Census, 1890 Part ii. Report on Vita] and Social Statistics, Part 1. Analysis and Rate Tables. Statistical Atlas of the United States, based upon results of the Eleventh Census. i Engineer Department, U.S. Army. Annual Report of the ; Chief of Engineers, Parts 1. - vi., 1897. bs Smithsonian Institution. Annual Report of the Board of — Regents 1894-5. Report of the U.S. National Museum, 1893, 1894, 1895. Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, Vol. xxxvi., No. 1087; Vol. xxxviir., Nos. 1084, 1090; Vol. xt, The Institution U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey. Report of the Superinten- dent, Fiscal Year ending with June 1896, Parts i. and li. The Survey U. S. Geological Survey. Annual Report (17th) to the Secretary of the Interior 1895-6, Parti. Director’s Report and other papers; Part ii. Economic Geology and Hydro- graphy. Bulletin, Nos. 87, 127, 180, 135 - 148, 1896-97. Monographs—xxv., The Glacial Lake Agassiz; XXvI., The Flora of the Amboy Clays. ; xxvi1., Geology of the Denver Basin in Colorado; xxvi11., The Marquette Iron- bearing district of Michigan. 2, U.S. Hydrographic Office. Chart No. 1531 The Arctic Regions with the tracks of search parties and the progress of ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. lv. W ASHINGTON— continued. discovery. Graphical Method for Navigators by Com- mander C. D. Sigsbee, U.S.N. Notice to Mariners, Nos. 19, 32-52 and Index 1897; Nos. 1-31, 1898. U.S. Hydrographer U.S. Navy. Report of the Surgeon-General, 1897. The Secretary of the Navy Wetuineton N. Z.—Mines Department. Annual Report (31st) of the Colonial Laboratory, 1896-97. The Department New Zealand Institute. Transactions and Proceedings, Wolicexxs, 1897. The Institute Polynesian Boel Journal, Vol. v1., No. 4, 1897; Vol. vir., Nos. 1, 3, 1898. The Society Winnirec— Historical and Scientific Society of Manitoba. Annual Report for the year 1896. Transactions, Nos. 49 and 50, 1897. 3 ZuricH—Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Neujahrsblatt auf das Jahr 1898. Vierteljahrsschrift, Jahrgang xu11., Heft 3, 4, 1897; Jahrgang xuit1., Heft 2, 3, 1898. i. MISCELLANEOUS. (Names of Donors are in Italics.) Ashley, George H., Pn.p—Geology of the Paleozoic Area of Arkansas, South of the Novaculite Region, 1897. J. C. Branner, Ph.D, Australasian Medical Gazette, Vol. xv11., Nos. 1-11, 1898. G. Lane Mullens, M.A., M.D. Ball, Sir Robert, Lu.D., D.Sc, F.R.s.—The Twelfth and concluding Memoir on the Theory of Screws, with a Summary. The Author Bernice Pauahi Bishop Museum of Polynesian Ethnology and Natural History—Occasional Papers, Vol. 1., No. 1, Director’s Report. [8° Honolulu, 1898. | The Director Boletin de Estadistica del Estado de Puebla, Epoca 11., Nims. 1 and 3, 1897. The Redactor Branner, John C., Ph.D.—Geology in its relations to Topography. The former extension of the Appalachians across Missis- sippi, Louisiana, and Texas. The Author Campion, Henry—tThe Secret of the Poles, 1898. es Colenso, Rev. W.,¥.B.s., F.L.s.—A Maori-English Lexicon: being a comprehensive dictionary of the New Zealand Tongue, 1898. + Conklin, Edwin Grant—The Embryology of Crepidula, 1897. 0 Dimmock, Dr. George, and Ashmead, William H.—Notes on parasitic hymenoptera, with descriptions of some new species, 1898. Dr. George Dimmock Dollfus, G. F.—Paléozoologie Générale, 1897. G. Ramond Electrical Engineer, February 11 to October 21, 1898. The Publishers Fritsche, Dr. H.—Observations magnétiques sur 509 lieux faites en Asie et en Europe pendant la période de 1867 — 1894. The Author Helios, 15 Oct., 15 Dec. 1896, 1 Dec. 1897, 1 Sept. 1898. The Publishers, Levpzig lvi. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. Hucke, Julius—Die Geld-Verrichtungen in der Breis, Lohn-und Zinsgestaltung, 1897. The Author Tllustrirte Aéronautische Mittheilungen, No. 3, 1898. The Publishers, Strassburg 1.e. Kosmopolan—List of Contents, 1891 — 1897 incl. The Publisher Lespagnol, G.—Sur de Charactére Désertique de 1l’Australie intérieure. The Author Liversidge, A., M.A., LL.D., F.R.s.—Abbreviated names for certain crystal forms. Models to show the axes of crystals. Experiments on the waterproofing of bricks and sand- stones with oils. Experiments on the porosity of plasters and cements. Variation in the amount of free and albu- minoid ammonia in waters, on keeping. On the corrosion of aluminium. Crystallised carbon dioxide. On the in- ternal structure of gold nuggets. Contributions to the bibliography of gold. On some New South Wales and other minerals (Note No. 7). Onthe amount of goldand silver in sea-water. Theremoval of silver and gold from sea-water by Muntz metal sheathing. Papers and re- ports. Presidential Address at the Seventh Session of the Australasian Association for the Advancement of Science, January 6, 1898. Marcou, Jules—Jura and Neocomian of Arkansas, Kansas, Okla- homa, New Mexico, and Texas. Note sur le Tithonique- Wealdien. Mullins, George Lane, u.a., m.p.—Tuberculosis and the Public Health. Museum d’Histoire Naturelle—Guide dans la Collection de Météorites avee le Catalogue des chutes representées au 33 Museum, 1898. : G. Ramond Nangle, James, Fr.1.4.—Some Notes on Sydney Building Stones. The Author Peek, Cuthbert E., m.a., F.R. Met. Soc.—Meteorological Observations at the Rousdon Observatory, Devon, for the year 1896, Vol. x1it. 99. Pelatan, Louis—Les Mines de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. CO. Hedley, F.L.S. Piette, Ed., et Porterie, J. de la—Etudes d’Ethnographie Pré- historique fouilles a Brassempouy, en 1896. Ed. Piette Ramond, G.—Etude Géologique de l’Aqueduc de l’Avre, 1896. Notice Nécrologique sur Sir Joseph Prestwich 1812 — 1896. 'Trilobites, 1898. The Author Report on the condition and progress of the G. V. Juggarow Observatory, Vizagapatam, including the results of Observations for the year 1896. The Committee . Report of the Director of the Observatory to the Marine Com- mittee and Meteorological results deduced from the Observations taken at the Liverpool Observatory, Bid- ston, Birkenhead, in the year 1897. The Mersey Docks and Harbour Board Royal Societies’ Club, London.—Foundation and Objects, Rules and By-laws, List of Members, 1897. Lieut. M. W. Campbell Hepworth, R.N.R., F.R.A.S., F.R.M.S. Schenck, Rudolf, pn. p,_Untersuchungen iiber die Krystallinischen Flissigkeiten, 1897. The Author ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. lvii. Tebbutt. John, r.n.a.s.—Results of Meteorological Observations iiade at the Private Observatory of John Tebbutt, The Peninsula, Windsor, N.S. Wales in the years 1891, 1892, 1898, 1894, 1895, 1896 and 1897. The Author Tepper, J. G. O., F.u.s., &c.—The Influence of Vegetation on Climate and the Rainfall, 1898. - The Library World, Vol.1., Nos. 1,2, 1898. The Library Supply Co., London The Locomotive, Vol. xv11r., Nos. 8-11, 1897. Kegan, Paul, Trench, Triibner & Co., Ld. Westralia, South Western Districts, Parts i. and 1i., 1898. Publishers of the Geralton Express PERIODICALS PURCHASED IN 1898. American Journal of Science, (Silliman). American Monthly Microscopical Journal. Analyst. Annales des Chimie et de Physique. Annales des Mines. Annals of Natural History. Astronomische Nachrichten. Athenzum. Australian Mining Standard. British Medical Journal. Building and Engineering Journal of Australia and New Zealand. Chemical News. Curtis’s Botanical Magazine. Dingler’s Polytechnisches Journal. Electrical Review. Engineer. Engineering. Engineering and Mining Journal. Engineering Record and Sanitary Engineer. English Mechanic. Fresenius Zeitschrift fir Analytische Chemie. Geological Magazine. Glacialists’ Magazine. Industries and Iron. Journal de Médecine. Journal of Anatomy and Physiology. Journal of Botany. Journal of Morphology. Journal of the Chemical Society. Journal of the Institution of Electrical Engineers. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland. Journal of the Society of Chemical Industry. Knowledge. L’ Aéronaute. Lancet, lviii. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. Medical Record of New York. Mining Journal. Nature. Notes and Queries. Observatory. Petermann’s Erganzungsheft. Petermann’s Geographischen Mittheilungen. Philosophical Magazine. Photographic Journal. Proceedings of the Geologists’ Association. Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science. Sanitary Record. Science. Science Progress. Scientific American. Scientific American Supplement. Zoologist. Booxs PurcHAsED IN 1898. American Journal of Science, (Silliman) 3 Ser., Vols. 1. - x. and Index. Australian Handbook, 1898. Boulenger’s Tailless Batrachians of Europe, Partsi., ii. (Ray Society 1896-7). Braithwaite’s Retrospect of Medicine, Vols. cxvi., cxvi1., 1897-8. British Association Reports, 1895 and 1897. Buckler’s Larve of British Butterflies and Moths, Vol. vir. (Ray Suc. 1894). Cassell’s French and German Dictionaries 1897. Glacialists’ Magazine, Vol. 111., Part iv.; Vol. 1v., Parts ii.—iv.; Vol.v, Parts 1.5 is) ai: International Scientific Series, Vol. Lxxxv. Leprosy, Prize Essays on—Ashburton Thompson, Cantlie. (New Syd. Soc., Vol. otx1.) Medical Officers’ Annual Report for 1895-96. Medico-Chirurgical Society, Transactions, Vol. txxxx., 1897. Milne, John—Seismology. (Int. Sci. Ser., Vol. uxxxv.) New Sydenham Society’s Publications, Vols. CLXI., CLXII., CLXIII., CLXIV. Obstetrical Society—Transactions, Vol. xxx1x., 1897. Official Year Book of Scientific and Learned Societies, 1898. Paleontogravhical Society, Vols. XLIX., L., LI. Pathology, Atlas of Illustrations of, Fasc. x1. (New Syd. Soc., Vol. CLXII1.) Ray Society’s Publications for 1894, 1896, 1897. Royal Colonial Institute, Proceedings, Vol. 111., 1872. Selected Essays and Monographs. (New Syd. Soc., Vol. cLXxt.) Vaccination and its Results. (New Syd. Soc., Vol. cLXxIv.) Whitaker’s Almanack 1898. PROCEEDINGS oF SECTIONS. PROCEEDINGS OF THE SECTIONS. lxi, PROCEEDINGS OF THE SECTIONS (IN ABSTRACT.) ENGINEERING SECTION. The first monthly meeting of the Session was held in the Large Hall of the Society’s House on May 18th, 1898, at 8 p.m., when there were present Mr. T. H. Hovucuron, M. Inst.c.z., (in the Chair) and thirty-six members and visitors. The Chairman delivered his presidential address. A vote of thanks to the Chairman was moved by Mr. C. W. Dar EY, seconded by Mr. T. R. Firtu, and carried by acclamation. Monthly meeting held June 15. There were present Mr. T. R. Firtu (in the Chair), and four- teen members and visitors. Mr. C. O. Buree read a paper on “The narrow gauge as applied to Branch Railways in N.S.W.” Mr. J. 1. Haycrort read a paper on “ Engineering Construction Pp Pp fo) ro) in connection with Rainfall.” Monthly meeting held July 20. There were present Mr. T. H. Houeuton (in the Chair) and eighteen members and visitors. The discussion on Mr. Buree’s paper read at the previous meet- ing was opened by Mr. H. Deane and continued by Messrs. B. C. Simpson, E. W. Young, J. I. Haycroft, and the Chairman, and replied to by the author. The discussion on Mr. Haycrort’s paper read at the previous meeting was opened by Mr. OC. O. Burge, and continued by Mr. B. C. Simpson and Mr, E. W. Young, and then adjourned to the following meeting. The Chairman announced that the roll of members of the Section was about to be revised, and requested members of the xii. PROCEEDINGS OF THE SECTIONS. Society who desired to be enrolled to leave their names with the Hon. Secretary of the Section. Monthly meeting held August 17. There were present Mr. C. O. Bures (in the Chair), and twenty- two members and visitors. The adjourned discussion on Mr. Haycrort’s paper was con- tinued by Messrs. G. H. Knibbs, J. H. Cardew, J. Davis, O. J. Merfield, B. C. Simpson, and the Chairman. At the request of the Chairman the Hon. Secretary read con- tributions to the discussion by Prof. Kernor and Mr. G. CHAMIER. The discussion was adjourned to the following meeting. Monthly meeting held September 21. There were present Mr. T. H. Houeuton (in the Chair) and thirteen members and visitors. Mr. Norman SELFE read a paper on “A Pile Wharf in Deep Water.” The adjourned discussion on Mr. Haycrort’s paper was con- tinued by Prof. Warren and Mr. C. J. Merfield, and replied to by the author. Monthly meeting held October 19. There were present Mr. T. H. Houeuton (in the Chair) and seventeen members and visitors. The Hon. Secretary read a paper entitled ‘‘ Notes on Hydraulic Boring Apparatus,” by Mr. G. H. Hauiiean, and the author explained in detail various pieces of boring apparatus which he had brought to illustrate his paper. The discussion on Mr. N. Se.re’s paper was opened by Mr. H. Deane, and continued by Messrs. Shaw, Ross, Haycroft, and Barraclough, and replied to by the author. At the invitation of the Chairman, Prof. Davip described various pieces of boring apparatus with which he had had practical experience, more especially in connection with the Funafuti bores. PROCEEDINGS OF THE SECTIONS. ]xiil. Monthly meeting held November 16. There were present Mr. T. H. Hovuenton (in the Chair) and thirty-six members and visitors. The discussion on Mr. HALLIGAN’s paper was continued by Mr. Deane and replied to by the author. At the invitation of the Chairman, Prof. THRELFALL delivered an address entitled ‘‘ Notes on Matters connected with Engineer- ing in England.” Mr. H. DEANE moved acordial vote of thanks to Prof. Threlfall for his address, and expressed the deep regret of the members at his early departure from Australia. Mr. P. B. ELWEtt seconded the motion which was carried with acclamation. Prof. Threlfall in replying thanked the members of the Section for the cordial welcome they had always extended to him. The Chairman requested that members who were desirous of suggesting names for the Committee for the following Session should communicate with the Hon. Secretary. Monthly meeting held December #1. There were present Mr. T. H. Hoveuron (in the Chair) and twelve members and visitors. The following members were elected as the Committe for the following year :—Chairman: H. R. Car Leton, M. Inst. c.E. Hon. Secretary and Treasurer: S. H. BARRACLOUGH, M.M.E., Assoc. M. Inst. c.E. Committee: H. DANE, M.A., M.Inst.c.E., NORMAN SELFE, M. Inst. C.E., Percy ALLAN, Assoc. M. Inst. Cc.E. G. R. Cowpsry, J. M. SmAIL, Mu Inst.c.£., J. I. HAYcCROFT, ME., M. Inst. C.E. I. Mr. CaRLeETon’s paper on “ Lighthouses in N.S.W.” was dis- cussed by Mr. Grimshaw, Capt. Hepworth, and Mr. Ollife. Prof. WARREN read a paper on “ A Testing Machine for equal alternating stresses,” which was discussed by Messrs. Grimshaw, Shaw and the Chairman. lxiv. PROCEEDINGS OF THE SECTIONS. MEDICAL SECTION. J. | A Special Meeting of the Medical Section of the Royal Society was held at the Society’s House, 5 Elizabeth-street North, Sydney, at 8 p.m., on May 20th, 1898. The object of the Special Meeting being the election of officers for the Session 1898-9. Dr. J. AsHBuRTON THompson the retiring Chairman presided. The following were elected officers of the Section, unopposed :— Chairman: Dr. G. E. RENNIE. Committee: Dr. G. Lanz MULLINs, Dr. J. ASHBURTON THompson, Dr. F. H. Quairs, Dr. SYDNEY JAMIESON. Hon. Secretaries: Dr. J. Apam Dick, Dr. FRANK TIDSWELL. The retiring Chairman was cordially thanked for his able services during the past Session. ae An Ordinary Meeting of the Medical Section of the Royal Society of N. 8. Wales, was held at the above address immediately after the close of the Special Meeting. In the absence of the Chairman of the Section (Dr. G. E. RENNIE) the meeting was presided over by Dr. J. ASHBURTON THompson. There was a fair attendance of members. Dr. J. Apam Dick exhibited an apparatus of local manufacture for the production of Formic Aldehyde Gas for purposes of Dis- infection. The apparatus was made by Lichtner & Co. of Sydney. Dr. Dick explained the working of the apparatus and the applica- tion of the gas. Dr. Frank Tidswell discussed the subject of formic aldehyde and the various means employed in its production and its value as a disinfectant. Drs. Quaife, Jamieson, and Pope also discussed the subject. ITI. An Ordinary Meeting of the Medical Section was held at the Society’s House, on August 19th, 1898 at 8:15 p.m. Present the PROCEEDINGS OF THE SECTIONS. Ixv. Chairman of the Section Dr. G. E. RENNIE and about forty members and visitors. Dr. Frank TipsweEwu exhibited severai microscopical specimens illustrating different varieties of Leucocytes. Dr. SypNEY JAmiEson exhibited several specimens recently added to the University Museum of Normal Anatomy. A paper upon “ Disinfection of Dwellings in Notifiable Infec- tious Diseases,’* was read by Dr. W. G. ArRmstrone the Medical Officer of Health for the Metropolitan Combined Districts. (By invitation). An interesting discussion followed the reading of the paper in which the following took part:—Drs. Ashburton Thompson, W. H. Goode, Fiaschi, F. H. Quaife, Clubbe, Frank Tidswell, Hinder, Camac Wilkinson, and Spencer. The hour for concluding the meeting having arrived, on the proposal of Dr. SPENCER, seconded by Dr. WILKINSON, it was resolved that the discussion be continued at the next meeting. EV. An Ordinary Meeting of the Medical Section was held at the Society’s House, on Friday, October 21st, at 8°15 p.m. There was a small attendance of memhers due no doubt to the stormy weather at that time. In the absence of the Chairman of the Section(Dr. G. E. Renniz) | it was proposed and carried that Dr. WALTER SPENCER be elected to preside. Dr. Freperick Mitrorp exhibited and explained the use of a new form of “ Interdental Splint,” for use in cases of fracture of the jaw. The subject was discussed by Drs. Fiaschi, Camac Wilkinson, and Messieurs Lugg, (visitor) Reading, and Hodgson. A paper was read by Dr. Fiascui, entitled ‘‘ Notes on two cases of Amputation of the Rectum for Extreme Prolapsus.”’ Drs. 1 Vide “ Australasian Medical Gazette,” Sydney, 1898. 2 Vide “ Australasian Medical Gazette,’ Sydney, 1898. aii me ¢ xvi. PROCEEDINGS OF THE SECTIONS. Camac Wilkinson, Adam Dick and the Chairman discussed the subject. The continuation of the discussion upon Dr. W. G. Armstrong’s - paper upon “ Disinfection of Dwellings in Notifiable Infectious Diseases,” was resumed by Dr. Walter Spencer, followed by Dr. Camac Wilkinson, and J. Adam Dick. Dr. W. G. Armstrong replied. The meeting then terminated. Owing to there not being sufficient material forthcoming and to the holidays other meetings of the Section were not held. ANNUAL ADDRESS. By T. H. HovucurTon, M. Inst.C.E., M.1.M.E. [Delivered to the Engineering Section of the Royal Society of N. 8S. Wales, May 18th, 1898. | I HAVE to thank you for the honour you have done me by electing me Chairman for this session. My predecessors in the chair have done much to raise the importance of the Engineering Section of the Royal Society, and I feel sure that I shall have your cordial co-operation in my endeavours to maintain its present position. JI cannot hope to increase its importance by anything I can do myself, but it lies with members to do that by attending the meetings, reading papers, and joining in the discussions. The prominent position held by papers on engineering subjects in the ‘‘ Volume of Transactions for 1897,” there being fully one-third of the book taken up by them, is greatly to the credit of this section. It is not necessary that papers should be lengthy ; short ones describing some particular feature of important works often contain a large amount of information. Few of us care to admit having made failures, but undoubtedly they do occur, and descriptions of them, together with their probable cause, would do much to spread information, and I think that the kindly criticism evoked would often be of assistance to the author. During the past year nine Engineers have joined, or been pro- posed, as members of the Royal Society, instigated chiefly, no doubt, by the advantage of attending the meetings of this section, and the Council, recognising the great importance of Engineering, have, for the past two years, printed the papers read before this Section as a part of their annual volume; in fact, at all times they have shewn their readiness to help us as a body, whether members of the Royal Society or not, for they have always allowed the free use of this hall for meetings of the members of ay _ 7. H. HOUGHTON. the Inst. C.E. resident in this Colony, and this fact should induce those members of the Institution who are not already members of the Society to send in their proposals for membership, and so increase the roll of the Society which is so ready to oblige us in every way. The difficulty of finding a subject for my opening address has confronted me, as it will, no doubt, my successors, for year by year, with the multiplication of scientific societies, each one dealing with a speciality, it becomes more difficult to find a non-debatable subject of sufficient interest. I would, however, like, with your permission and consideration, to occupy your attention for a short while to-night. There have been few large works initiated or completed during the past year in this or the neighbouring colonies. In Western ‘Australia the Fremantle Harbour Works are still in progress, and work has been commenced on the great scheme for supplying the Coolgardie district with water. A considerable amount has been expended upon railway construction, and further large extensions are under consideration, some by private enterprise. The expenditure for Public Works in Western Australia amounted in 1897 to £2,325,000, having risen from less than £800,000 in 1895. In addition to this large sum the amount expended by private companies upon works has been very large, so that, although as regards population it is the smallest of the five colonies, yet it has, during the past year, probably afforded greater scope for the exercise of our profession than any of the others. In South Australia there is little to record. A scheme is being formulated to constructa large reservoir at Bundaleer to increase the supply in the area now supplied from Betaloo. In connection with the Adelaide Water Supply, some mains are being laid of a new type; they are made from steel plates without any riveting being required. As this is the first occasion upon which such pipes have been used in Australia, a short description of them and the method adopted in their manufacture will perhaps be interesting. TZ ( q ANNUAL ADDRESS, III. The plates from which the pipes are made are of the length required for each pipe, and of the width nearly equal to the circumference for small pipes, the larger ones being made with two or more plates. In the first place they are bolted down in the bed of a heavy planing machine and planed to the exact width, the two longitudinal edges are, at the same time, pressed together or upset, as it is termed, so as to make them of a dovetail section; the plate is then a flat one with thickened edges. It is now put into a press which bends a short distance from the edges to the radius of the pipe —as in rolling it is found that the rolls will not properly bend close up to the edge—and after this preliminary bending the plate is ready for rolling into the circular form. It is now necessary to join the two edges ; this is done by inserting between them a bar of soft steel of a X section, the sides of this X section are then pressed in towards each other under a heavy vertical pressure, and thus grip the thickened edges of the plate, forming a water-tight joint which has, | understand, withstood ail the tests required. Time alone can prove whether this system of making steel pipes is more satisfactory than that of riveting them, which has been brought to such excellence in this city. The scheme for an Outer Harbour at Largs Bay is again being brought forward by influential people, and if carried out will mean the expenditure of a large sum of money. Electric lighting has not made much advance in South Australia, but recently large concessions have been granted to an English syndicate for supplying light and power. One of the most important Engineering works in South Australia, of recent years, has been the erection at Port Pirie of the smelting furnaces removed from the Broken Hill Mines, so as to be at the sea board, thus insuring, for many years to come, constant employment for a large population. . Coming eastward to Victoria there is little to record, the construction of the Melbourne Sewerage Works being the most important of any works in progress; they are approaching IV. T. H. HOUGHTON. completion, and already a large number of dwellings are connected to them; many difficulties have been met with during their construction, and unfortunately some loss of life has occurred, but now all the serious difficulties have been overcome. In the Melbourne Main Sewers now being made, a system has recently been adopted which largely reduces the cost of construction in bad ground, by substituting for cast iron segments, previously used, others built of wood, forming ribs with outside lagging ; this improvement is said to reduce the cost by over 20 per cent. Besides the lessening of the cost, greater efficiency is stated to have been secured, owing to the new lining being much more impervious to the flow of water from the outside, than the joints in the castiron. This is a very important factor in securing the water-tightness of the concrete or sewers proper, and will, no doubt, lead to its adoption in ground carrying water, even if it is not bad enough to require the protection of the the lining to enable the concrete to be put in. Melbourne has, up to the present, utilised electricity for lighting to a greater extent than any other Australian city. The Council having erected a large station for street lighting purposes some years ago, are now proposing to buy up the two large private companies who supply light in the City and some of the more important suburbs, thus securing the control of both street LE house lighting. In Tasmania there are several railways being made by private companies, intended to develope the mineral wealth of the West Coast district, and the Tasmanian Government has recently finished a considerable length of narrow gauge line* through heavy country in the neighborhood of Zeehan ; on the railway connecting Mount Lyell with the coast the Abt system will be used, on the heavy grades. In Queensland the completion of the Brisbane Electric Trams has been one of the most important works. A large bridge is being built at Rockhampton over the Fitzroy river to connect * See proceedings Australasian Society for the Advancement of Science, 1898. ANNUAL ADDRESS. Vv. the Central Railway with Broadmount, at the mouth of the river, and a contract has been recently let for a large bridge over the Burnet at Bundaberg. A large amount of money is being expended in developing the Sugar and Meat industries in that colony, the Government advancing large sums to the various companies concerned; as to the wisdom of such a course I will not venture to express an opinion, but the result has been the stimulation of enterprise, and that is what we, as engineers, depend upon. To come to our own colony there is not much to add to the works to which Mr. Burge called your attention a year ago when taking this chair, and as we are most interested in what the future has in store for us, it is to works that still have to be carried out that I will first call your attention. Prominent amongst them is the City Railway. The proposal to bring it to Hyde Park was the one favored by those in authority, and who, from their position, were most likely to be acquainted with all the requirements of the service, but amongst many engineers unconnected with the Government there is 1 feeling that it would be better to adopt a more comprehensive scheme and avoid taking any of Hyde Park. The exhaustive inquiries held on this subject have resulted in the decision that Hyde Park, at least a portion, is to be given up for Railway purposes, and if no better route can be found, which will be acceptable to those who will have to work it and make it pay, it will be best to accept what will undoubtedly be a very great improvement upon the existing arrangement, instead of striving for what may be the perfect scheme, but one which will be delayed for years. Another work in which employment will be provided for our profession is that of lighting the city and the suburban districts by electricity and supplying motive power; the number of small installations is yearly increasing and may interefere with the success of a central station if allowed to multiply, for these installations are in the best paying blocks of the City. aa 9 Wool AS SW 2 “: » 150 ss, » Cattle .. 14 f ss G2 are , Sheep, &. .. 13 i 5: », 406 ‘9 ” 100 Average = 164 cubic feet per ton. The down traffic wil! be considered later. As goods occupying about 93 cubic feet to the ton, form the load in which the loading space, 2,040 cubic feet, of the standard gauge bogie goods waggon is fully utilized it is evident that there is an unavoidable waste of weight carrying capacity for all the above loading, except, in the case of grain, and still more must this be the case as the gauge decreases, for the cubical capacity is limited in both cases, but more frequently in the narrow gauge, as regards some classes of loading, by the height of the centre of gravity of the waggon and its load. This height is taken, as a maximum, at about 6 feet over rail for the standard gauge, and, proportionately, 2ft. 8in. for the 2ft. gauge, though this unduly favours the latter, as, owing to the greater lateral overhang, the danger of lateral displacement of the centre of — gravity, through careless loading, is greater. XXVI.. C. O. BURGE. The maximum loading space of the similar 2 feet waggon is 600 cubic feet, and its maximum weight carrying capacity is 10 tons. | Working out the proportions between the live and dead load (waggons only) for the two gauges, we find them to be as under, bearing in mind that we are now dealing with up traffic only :— | @ RS Standard Gauge. 2-foot Gauge. pes AUTHORITY AND REMARKS. Jackson’s Hydraulic Manual Fanning’s Hydraulic Engineering C=8:25 Wilson’s Irrigation Engineering C= 400 to 500 in flat country =650 in hilly country with maximum rainfall Fanning’s Hydraulic Engineering Prof. Kernot, A.A.A. Science, 1888 Fanning’s Hydraulic Engineering Patton’s Civil Engineering Prof. Kernot, A.A.A. Science, 1888 Trans. Royal Soc., Victoria, 1887 Min. of Proc. Inst. C.E., Vol. 80 — B= Width of Catchment in miles —9-488 RSs AS Prof. Kernot K.T.D. Myers Prof. Talbot R. M. Peck Cleeman Steane O=CM ? O=CA2 O=CA? eee aa) O=CA2 O—A0:62 L=Length a * N=1°16 ” ” Q=—45:796 + (2097°28 x 457-96 A)2 | Patton’s Civil Engineering Q=5:29375 At ” ” ” Q=CRS? At ‘“Trautwine.” § = Slope in feet es per 1000. C=°31-+to ‘75 Q=CRS5 As Trans. Am. Soc. C.E., Vol. XVI. Patton’s Civil Engineering ” ” ” C=1:0385 S=Sine of slope Patton’s Civil Engineering C=3-946. S=Sine of slope Chamier A.A.A. Science, 1888. C=40 to 80 Committee of Ass. Ry. Superinten- dents. C varies from 1 to 4 Committee of Ass. Ry. Superinten- dents. C from } tol Committee of Ass. Ry. Superinten- dents. C from 4 to 6 Proc. Inst. C.E., Vol. LVIII. C21 toils Trans. Royal Soc., Victoria, 1887. Q—Cubic feet per sec. from Catchment. R=Rainfall in Inches per hour. O=Area of Opening in Square Feet. M= ,, A=Area of Catchment in Acres. “ Square Miles. C=A constant depending on circumstances. -ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION AND RAINFALL. XXXV. Many formule have been proposed from time to time to enable an engineer to deal intelligently with this subject, but no absolutely certain general rule has been, or, indeed, can be laid down on this point. Appended is a list of various formule proposed for determin- . . e % ing the discharge from any given area. Biirkli Ziegler Acres. 3) 7 15| 16 20} 20 30| 27 40; 34 50| 40 60| 45 70| 51 80| 56 90| 62) 100| 67 150} 90 200 | 112 250 | 133 300 | 152 350 | 171 400 | 189 450 | 206 | 500 | 223 1000 | 375 1500 | 518 2000 | 631 3000 | 855 4000 1061 5000 |1255 10,000 |2110 Colonel Dickens 22 36 49 61 82 103 121 139 156 173 189 204 277 344 406 465 522 577 631 683 1149 1587 1931 2617 3247 3839 6460 Colonel Ryves Fanning Discharge in Cubic 2 3 41 6 53 9 67) BE Sarl. ae HO: 20 119) . 24 134 28 149 32 162 35 176 38 191 43 247 60 299| 76 347| 92 392 | 107 434] 121 475 | 136 514! 150 551! 163 875 291 1146 | 408 1389 | 518 1820 | 727 2205 | 924 2555 |1112 |: 4061 1982 McComb McMath 7 11 16 20 DAT 34 41 48 54 60 66 2 99 | 125 149 173 195 217 239 260 452 625 | 787 | 1089 Aa 1639 2855 | Adams 3) 9 1 17 22 28 33 39 45 50 56 62 84 106 129 151 168 190 207 230 409 571 728 1919 1294 1557 2872 Hawksley 9 15 20 25 34 42 48 54 61 67 74 80 108 134 160 182 205 227 247 268 450 622 797 1026 1273 1506 2532 Cleeman 22 32 39 45 55 Myers Feet per Second. Talbot Chamier 16 28 38 47 63 78 93 106 119 132 144 156 211 262 309 359 398 440 481 520 876 1210 1472 1996 2476 2924 4923 A review of these formule shows that widely different results may be arrived at by applying any two of them under like con- * The author will feel much obliged for any other proposed formule, and for any expression of opinion as to its reliability or otherwise. XXXVI, J. I. HAYCROFT. Hh {eJ VAN | i | (2) te) Acres. iN U| od 83 Sy g S$ 3 = a el < v x S 8 IW NG ws x oy &s << Gy s 2 se mm ed 2. 8 8 BN =, ss oo ® S F a ie ‘ iy Os tay ese = © . . & ~ 3 he - Ss 8 % + -“~ Ww CPPS SSPEARS oe Nk oS Sas 8 So Se S Ses) Omens € o Be ag Se eet pe een ce 2 Pe Ua Bare s ~” <= ad te: $ Se Sr eS 3 s 3 Neu So Py ew ES ees] ~» s+ & Nee es 28 < Qy = a 8 > x BR eee SN Wal tee ely pale eacqoeogGeeoaoeons $ % 4 gy" 5: 8 atliiia, x £ 8s = = S Ss & See < \ i IK eer a ll HH H Baoan LI Mi fo} *aNno93g of 133.9 21an> i ‘440- nn yo 2000 Catcument Areas A vt A500 1000 NIA IN NEL ne COENEN NT oop COCOONS SSCA SeuaEuGE PERCE loos COCR NSE 2S COCO NNN Coe rrr PEE SN Ly TRS oie 325 B2255' 00000 fo} Se of eee ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION AND RAINFALL. XXXVII. ditions, a fact that is well illustrated by the accompanying dia- gram. In many cases this is not to be wondered at, as some of these formule have been put forward as applicable only to particular districts. Take, for instance, that of Colonel Dickens, which was designed to deal with rainfall in different parts of India, and where the only quantity to be introduced, independently of judgment, is the area of the catchment; this item can be ascertained with very fair approximation, but no engineer worthy of the name would think of applying such a formula to a country like Australia, without having first determined the suitable con- stant to use in the particular case under consideration ; these constants have a very wide range, reaching from the minimum 0:03, to a maximum of 24. The localities from which each were derived are given in Jackson’s Hydraulic Manual, and his state- ment as regards the value of the constant.is as follows: “It can be determined and made use of within local limits only, as it depends on an average maximum local downpour, evaporation, quality, inclination, and disposition of surface of the area under consideration: it has hitherto been determined for very few districts, and not sufficiently satisfactorily for some of them. In some cases unfortunately doubtful flood marks have been used to obtain the flood gradients, and the velocities calculated according to very varied formule. In others the obstructions caused by bridges and embankments have vitiated all the bases of the calculations of discharge.” After such an explanation, it is evident that before using this formula in Australia, it is necessary to prove that the conditions are identical. Where flood marks are observable, as in catch- ments discharging by streams with defined channels, no such formule need be applied, nor, indeed, are they necessary; if doubt exists as to the reliability of the marks, an experienced engineer can make requisite allowances. On consideration of the most approved formule which include factors for absorption, rainfall, slope and area of catchment, it is at once evident that tnese can be applied only where these several factors are sensibly constant; this constancy cannot a XXXVIII. J. I. HAYCROFT. exist in very large areas, when it is remembered that the slope, the absorbent nature of the ground, and the intensity of the rainfall, vary considerably, even in the radius of a few miles. Even in small areas the maximum rainfall, which is here being considered, is what may be termed “patchy,” and, although the slope is ever varying, still its value may be approximated to within reasonable limits, by suitable observations, but certainly not by independent aneroid observations, a method which the author has known to be employed. On examination of the formule, it will be seen that nine of them are supposed to give a means of determining the number of cubic feet per second discharged from a catchment area, in terms of that area, its length in some cases, and length and breadth in others, combined with various constants, but no account is taken of amount. of rainfall, nor of the varying slope of different catchments, so that, according to these formule, the saine volume of water would have to be provided for, whether the ground was flat or hilly, or whether the rainfall was at the rate of one inch per hour, or twelve inches per hour. It is hardly necessary to state that such formule cannot possibly be reliable. On the other hand, it would not be just to say that therefore these formule are of no use; on the contrary, it is probable they are applicable to conditions identical with those whence they were derived. As, however, none of them have been designed for use in these colonies, they cannot be considered applicable to local conditions. Six other formule give the area of opening required in square feet, in terms of a constant, and the area of the catchment. These also may be considered as of a specific nature, and not adapted to general use, with the exception of that of Professor Kernot, which has been shown to be applicable in portions of these colonies. Five other formule give the discharge of the catchment in cubic feet per second, in terms of a suitable constant, determined by the nature of the surface of the catchment, the rainfall of the district, and the slope and area of the catchment, thus embracing all factors necessary to make them generally applicable. ENGINEFRING CONSTRUCTION AND RAINFALL. XXXIX. It is noticeable how closely, for practical purposes, these formule agree, within such limits as they would probably be used. Thus for a catchment of 100 acres, the run off is given as follows :— Adams ... 62 cubic feet per second. Burkli Ziegler ... 67 r ” McMath seth 2 33 >» Hawksley NSO » ” The consideration of the factors, used in these formule, will now be entered on. ‘They are divided into four heads, viz :— 1, The rainfall. 2. The kind and condition of soil. %. The area of the catchment. 4, The general character and condition of same. The rainfall—_The maximum rainfall during the most severe rain storms is what is to be considered. It will be generally conceded that rainfall of this description is limited in extent and of short duration, so that the size of the area must be considered. In the Southern portion of this colony a catchment of 10 acres might be subject to a rainfall at the rate of six inches per hour, but an adjoining catchment of, say, 500 acres would only be partly affected by this local intensity of rainfall. | There is considerable difficulty in dealing with this part of the subject in a general manner, since it hardly lends itself to such treatment ; each particular case must be dealt with on its merits. The only definite thing which may be predicated about each district is that it has its own peculiarities ; these must be. thoroughly known and understood to enable the question to be treated intelligently. The run off from a catchment, due to melting snow, is of the greatest importance in some districts. Its volume is always in excess of that caused by the maximum rainfall, but as its effects, in the shape of flood-marks, are invariably observable, the ques- tion of suitable formula need not be discussed here. a . . . ~~ XL. J. I. HAYCROFT. The kind and condition of soil is a most important factor in dealing with this subject. For example, during a period of wet weather of, say, four days’ duration, and of varying intensity, the run off from a given area will vary considerably in the extreme cases of a porous area, such as a sandy surface, and an area consisting of a clay surface. In the first case the four days’ rain may never sufficiently saturate the soil to permit any of the rain to flow off during that period in such quantity as to need any provision but the smallest culvert, although the flow may continue for some weeks after the rain has ceased, whilst in the case of a clay surface, even after a period of drought, the area may be rendered impermeable, after, say, one day’s rain, so that all the fa!l for the following three days must be provided for, while a day or two after rain ceases the creek in which the run off took place would practically be dry again. In this connection it may be said that maximum rainfalls should be considered as falling on impervious ground, inasmuch as such rainfalls frequently occur during a continuance of wet weather. The experience of the writer is that such heavy’ rain. falls form climaxes to periods of wet weather, which, commencing moderately, proceed in intensity (not, it is true, in any fixed ratio), come to a head in a very severe rainfall of short duration, and then fall in intensity gradually, until rain ceases for that particular period. Now, the difficulty with which an engineer has to contend is that rain gauges, except those automatically registering, show nothing but the gross amount of rainfall between the periods of observation. As, for instance, a rain gauge observed at stated intervals, say 24 hours, showing, perhaps, that during that period 8 inches of rain had fallen, does not indicate whether 7 inches of it fell in 23 hours and one inch during the balance, or vice versa. In such a case experience is of value in forming a correct judgment, and the most severe conclusion which may be drawn from observing such a gauge, guided, of course, by what has been learnt in regard to such rainfalls, either from recording gauges or from experience, will be the safest. The records of a self- ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION AND RAINFALL. XLI. registering rain gauge, maintained for a number of years in a given catchment, are invaluable. Few catchments are thus equipped, In the absence of such a gauge the records of the nearest rain gauge, considered in relation to its proximity to the catchment and the physical geography of the locality, is the best substitute. In designing a means of egress for water from a catchment the maximum rainfall of the district is, of course, the chief consideration, but this must be considered in an intelligent manner. Let a typical case be considered. Say there are two towns, X and Y, about 40 miles apart, lying between which is a range of fairly high hills, practically parallel to the bee-line between the towns. Now suppose, during a period of wet weather, a rain gauge at X registers at the rate of 2 inches per hour, and a gauge at Y at the rate of 6 inches per hour, an engineer, in providing outlets for catchments, embracing the range and sloping ground at its base, is bound to consider those various catchments as liable to be subject to the greater rainfall per hour. The rainfall should not be graded for the several catch- ments between X and Y, so that at a point midway between these towns a rainfall of only 4 inches per hour would be con- sidered. Sucha treatment would be very convenient if it was in ~ accordance with natural law ; but, unfortunately, such is not the case. On the other hand, the rainfall on the range would probably exceed the record of the gauges observed at its ends. Nor, having fixed the probable maximum rainfall, as in this case at the rate of 6 inches per hour, is it permissible, because rainfall may take 6 hours to travel from the extreme point of a certain catchmennt to the outlet, to consider it as a rainfall at the rate of 1 inch per hour falling for 6 hours. It is very important to consider only those catchments whose area permits them to be affected as regards maximum volume produced at their outlets by such rainfalls. An area whose extent renders it unlikely to be wholly affected with the maximum rainfall of the district, can still be considered as suit- able for the application of some formula, by taking the conditions ae XLII. J. I. HAYCROFT. as they occur in Nature—viz., the whole area affected by a rainfall of moderate intensity, during continuance of which occurs a maximum rainfall on portion of the area. Such cases occur, and are those which cause maximum volume at an outlet, and, therefore, are those to be provided for. The area of the catchment.—This item, of great import- ance, can always be determined with a sufficient degree of approximation, either by marking the line of watershed on a reliable map, or, in the absence of such, making a rough traverse thereof. It has been already stated that all formule are limited to definite areas, but the determination of the extent of the maximum area to which a formula may be considered applicable is a very difficult matter. It has already been said that when the run-off from a catchment area takes place in a defined channel, formule are unnecessary. No definite rule applies as to when formule are to be put on one side, and flood-marks made use of. In connection with the subject of flood-marks there are certain liabilities to error, to which attention may be drawn. Jackson’s remarks have already been referred to, but the writer calls to mind a case in this colony where a catchment of nearly 50 square miles, with a well-defined creek as an outlet, was observed by him within six days of rain having fallen as absolutely dry, and this in a country where one day's steady rain would render the surface practically impermeable. Flood-marks were observable on the railway bank, through which the culvert forming the outlet for this area was constructed, but such marks were useless to determine the discharge from that area, even if the rainfall were known, as, if the line had not existed, their height would have probably not been within 18 feet of where they appeared to be. Observation of flood-marks, to be of practical use, should be taken at such points on a stream where the flood-waters are removed from any chance of being unduly raised, owing to obstructions, insufficiency of structure, or other causes having a like effect. The longitudinal section in the case mentioned showed the inclination of the bed of the stream above the obstruction as ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION AND RAINFALL. XLIII. fairly inclined, whilst the surface of the water as determined by the flood-marks was nearly level. It is only when a stream is “in train,” as it is termed, that the slope can be used to deter- mine velocity ; the surface of the water and the bed of the stream are then, to all intents and purposes, parallel. The attempt to obtain velocity from the small difference of level in backed-up water by ordinary slope formule is useless, and co-efficients derived therefrom are incorrect. In the determina- tion of flood-levels, as a rule, there is little or no difficulty if the subject be properly approached, but very erroneous results can be deduced unless great care is taken. The general character and inclination of catchment. — As regards these particulars, two areas, of the same extent, may vary widely as to the amount of rainfall discharged in a given time. The shape of a catchment is an important item ; thus, a catchment running back from the outlet, say, 4 miles, and averaging a quarter-mile wide, will discharge rainfall at a much more regular rate than a catchment of the same area and nature of soil, but greatly differing in shape, which, for instance, might consist of a central creek into which several side creeks dis- charged at different points, although the amount of run-off in each case from a similar rainfall might be identical when the flow ceased. The long, narrow catchment might even never experience rain of sufficiently long duration to cause a maximum run-off at the outlet, whilst the differently-shaped catchment of equal area, supplied with what might be termed “ feeder ” creeks, would very likely discharge a maximum amount under a rainfall of similarly short duration. Thus the shape of a catchment and its characteristics are often of equal importance to its extent. The shape of a catchment can be taken into account in the application of some formule, such as Biirkli-Ziegler, McMath, Adams, and Hawksley, indirectly, it is true, as no direct means has been provided, whilst the formule of Burge, Jackson, Steane, and Craig deal essentially with the shape. These latter, however, do not deal with the slope of a catchment, which also is of great importance; if this be uniform the discharge will begin from —— XLIV. J. I. HAYCROFT. zero, increasing to a maximum, providing the rainfall is constant and of sufficient duration to permit the water from the farthest point to reach the outlet, whilst it continues. As long as the rain continues, and the absorption is supposed constant, the volume at the outlet will be constant, and a maximum. When, however, in this case the rain does not continue sufficiently long for the water from the farthest point to reach the outlet, whilst it still rains, the maximum quantity will not be experienced. When the slope of a catchment is not uniform, suppose a case where a railway runs practically parallel to a hilly range: the upper portion of such a catchment would be steeper than the lower portion, and the water would run off quicker from such steeper portions, thereby increasing the volume on the flatter portion, so that in such a case the maximum quantity might arrive at the outlet, though the rain did not continue to fall whilst the water from the farthest part of the catchment was travelling thereto. The consideration of this question, from a theoretic point of view, as dealt with in the Hncyclopedia Brittannica, would lead one to believe that the maximum flood at the outlet of a catchment will be continued when the rain continues long enough for the waters from the farthest point to reach the outlet while it still rains. This maximum volume will be the product of the number of acres in the catchment, by the rainfall in inches per hour, by the coefficient of run off. This is no doubt true as an abstract — fact, and can be demonstrated mathematically on a suitably shaped catchment, but if the fetch of a catchment be so great, that no rainfall of such duration can be experienced, the slopes thereon are of the utmost importance, as may be seen on con- sideration of two catchments, one, “A,”-of uniform siope through- out its length, and another, “B,” of gradually increasing slope from its outlet to its farthest point. If the fetch and nature of soil in both cases be equal and similar, ‘“‘A” may never experience the maximum volume, whilst ‘‘B” would probably do so, both being subjected to a rainfall of equal intensity, but the duration of which would not be sufficiently long to permit ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION AND RAINFALL. XLV, the water reaching the outlet from the farthest point of the catchment, whilst it still rained. In view of the above considerations, it is evident that not one of the formule proposed is entirely general'; are they then to be discarded, and, if so, what course should an engineer pursue when designing a waterway through a bank? Before answering this, the following extracts from standard works and leading en- gineers as to practice in other parts of the world, may be noticed. In Patton’s Civil Engineering, under the head of “ Water Reaching Streams and Sewers,” it is stated :— ‘“The run off depends on such conditions, that the variations of formule as well as the difficulties of applying them to small city areas and large country areas alike, make the application unsatisfactory ; formule, ’ now applying approximately well for city areas, do not apply to country areas, where the storm discharges are carried off by creeks and rivers; the best formule now used seemed to be based on variable areas, variable slopes and variable rainfalls, the powers, roots, and constants, used in each, giving it its special merit.” ‘‘EKven with the best 4 formule for run off, 3 of them give curves for areas under 5 acres, shewing more run off than rainfall, and yet Biirkli Ziegler and McMath are more generally used, because of better agreement with observed run off from areas, say above 50 or 60 acres; none of these formule, and still worse, none of the various flood discharge formule, are satisfactory in very large country areas.” Professor Johnson, of Washington University, from whom the writer sought information, states, as regards design of water- ways :— ‘* There is no fixed practice, and any engineer would find it hard to give any fixed rules for his own practice. Some roads always run out the watershed line, and find the drainage area of the stream or draw crossed, and then assume a maximum rate of rainfall, and use some formula for getting the maximum rate of run off from the area; character of surface and rainfall rate assumed, but in the end it is little better than a guess. We have a tradition here amongst our Railway Engineers, that it is only a question of time before any culvert will ‘go out’ by a flood, so you see we have no ‘ safe rule’ to go by. Make them as big and as permanent as you can afford to do is the more common American practice, and if they go out ‘charge it up to Providence.’ Mr. G. H. Pegram of the Union Pacific System, states :— ‘“‘ The general practice has been for the locating engineer to size up the situation at a glance, as he goes over the road, and put down a ‘ 2 foot box’ a re . XLVI. J. I. HAYCROFT. or ‘3 panel trestle,’ as may appear to his judgment right, and subsequent experience generally proves that he was wrong.” Mr. Foster Crowell states :— ‘‘ There are all sorts of conditions requiring all sorts of provisions, in the matter of waterway design ; in unsettled districts the flood marks are as a rule more easily discernible than in the settled districts, and where the rainfall is known approximately, and the watershed can be conservatively estimated, even the absence of flood marks, itself a reassuring circumstance, need not preclude a correct diagnosis. A tentative treatment is, however, often resorted to in the adoption of a surplusage of ‘opening, to be afterwards curtailed in the light of experience. In this country (America) reliable records are often lacking, even in settled communities, and where the consequences of erroneous conclusions would be most serious, thorough investigation of the possible discharge becomes a necessity. In the matter of culverts, the usual practice is extremely conservative, especially as under high embankments actual economy may be secured by an increase of diameter of the opening. ‘The question of waterways should not be left until the time of actual construction, but be taken up with the preliminary surveys and in detail. It is, however, not good practice to steer very close to the theoretical requirements. Ample margin should always be allowed where practicable.” From other letters received by the writer from America and Canada, the practice seems to be, when a doubt exists as to the reliability of the result of a formula, a trestle is put in, about the sufficiency of which there can be no doubt, and this structure is observed in flood times, during a course of years, and when needing replacement is substituted by a permanent culvert, the size of which is determined by the observations made during the life of the trestle. The formula most used in America seems to be that of E. T. D. Myers, President, Richmond, Fredricksburg and Potomac Rail- way. Mr. Myers states ‘“ that the co-efficient should be derived from careful and judicious gaugings, at characteristic points within the region under treatment, and applied with a liberal hand.” A valuable paper on ‘“‘ How to determine size and capacity of openings for waterways” has been compiled and published by the committee of the Railway Superintendents of Bridges and Buildings, in America, in which it is stated, inter alia, after + * ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION AND RAINFALL. XLVII. enumerating various formule “all these features, therefore, emphasize the difficulties of the task and the necessity of employing specially trained engineers, or expert hydraulicians, for all important work of this kind, as the true value of the application of theory to this problem is directly proportional to the correctness of the assumptions borrowed from practice ; in the hands of a practical and experienced adept the data bearing on the case, consisting of part theory, part assumptions and observed facts, will be moulded into fairly good shape, and some tangible and valuable results obtained.” The formula known as Birkli-Ziegler’s, when intelligently used, is (judged by the experience of the writer) as reliable as a formula of such a nature can be, and is preferable for general use to any other of the indicated formule. During a recent investigation of the applicability of these several formule to local conditions, it was found that the only formula devised for general Australian use, and proved to be reli- able in comparison with existing waterways, was that of Professor Kernot, of Melbourne University. Under certain conditions it is identical with that of Biirkli-Ziegler, the proof of which is as follows : Biirkli-Ziegler’s formula is— 5 bai a QO’ —CR ee where Q' = cubic feet per sec. per acre, reaching the outlet. C is the co-efficient of run off. R is the rate of rainfall in inches per hour. S is the average slope of the catchment, in feet per thousand, and A is the area of the catchment in acres. Now let Q = total run off, in cubic feet per second, from the catchment, then Q = Q’A =CR V SA? Let S = 20 feet per thousand Then Q = 2:1147CR A? Now let the velocity of flow, through the proposed opening, be 43 miles per hour = 6°6 feet per second. XLVIII. J. I. HAYCROFT. If O = area of opening in square feet, it 21147 , oY vents z — CRA? = 0:32 0 RE f = 0:32C R (640 M)? = 40M? = Professor Kernot’s formula when C= 35 “andi LC ="0:625" ih O =50M: And if Co] VaR” O = 80M: The question now arises, after having by some means deter- mined the amount of water to be provided for, what shall the nature of the provision be? This is a point about which engineers differ, though the scope for difference is much more limited than in choosing a formula for run off. Let a typical case be taken. Say, for instance, where a catch- ment discharges 60 cubic feet of water per second, this quantity of water has to be passed under a railway or road bank, with safety to the bank and the structure itself. A low velocity of discharge, except in special cases, is prefer- able for several reasons. For example, when a culvert is to be constructed, the facility for getting sufficient grade to attain a. high velocity is very limited, for the outlet should be designed to provide a rapid get away. Surcharged culverts are not here considered. Another and more important reason is as follows: Suppose engineer M in adopting a velocity of six feet per second through his structure, requires ten square feet of section, and an engineer N adopting 18 feet per second, and, therefore 34 square feet of opening ; then the latter will require less material, and design, therefore, a cheaper structure so far as first cost is con- cerned. Other effects, however, result, which may more than counterbalance the supposed advantage ; as, for instance, if the velocity as designed, for some reason cannot be realized, the ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION AND RAINFALL. XLIX. culvert will not discharge the required amount, the consequence of which may be that the water will rise on the bank and cause a washout, endangering life and property. Tn the case of M, however, if the assumed velocity be too low and it rises above 6 feet per second his 10 square feet of section only proves more than sufficient for the requirements, moreover the smaller culvert is more liable to become obstructed and rendered useless than the larger one. Engineer N may, however, say if for any reason the velocity falls below 18 feet per second, the result will be that the water will rise over the mouth of the culvert, until the head so acquired furnishes the required velocity. But by what means can the increase in velocity be calculated? Such an outlet cannot be considered as an orifice, an adjutage, or a pipe under pressure. No experiments, within the writer’s knowledge, have ever been made to determine velocity of efflux in such a case, the reason being, no doubt, that such investigation not being con- formable would be unnecessary to good practice. The permitting of the flood waters to rise to formation level has been advocated by some, but what guarantee is there that they will not rise higher and cause a washout ? The attaining of a velocity greater than 44 miles per hour, through a culvert of this class, by artificial means, such as by surcharge at the outlet is undesirable. If a greater velocity can be attained by a natural inclination of the bed of the culvert, by all means let it be availed of, taking care, however, of two things—first, that the outlet is left naturally clear, so that the effluent water can get away from the culvert at least as quickly as it passes through it ; and secondly, that the cross-section ot the opening be not made so small as to render it liable to be choked up, as the latter would inevitably lead to surcharge, and possible wash away of the bank. Now, as regards this velocity of 18 feet per second, supposing such could be attained by providing sufficient fall in the culvert with a free get-away at the lower end, as a general rule, in such structures, is it needed? The negative answer may be given, L. J. I. HAYCROFT. not because injury would be likely to accrue to the structure, through the occasional occurrence of such a high velocity, but from the fact that the velocity of water approaching a culvert never reaches sucha rate, and whilst decrying any attempt to reduce the natural velocity of approach, there does not appear to be any utility in increasing it for sucha short length, as ordinary culverts reach. Now, what is the natural velocity of approach of a stream. ls it not determined by one of two things, or, perhaps, by both—- viz., the inclination of the bed, and the material through which it passes ? On page 164 of ‘The Australian Municipal Pocket Book of Engineering,” compiled by J. H. Cardew, Assoc. M. Inst. C.E., will be found the following information as regards limits of velocity :—‘‘ To prevent injury to the bed and banks, the velocity of water, in feet per minute, in a channel should be proportioned to the tenacity of the soil.” The minimum velocity is given for soft alluvial deposits as 25 feet per minute, rising to from 300 to 400 feet per minute for shingly and rocky beds. On the next page the velocities in feet per second are given at which various substances are carried off, that at which hard rock will be affected being 10 feet per second. 400 feet per minute, it is hardly necessary to remark, means 62 feet per second. Now, if this is correct, as undoubtedly the author of such a book would be, the maximum velocity in nature - is 10 feet per second, and hence, except it is desired to shift creation, there can be no necessity for increasing this velocity of nature, especially when by doing so the only tangible result is to make the are theculvert so small as to render it liable to be obstructed. Jackson, in his “ Hydraulic Manual,” states that the velocity of slow rivers is 0°33 feet per second, of ordinary rivers is 24 feet per second, and of rapid rivers is 10}. feet per second, and also that the safe bottom velocities for the softer rocks, brick and earthenware, is 44 feet per second, and for hard rock from 6 to 10 feet per second. ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION AND RAINFALL. LI. Though much more might be said concerning this part of the paper, the second part will now be entered upon. The question of providing for rainfall in connection with City or Municipal Engineering, is much more simple than the branch dealt with. The areas, as a rule, are of limited extent, the value of the coefficient of run off is much better defined, and no un- certainty should exist as to the rainfall. The question of area presents no difficulty, and can be cheaply and easily arrived at by means of maps. The method of treat- ment, however, differs somewhat from the case of a railway, for whilst in that instance the configuration of a catchment as regards the existence of “feeder” creeks, running into the main one, is only considered, as regards the volume of run-off at some point on the main creek, in this instance the extent of the catch- ments of these several ‘‘ feeder ” creeks is of importance. Take, for example, the case of a creek running through land in the neighbourhood of a city; whilst in this condition, rain water finds its way into the creek, at probably innumerable point- along its course. As population increases, the area within the catchment of this creek becomes subdivided and built on. The original condition, regulating the flow of rainfall into the creek is altered—streets are constructed, the water channels of which discharge the rainfall into the creek in a concentrated form, in fact, the original catchment, which formerly could be treated as a whole, must now be considered as consisting of a number of catchments, discharging at definite points into the creek. The extent of these sub-catchments must be ascertained, and if a storm-water channel be constructed to supersede the original creek, its size must be proportioned to the several volumes from these sub-catchments discharging into it at definite points along its course. Opinions differ as to the value to be given to the coefficient of run-off. As regards the City of Sydney and the western suburbs, the writer is of opinion its value should be a maximum, or in other words unity. There can be no question in regard to this. in reference to a city—parks and open spaces being specially LII, J. I. HAYCROFT. dealt with ; and as regards the western suburbs, considering the general nature of the soil and the fact that it is maximum rain- fall which has to be provided for, as a general rule the coefficient should be a maximum; the mode of occurrence of maximum rainfall must be considered, as already pointed out, viz., during the continuance of what may be classed as moderate rain, which latter, however, tends to saturate the ground, so that the maxi- mum rain should be considered as falling on impermeable surface. Even in the eastern suburbs, where the soil is sandy, and whilst in its natural condition calculated to absorb more than the soil of the other suburbs, still the coefficient should be high. The writer’s practice, in such a case, has been to take unity as the coefficient, making an allowance in the extent of the catchment according to the nature of the dwellings erected, as, for instance, a catchment thickly built on, with terraces and asphalted yards, would be treated as impermeable, whilst an area of equal extent, on which detached residences with gardens, etc., predominated, would have a lower coefficient. As regards the rate of rainfall, greater diversity of opinion exists. A rainfall at the rate of six inches per hour should be provided for, and has been used in the writer’s practize for Sydney and suburbs. On many occasions, in the courts of this colony, it has been maintained that it is sufficient to provide for a rainfall at the rate of two inches per hour, with only 50 per cent. of that flowing otf areas under 20 acres in extent. What local authorities have to guard against is, that damage to property does not accrue from insufficient provision for flood water, caused by rain other than that of a phenomenal nature, and this less allowance, viz., for 2 inches, has been found inadequate. Now, it is k.own that rain does fall from time to time in the neighbourhood of Sydney at the rate of 6 inches per hour, and should therefore be provided for, since it cannot be classed as phenomenal. Chief Justice Darley, as reported in ‘‘ Browning’s Municipal Digest,” has spoken as follows on this point :—‘‘‘ Phenomenal ’ ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTIOY AND RAINFALL. LITI. rainfall meant a rainfall of an extraordinary nature, out of the common, and such as was not justified by past experience.” The practice of the Works Department is to consider a rainfall of 2 inches per hour, with only a percentage, rising sometimes as high as 50, flowing off. Of course, where large sums are proposed to be expended in storm-water channels, it may be debatable whether, from a pecuniary point of view, it is not advisable to provide for less than the maximum rainfall, so as to reduce the cost. When the maximum quantity to be provided for has been decided, the engineer can easily provide facilities for its getting away in a safe manner, that is, so as not to injure property ; and the question resolves itself into the calculation of the necessary size of pipe-drain, culvert, or open channel to carry off a given volume of water in a given time on a fixed or determined grade. Many formule have been devised for this purpose, but none is so - generally applicable as that of Ganguillet and Kutter. The question of rainfall, when considered from the point of view of water conservation, has to be dealt with in an entirely different manner. With the exception of the bye-pass from a storage reservoir, it is not the question of maximum rainfall in a limited period that has to be considered, but the available volume from the minimum, mean, and annual rainfall. The question of the length of time the water from a catchment will take to flow into a reservoir or channel need not generally be considered, so that slope or length of fetch has but little weight. It is the amount which may be expected to run off a catchment, and be available for conservation for future distri- bution, such as town supply or irrigation, which has to be considered. The question of evaporation does not under either of the other heads enter into practical consideration, but is here of vital importance. Percolation must also be taken account of. Both phenomena have been classed by recent writers under the head of absorption. ‘This varies with the soil and climate. In many cases, however, water which is apparently lost by percola- LIV. DISCUSSION. tion can be recovered by means of boring, so bringing it to the surface again, if the physical features of the district lend themselves to such treatment. Whilst it is most important, under the former heads, to know the maximum rainfall, under this head the mean and minimum rainfall, the latter both in amount and duration, should be ascertained. The maximum period, during which the demand for water exceeds the natural yield, determines the amount of storage required. To properly deal with this branch of the paper in a thorough © manner would occupy too much time. These few remarks will, however, sufficiently indicate how far its treatment differs from the other branches of the subject. Discussion. (Brief Abstract). Mr. C. O. BurGE said that as his name had been mentioned as the author of one of the formule quoted, he wished to say a few words about it, more especially as it had been included in a standard work—Jackson’s “ Hydraulic Manual ”—as one of the three best-known formule in connection with flood discharge. He had been enabled, when in charge of about 100 miles of open line railway maintenance in India, to measure the maximum flood discharge for many years of a great number of large openings ; and from this, and the data of the several basins, he had put together the formula in question. This, after publication in an article in the ‘‘ Professional Papers on Indian Engineering,” had been quoted in the Manual, with a criticism with which he was disposed to agree, and from there had got into Moles- worth’s Pocket-Book. That was nearly 30 years ago, but his experience since led him to distrust all formule on this subject. Tr all of them the constant had too much to bear. For instance, in the formula in question the constant had to include maximum rainfall in a given time, concentration of rainfall, percolation, evaporation, dissimilarity of tributaries from main stream, the influence of ponds or waterholes, &c., all of which varied so ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION AND RAINFALL, LY. much. But even when he published the formula he had accom- panied it by a paragraph, which was quoted, to the effect that the evidence of flood marks and the experience of the engineer were to be preferred to any formula. | Mr. B. C. Simpson thought that all known formule were useless in determining the area of waterways for engineering works, since they were all empirical and founded more or less accurately on certain particular local conditions. The enormous discrepancy in the results obtained by different formule, and the correspond- ence given by the author of the paper from American and other engineers, both indicate the unreliability of formule. The author’s assumption of a velocity of six feet per second was not in accord with facts. Ganguillet and Kutter gave many examples of rivers with a velocity of 13 feet per second. Professor Kernot’s formula, founded on the success or failure of certain waterway works, could have no practical value unless the opening necessary for the outlet of a certain area of watershed had been determined by the success or failure of a very large number of such works, and the actual area of opening in each instance had been qualified by the constant which would be applicable to that particular watershed, according to his formula. The curve on which he based his equation was fixed at many points by only one or two examples. Mr. Haycroft’s attempt to prove the similarity of Burkli-Ziegler’s formula and Professor Kernot’s could only be described as mathematical juggling. Considering the unreliable nature of all known formule, and that the engineer must after all use his judgment in the selection of his formula, and in the application of his co-efficient, it was better to take the quantity of water falling on the watershed during the period necessary for the discharge from its furthest limits, and modify the total resulting discharge persecond by aco-efficient which would be found to vary from ‘05 to ‘5, except in the extreme cases of town drainage ; such coefficient to be arrived at by considering the conditions of shape, slope, and porosity of watershed. Mr. CuHamier said that for different catchments, varying from one square mile up to five hundred, the factor R in his 4 . ; f . ( ~~ LVI. DISCUSSION. formula would decrease from 2 to $. The author, in making the calculations shown in his table, had made R. constant throughout. He wished it to be clearly understood, therefore, that he rejected the whole of these calculations as erroneous. Prof. Keanot regarded the paper as a very complete and valuable compendium of what had been so far settled or con- jectured on a very complex subject. With regard to his own formula, it was at best rough, and to be used only under limita- tions, yet it very fairly corresponled to the most satisfactory practice coming under his notice. Melting snow was a factor which, under certain circumstances, might be of great importance ; in the case of warm rain in spring falling on snow it might be allowed for by an increase of 507 in the constant of his formula. He thoroughly agreed with the authors advocacy of self- registering rain-gauges. Very little had been said with regard to storage, but this in many cases appeared to give considerable relief, and permitted waterways to be reduced in size. As to the velocity of discharge through culverts, he had often gauged it in actual cases, and found it rarely to exceed 8 feet per second. Such velocities as 18 feet per second he considered utterly inad- missable, except in the case where everything in the vicinity was solid rock or masonry. The efficiency of culverts might be raised by making their inlets and outlets approximate in form to a vena contracta. He agreed that the co-efficient of run-off should be unity when the catchment consists of roofs, pavements, and hard metalled roads. Mr. J. Davis thought that the author was to be compli- mented for his industry in collecting so extensive a list of formule. The paper was, however, disappointing, because, while the author fully appreciated and weighed the difficulties of the case, he practically left it in much the same position in which he found it. In considering the provision to be made for the dis- charge of water under railways, streams should be divided into two classes —viz., (A) those flowing from catchments over 200 acres, and, therefore, of comparatively large volume ; and (B) those flowing from areas less than 200 acres. Usually in the ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION AND RAINFALL. . LVII. former (A) the discharge would be found to be of sufficient volume to have created a fairly well defined channel, and where semi-tropical rains are experienced, as in New South Wales, the flooding would have left distinct marks behind. The safest ‘course in all such cases would be to depend upon flood marks and other reliable data obtained locally. The information thus obtained should be checked by taking in conjunction the drainage STORMWATER DRAINAGE. Dertatts oF RAINFALL PROVIDED FOR. o . 2) = §& | Rainfall allowed for [Length of Channel/Length of Fetch fe of Channel. " 5 & | in inches per hour. Gonstaieted abors Channel. a Wallsend and Plattsburg ..) 3040 | 4inch .. ..|53 chains ../ 3m. 10 chns. Orange Stormwater Channel | 4600 | 4inch .. ..|25 chains .. — Newcastle Pasturage Reserve Stormwater Channel ..| 7787 | 4inch .. ..| 2m. 64 chns. | 2 m. 40 chns. Homebush Creek— | s- Hinelis aloyam (Su: Upper portion 620 |< ena i as: Zo Pper Pp i = | 13 in. Railway St. Tron Cove Creek— fone” a val ry Upper portion Nie 14 inch .. of — — Lower portion .. J 1700 |) 1 inch 56 — — Long Cove Creek— Upper portion 1 14 inch .. ae — — Lower portion .. J Sei i imch’... se _ —- Johnstone’s Creek— Upper portion \ (14 inch... : as — = Lower portion J sa lemnche - ae o — Rushcutter’s Bay— Upper portion .. \ 330 2 inches ae -_- — Lower portion ji 13 inch .. oe — — White’s Creek— Upper portion 830 { £2 inch. =a —- —— Lower portion danche #2). oe — — areas, the maximum rainfall, and the grade which the water course would be likely to give when in flood. To compute the discharge for the latter (B), when the slopes are great, and the surface rocky or impervious, the only absolutely reliable course was to assume that the maximum rainfall would flow off at once, and mae provision in the culverts accordingly. Referring to the typical case quoted on Page xli., presumably the Author would make provision for 6” of rainfall over the whole of the catch- LVIII. : DISCUSSION. ment. To this he could not agree. Assuming that some of the catchments to be provided for were small, then it might, perhaps, be safe to base the calculation upon 6” of rainfall. This large provision, however, in his judgment, and in that of the authors of the formule given, was quite unnecessary. With regard to the author’s assumption of a co-efficient of run-off equal to unity when designing storm- water channels in towns, experience proved that this assumption was wide of the fact, in proof of which the cases illustrated in the foregoing table were produced. Such channels had been built in every part of the city, and had proved ample in capacity to carry off the most severe rains. Mr. C. J. Ross thought the author was to be commended for introducing a subject upon which such a diversity of opinion exists, and one which deserves more, and receives so little professional attention. Especially was this the case in Municipal Engineering, as his experience went to show that the matter was usually treated by the old “ rule of thumb” method of personal judgment. He would mention one or two points that had occurred to him in dealing with the question. First, with regard to flood marks He had found that one might very easily be misled by accepting even apparently well-authenticated flood marks. Again, with regard to the basis of rainfall necessary to adopt for local municipal requirements, he agreed with the author in placing it at the six-inch rate, since this was not phenomenal, and (more especially as regards the immediate northern suburbs) the topographical features were very rugged, and, consequently, the gradients were, as a rule, steep, while the catchment areas were small. Again, the natural provisions for drainage were supplanted by artificial ones, and concentration was, therefore, made at every hand. Mr. Carpew thought that the table of discharges in the paper compiled from the formule of Biirkli-Ziegler, Dickens, Fanning, and others, was, toa large extent, useless, either as a table of comparison or reference, since the author did not quote the factors employed in each—such as the rainfall, slope, length ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION AND RAINFALL, LXIx. of catchment, and co-efficient of discharge. The kernel of the whole question of discharge from catchments had been, in his opinion, entirely overlooked—viz , the duration of the rainfall, and its effects, both as regards intensity of precipitation and area affected. The period of maximum flow at the outlet of any drainage area during the progress of a rain-storm occurred when the flood waters from the remotest confines of the catchment, as well as those from the nearer slopes, were reaching the outlet at the same moment. The duration should be proportional to the distance of the outlet from the confines of the catchment. The paper was unsatisfactory in this respect—that, while the author thoroughly reviewed the question, he came to no definite conclusion. Prof. WARREN thought that the use of a formula, expressing the law of flow in so far as it depends on the area and the rain- fall, was desirable in estimating the discharge from a catchment, as the judgment of the engineer had then only to be applied to the determination of the co-efficient in the formula. The result would then be as correct as could be expected from the nature of the problem, and more correct than would be obtained by attempting to exercise the judgment on all the factors of the problem combined, z.e., by guessing the size of the waterway. The formule of Dickens, Kernot, and Birkli-Ziegler were identical, in so far that they each made the area of the opening, or the discharge, proportional to the three-fourths power of the area; but in the Biirkli-Ziegler formula, the engineer was enabled to exercise his judgment more in detail, and thus obtain more accurate results. The intensity of rainfall on areas of various sizes, and the time necessary for it to flow from the more remote portions of the catchment had been dealt with by Mr. Chamier. He agreed with the general remarks on rainfall made by Mr. Chamier, but he disagreed altogether with his method of introducing it into a formula. If, for example, 6 inches of rain fell on a catchment in six hours, and it took 12 hours for the rain falling on the most remote portions of the catchment to reach the outlet, then he saw no objection in a problem of this LX. DISCUSSION. character to assuming that the 6 inches might have fallen in 12 hours instead of six, and that the rate of fall was one-half an inch per hour; but having decided the proportion of the total rainfall which reaches the outlet, this should then be multiplied by the half-inch rainfall, to obtain the actual maximum flow of water in cubic feet per second per acre. The difficulty in this method was the determination of the time the rainfall took to run to the outlet from the extreme portions of the catchment ; but having decided this, no reduction factor was necessary, excepting the C in Mr. Chamier’s formule, which must include evaporation» percolation, and all retentions of flow. It was obviously absurd to divide the total rainfall by the time of flow from the remote portions of the catchment, and use the value so obtained for R in a formula of the Burkli-Ziegler type. Mr. MERFIELD said he wished to add to the already long list of formule another, that might be of interest* :— 0=440 RM/V. The author of the formula says: “The full amount of the rainfall per hour should be used in the formula, for areas of one square mileand less.” This he assumes to be one inch per hour, but for larger areas he gives a table for the rainfall. He thought that the formula of Mr. Chamier might well have been eliminated from the author’s list. Although it might to the uninitiated appear to be new, it could be shown by a simple reduction to be essentially identical in form with that of Prof. Kernot. THe AvutTHor, in reply, said he could not agree with Mr. Burge in a general condemnation of all formule, except when they were of the type referred to, where the constant had so much to represent; it was, indeed, for this very reason that formule of the Burkli-Ziegler type, when used intelligently, became useful. Mr. Simpson was in error in calling the various formule referred to empirical; as a matter of fact, these formulz were rational, as they could be derived by the application of known laws, and there wasa total absence of experiment, which * 1. Jour. N.Z Inst. Surveyors, vol. I1I., pt. 8. The notation is altered to agree with that used by Mr. Haycroft. V—vel. in miles per hour. ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION AND RAINFALL. LXI. formed the essence of an empirical formula. Mr. Simpson’s quotation of Ganguillet and Kutter as giving many examples of rivers with a velocity of 13 feet per second, and stating the assumption on the part of the author of 6 feet per second as not being in accord with facts, were due to misezpprehension on Mr. Simpson’s part. As regards this particular subject, he was quite aware of the existence of rivers with a velocity of 13 or more feet per second, but in no part of his paper could he be accused of advocating the application of a formula in such a case. It was, as was pointed out, where a formula was applicable, and the velocity of the water was unknown, as in the case of a creek with intermittent flow, that he considered it better and safer practice to assume a low velocity, for the reasons given. As regards the charge of mathematical juggling preferred by Mr. Simpson against the author, the latter was quite content to leave the matter in the hands of those qualified to give an opinion on this point. He agreed with Mr. Davis, and, indeed, so stated in the paper, that reliable flood-marks were preferable to any formule. He could not agree as to the hard and _ fast division of catchment areas into two classes, as proposed by Mr. Davis ; and as an old railway engineer could assure Mr, Davis that such a course would be impracticable, however suitable it might prove in the design of storm water channels. As regards the typical case put forward by him, and referred to by Mr. Davis, the latter was in error as to his meaning. The illustration was given to point out the absurdity of grading the rainfall: he had never intended that provision should be made for a 6-inch rainfall over all the catchments between the terminal points, but only such of these as, through the extent of their areas and other circumstances, would render them liable to such a rainfall. Mr. Davis’s table of storm water channels, which he produced to prove his (Mr. Haycroft’s) assumption of a co-efficient of run-off equal to unity, in the case of town drainage, as being wide of the fact, was not pertinent, as he would never think of proposing such a_ value for areas of the extent given in the table. An analysis LXII. DISCUSSION. of this table, however, proved very interesting. Thus, taking Johnstone’s Creek area, the rainfall provided for was 14 inches per hour, and the Rushcutter Bay area, the rainfall was 2 inches per hour. He was aware that in the latter case the increase in rainfall. was made on account of the relative smallness of this area compared with the former ; but Mr. Davis, in his practice, seemed to take no notice of the nature of the catchment. In the former case the catchment would be rendered practically impermeable after a gentle, soaking rainfall ; whilst in the case of Rushcutter Bay, the nature of the catchment was such that, after several days’ rain, very little would find its way into the channel. Mr. Davis stated that these channels had been constructed in every part of the city (Sydney); but he had yet to learn that any of those given in the table were within the city boundaries. Mr. Ross’s remarks were apropos, and valuable, as coming from an observer, who, like the speaker, had to deal with such questions in his daily practice. Mr. Cardew’s opinion of the table of discharges in the paper was fallacious, as the very information which he said was not given was stated very fully on the diagram, accompanying the paper, which was compiled from the table referred to. Mr. Cardew’s remarks on the subject of the duration of rainfall were entirely novel, and personal to himself. According to Mr. Cardew’s statement, if the duration of a rainfall were not sufficiently long to fulfil his conditions, maximum flow would not occur at the outlet. Nothing could be more absurd. The direction, and not the duration, of the storm was the controlling factor. A storm travelling in the same direction as the water flows off a catch- ment towards the outlet, would cause a flood of much greater volume (and in particular cases the maximum volume for such a catchment) than the same rain storm travelling in an opposite direction, or one at right angles to the course of flow-off, though in each case there was the same amount of rainfall. Again, the duration of rainfall by Mr. Cardew’s method was pure guess work, which should be eliminated from all rational formule. In conclusion, he desired to thank the various members for their ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION AND RAINFALL. LXIII. outspoken criticism, and having been charged by some with not having propounded a definite solution of the matter, he begged to decline such a herculean task ; indeed, in the paper he stated that this subject did not lend itself to general treatment. Each particular case must be decided on its merits—not, how- ever, that he wished it to be inferred from this that formule which were put forward for general use might prove useless on that account; but that such formule, if used intelligently, can and cannot, according to its nature, be applied to a particular case. NOTES ON WHARF IN DEEP WATER, DAWES’ POINT. LXIV — SOME NOTES ON A WHARF RECENTLY BUILT IN DEEP WATER AT DAWES’ POINT, SYDNEY, NEW SOUTH WALES. By Norman SELFE, M. Inst. C.E., M.I. Mech. E. [ Read before the Engineering Section of the Royal Society of N. 8S. Wales, September 21, 1898. ] THE commercial enterprise necessary to the provision of private wharf accommodation appears to have been developed very early in the history of New South Wales. The first regular landing place was probably the “‘ King’s Wharf,” still remembered as the “Queen’s Wharf” by old inhabitants, situated between the Commissariat Stores and the Fire Station in George Street North. In a map of the town of Sydney, printed with the Sydney Direc- tory for the years 1835 and 1830, every building then in existence, both public and private, is shown, and there are no less than six private wharfs at the North end of the town, They are Camp- bell’s wharf, recently resumed by the Government; Walker’s wharf, adjoining Dawes’ Point, still known under the same name , Lamb’s wharf, a little south of Walker’s, and the site of the jetty to be presently referred to; Aspinall and Brown’s, now the Central ; and Bettington’s, now Dibbs’ wharf. When the late Captain Lamb first established his business on the Southern half of what is now known as Parbury’s wharf, . there was a line of cliffs about 100 ft. back from the waterline ; and although a small area (to straighten the frontage and give room for landing goods) has since been purchased from the Crown, the front of the houses in Lower Fort Street are still only 250 ft. from the old sea wall, and the street is 60 ft. above high water mark. With such a shallow depth to the property, and such a heavy rise to the street at the rear, a steep road was inevitable, and it was made worse by the sharp turn in it. Consequently the outlet from this wharf has had the reputation for many years of being one of the worst in Sydney. —— ¢ o ’ 7 Braovevs RE Sean nts Faavnvr Ganoen ISLAND 60 Ciaan tstayD s — - . Ve Biuss PE r «2 ae, pw (fm lnvane - ware ree iS a) é any Pa ddineton —EOCAL SKETER -— - EWE o £2. £0 32, tJ <2. fe ra ecaews as’ +MON CAP, ” Cure 27RAP ane eae | Se = 2F INS —=> Fai | \ R_ LA AS — 72 °512 C/RDERS 4, Lh .—==————SSSSS"__ 78 Cosego 70 Neansrocxs NY J = nO * ) <7 WS 3 ¢ . sz - ‘ Journal Royal Society of N.S.W., Vol. XXXII, 1898. (Engineering Section.) , — NOTE | QATem 40m £EVELS, YEAN HIGH WATER MAAR Sweos i FSA AT sis ce da i NU ND i ili 1 LLU eae 14 64ee Boor ya Oscars A Waarr in Deep Water at DAWE’S POINT, SYDNEY. 51 opts (NORMAN SELFE, M. Inst. C.E., M.I. MECH, E.) NORMAN SELFE. LXV. When, a few months since, at the expiration of an old lease, the wharf reverted to its owner, Mr. Chas. Parbury, it was understood that the ease was not renewed, owing to the sup- posed impossibility of building a jetty over such deep water and soft mud. Mr. Parbury thus found himself in possession of an isolated broadside wharf, with a water frontage of only 280 feet. of no use whatever in connection with modern ships; _he, therefore, with a view to modernise and utilise his property to its fullest extent, consulted the author, who formulated the scheme of improvements which have just been completed. These include a forty-ton sextuple-power waggon hoist, with a platform thirty feet long, and the jetty which is the subject of this paper. | The dimensions of the jetty ultimately settled upon, and as built, are 350 ft. long and 60 ft. beam—as shown by the accompanying plan. When the position had been determined upon, two lines of soundings and borings were made, which showed that the rock was reached through about 50 ft. of mud or silt, and clay—approximately, about half of each. The upper 25 feet of silt is so soft as to be practically of no use as a support to the piles ; but the clay is extremely tenacious, generally, when down fifteen or twenty feet into it. The rock bottom was found to be irregular, and falling to the north side ; in some cases there was as much as nine feet difference in the width of the jetty. The borings, when plotted as per plan exhibited, made two things very clear, viz., that the rock, through a great part of. its length, was more than 120 ft. below the deck of the jetty, and that diagonal piles would have to be 140 ft. long. It was also seen that until the clay was reached, there was no support, either vertically or laterally for the piles. Sufficient vertical support could, perhaps, have been obtained by “‘collaring” the piles at the heavy clay line, but considerations of lateral stability deter- mined that all the piles should go to the rock. The specification stipulated that the piles at the toe might vary between 13 to 15 in. inside the bark, 14 in. being the 7 LXVI. NOTES ON WHARF IN DEEP WATER, DAWES’ POINT. mean diameter, and so long as that size was maintained the con- tractor could use as many single-tree piles as he pleased. The stipulations as to the heads were as follows (assuming: that they might be obtained in one length) :— Piles up to 40 ft. not less than 18 in. at the head 60 ft. oy) 99 20 in, 9 9 1O0Mte an, jy pee eee > 120 ft. ,, » ein ae There was found to be no difficulty in getting piles up to at least 100 ft. long to fulfil the conditions of diameter at the head, but such sticks of that length as were brought down for approval would not run more than about ten inches, instead of fourteen, at the point, which put them beyond consideration. In formulating a method for building the long piles from two: trees, it was considered by the author that anything in the nature of an ordinary diagonal scarf would be certain to fail. The stiffness of the bottom clay made it evident that there would be a lot of heavy driving, which would tend to burst ordinary scarfs, even if strongly hooped. It was, therefore, determined to make square butts, and to fish the two lengths together, instead of scarfing them. This was done as shown to larger scale on the plan. The specification for the long built piles, stipulates that they shall be made from two turpentine trees with their butts: together ; these butts to be carefully fitted, when the two trees are “lined up” and drawn closely together, by running a saw through ; which ensures contact all over the two ends. ‘e ‘sont NOTES ON HYDRAULIC BORING APPARATUS. LXXVIII. < G. H. HAULIGAN. LXXIxX. half their full extent, or it became jammed between the tool and the side of the tube, and prevented any movement one way or the other. To get over this difficulty the improved appliance was provided with a sliding shutter C, flush with the outside of the tool. When the jaws are closed a wooden plug is inserted in the conical hole B, thus keeping the jaws from opening until the too} strikes the bottom. The force of the blow shears the wooden plug, and the jaws at once expand. There is nothing to cause a jam in the pipe, and the appliance cannot fail to act. The second improvement was the lengthening of the distance from the ex- panding plug E to the cutters F, thus allowing for less spring in the steel jaws and less liability to injury at EH. The method of driving the tubes through clay or soft rock, where under-reaming is difficult and slow, is shown in Fig. 3, and calls for no description. When it is necessary to keep the pump going while hammering the tubes, the arrangement shown in Fig. 4 is adopted. On account of the difficulty of getting any cramps to hold on the smooth tube, no heavy driving can be done with this appliance without injury to the pipe. The hinged spanner or cramp, shown in Fig. 5, was designed to save time on the work. Most of the fishing tools, augers, drills, etc , have already been described in detail in a report on ‘Drilling and Boring Artesian Wells, as practised in the United States of America,” by C. W. Darley, M. Inst. C.E., under whom the author has the pleasure to serve, and to whom he is indebted for much valuable advice and assistance in connection with the work now being described. The sections of some of the bores carried out with the appara- tus here referred to (Figs. 6, 7, 8), show that it is capable of valuable work, and the attached statement giving the cost will show that it is done at a reasonable rate. The cost of the work done out of Sydney includes freight charges by steamer, rail or dray to and from the work, as well as the fares of the men, repairs to gear and incidental expenses, and the cost of raising the tubes. LXxXxX. NOTES ON HYDRAULIC BORING APPARATUS. No. | Toran | Cost LOcALITY. STRATA PASSED THROUGH. OF DEPTH | PER Borss.} BorReEpD.| Foor. *Manning River, Killa- For the most part through ft. | 3 ae warra and Bungay shale with a little sand | 13 345 | 5 0 * Camden Haven ... | Principally indurated sand| 77 | 2035 | 1 84 * Morilyary... ie ...| Sand, decomposed granite, etc. “ oe Meas 152 | 3 84 * Camden ... ase ...| Sand and ‘gravel, with bands of stiff clay | 4 207 | 3 83 *Dunmore, Patterson River | Drift and clay _.. 5 309 | 2 7 * Hinton, Patterson River | Alluvial, sand and drift . 4 lis") 3 * Murwillumbah, Tweed ) | Sand, clay and drift, bands River. of soft rock By 10 540 | 3 0 Blue’s Pt., Sydney Harbour Mud, sand, clay, and ballast | 12 184) 2 5 Pyrmont Bridge, do. ...| Mud, clay, and soft rock... | 32 654 | 2 03 Dawes Pt. do. ...| Mud, sand, and soft rock | 93 380 | 2 102 Sydney to North Shore) | Mud, sand, ee and soft Bridge rock oe 35 | 1818 | 2 0% * Hydraulic pressure was not used on these works. On the last mentioned work a careful record was kept of the progress of the work and from it the following information has been compiled :— Boring through 1161 ft. sand and clay, and soft sandstone by Aydrenlic pres- sure ... ore 9d. per ft. do. 320 ft. stiff clay avai soft sand- stone by boring tools only... 3s. 4d. per ft. Drilling through 337 ft. soft and hard sandstone... 5s. 3d. per ft. Total drilling and boring... 1818 ft. 1, se ... 2s, Odd. per ft. Under favourable circumstances ie tubes have been sunk through coarse sand or mud 30 feet in one hour, and through stiff mud or soft clay from 10 to 15 feet in the same time. The clay that cannot be pierced by the 4 in. boring tubes under hydraulic pressure of 110 lbs. to the square inch is very stiff indeed. At Funafuti a depth of 108 ft. of coarse Halimeda sand and coral gravel was pierced in 22 hours, and from this time 3 hours may be deducted for repairs to faulty hose, etc., giving 19 hours of actuai work. When the depth of water exceeds 80 ft., driving the tubes has to be conducted with great care even in perfectly smooth G. H. HALLIGAN, LXXXI. water. If any movement of the boring punt takes place, owing to the swell, variable current, or other causes, and a true blow cannot be struck, its force is lost in the spring of the tube and serious injury to the pipe is caused. This was particularly noticeable when sinking the bores lately at the atoll of Funafuti in 101 feet of water. The work was carried out by the author from the bow of H.M.S. Porpoise, kindly lent by the Admiralty for the purpose, but, although the water in the lagoon was as smooth as it generally is in Port Jackson, the oscillation of the SECTIONS OF BORINCS SUNK BY HYDRAULIC APPARATUS ——(N NEW SOUTH WALES === ~HAe— 7: ns PERS Reet wit heralds — — = : = - = a7 ¥ ry Fias. 6, 7 AND 8. ship prevented a true blow being delivered, when it became necessary to drive the tubes, and the work could not be continued. From a double punt, such as already described, where, of course, no oscillation takes place, some heavy driving through stiff clay and soft rock has been done in 80 feet of water. It is, however, doubtful if the 4 in. tubes would stand much hammering in a greater depth of water, however carefully done. The author wishes here to acknowledge his indebtedness to Mr. H. Fleming, Resident Engineer Public Works Department, to whose skill and constant care a large measure of the success of the boring apparatus here described is due. LXXXIlI. NEW SOUTH WALES LIGHTHOUSES. NEW SOUTH WALES LIGHTHOUSES. By H. R. CARLETON, m.a.1, M. inst. c. £. [ Presented to and discussed at the Engineering Section of the Royal Society of N. 8S, Wales, December 21, 1898. ] Coast SuRVEYs. Ir one of the early navigators could revisit the shores of Australia, he might well wonder how he could have done such good work without the lighthouses, lifeboats, pilot steamers, charts and sailing directions which we now look upon as necessities of our maritime life. Those old mariners from Eredia in 1601, De Quiros and Torres in 1606, Edel in 1623, Peter Nuzts in 1627, Vampier and Cook in 1770, had rougb work exploring and charting the broken coast line of Australia, and R. de Vaugondy’s map of New Holland in 1752 shows how wonderfully these early chartographers could utilise the primitive appliances at their com- mand. It was not until 1799, or twenty-nine years after Cook landed at Botany Bay, that a systematic attempt to obtain a chart of the coast of Australia was made, but in that year Commander M. Flinders, in the sloop Jnvestigator, commenced a survey em- bracing the whole’of the east coast, from Cape Howe to Cape York. His chart of Terra Australis was published in 1814, and copies are now very rare. Soundings were taken about every three miles on the ship’s course, and the principal islands, reefs, shoal patches, land marks, etc., sketched in. These early reconnaisance surveys have proved to be remark- ably accurate when we consider the nature of the work and the class of instruments then available. Almost the whole of this work is done from the vessel’s deck while working along the coast under sail, checking being done by astronomical cbservations as often as circumstances will permit. In these days of patent logs, sounding machines, and steam launches, such work is compara- tively simple and expeditious, but before steam vessels were known, or patent logs invented, the work required more seaman- ship, and more time to attain anything like a fair amount of correctness. H. R. CARLETON. LXXXIIl An accurate survey of our coast extending from the shore to beyond the 100 fathom contour, shewing all reefs, islands, nature of the bottom, and variations in depth, was completed by joint arrangement between the Admiralty and the Colonial Government in 1889, and leaves nothing more to be desired in this respect. It is not unusual when a vessel has been wrecked to attribute the cause to striking on an uncharted rock, but when these statements have been investigated before the properly constituted tribunal, in no single instance have they been substantiated. Wrecks on Coast or New Soutu WALES. A complete record of the wrecks on the coast of New South Wales has been kept by the Marine Board since the establish- ment of that body in 1871. Only the more notable wrecks seem to have been recorded prior to the creation of the Board. Between 1873 and 1896 419 wrecks occurred on the coast, consisting of 96 steamers and 323 sailing vessels. The total tonnage lost amounted to 68,817 tons, carrying in crews and passengers 4,344 souls, and the number of lives lost was 595, or an average of one person in every seven wrecked. The estimated value of the vessels Jost during this period is £1,180,736, and 134 vessels of those lost were insured to the amount of £385,345, The greatest number of lives lost in any one vessel was 71 in the Ly-ee-moon. Ninety-nine wrecks occurred through foundering at various points along our coast line, 34 wrecks have taken place at Port Stephens, which place is chiefly used as a harbour of refuge, 2 wrecks occurred at Sydney, 27 at Newcastle, 24 at the Richmond River, and the others as shewn in the table (Appendix I.) EARLIESt LIGHTHOUSES ON COAST. Macquarie Lighthouse was the first building of its description erected in New South Wales—the first lighthouse in the Southern hemisphere. Its foundation stone was laid on the 11th July, 1816, by Governor Macquarie, as the following extract from the Government Gazette of 13th July, 1816, sets forth :—‘“ On Tuesday last, notwithstanding the severity of the weather, His Excellency LXXXIV. NEW SOUTH WALES LIGHTHOUSES. the Governor and staff, accompanied by His Honor the Lieu- tenant Governor, the Judge Advocate, and Captain Gill, the Principal Engineer, proceeded to the South Head where (every- thing being in readiness for the occasion) His Excellency was pleased to lay the foundation stone of a most useful building in- tended for the several purposes of a signal and lighthouse, and a guard house and barracks for a small military detachment. The centre of this building, we understand, is to be raised 65 feet above the Jevel of the eminence on which it is placed, and will form a square pyramidal tower, on the top of which a light is to be placed for the direction of vessels approaching the coast, which from its elevation will be seen at an immense distance at sea, and be an object handsome to behold from the town of Sydney. The wings of the building are to form the guard house and barracks. Huge blocks of excellent stone are prepared for the edifice, and afford the strongest assurance that it will prove a permanent security for all vessels that may approach the coast. To this building which opens the prospect of a monument for future ages to contemplate with pride, His Excellency gave the name of Macquarie Tower, and when considered with a view to the com- mercial interests of this colony, it cannot fail of proving a most valuable and important acquisition.” A correction of the des- cription appeared in the Gazette of 20th July, 1816, and ran as follows:—‘‘The centre of this handsome building is to be raised 65 feet above the eminence on which it is placed, and will form a square base or pedestal with a circular tower crowned with a frieze, on which will be carved the four winds in alto relievo distri- buting their good and evil qualities from their drapery as they appear to fly round the tower, above which will be a cornice and lantern with revolving light, the whole forming an appropriate capital to the tower. On the inside is intended to be a geometri- cal stone staircase leading up to the lantern, and two basso relievos will be on the pedestal. The wings of the building are to form the guard house and barrack.” The building was designed and executed under the superinten- dence of Captain John Gill, Acting Engineer; Francis Howard H. R. CARLETON. LXXXV. Greenway was the Architect. The tower was completed in 1817, but it was found necessary to repair it in 1822, as the construction was considered faulty. The light is said to have been of the third order catoptric. ‘ | The second light erected appears to be the Beacon Light at Newcastle, the earliest record of which is 1828. The third is the floating lightship at the entrance to Port Jackson in 1836, and the fourth Gillibrands Point or Williamstown, Port Phillip, in 1842. | The Superintendent of Port Phillip selected Cape Otway as a site for a lighthouse on 21st April, 1846, and Mr. C. J. Tyers was sent to select sites for lighthouses at Cape Howe or Gabo Island in 1846. ADMINISTRATION. The first lighthouses appear to have been directly under the control of the Colonial Secretary's Department. In 1825 an Act was passed authorising the payment of tonnage rates into the hands of the Naval Officer for the use and main- tenance of the Port Jackson (Macquarie) Lighthouse. In 1832 a similar Act was passed but directing that the payments should be made to the Collector of Customs for the maintenance of the Lighthouse. In 1843 Her Majesty was pleased to appoint Herion Marshall Moriarty, Esquire, Lieutenant in the Royal Navy, to be. Port- master in the colony of New South Wales, and this gentleman’s predecessor appears to be the Officer referred to in the 1825 Act. The date of the appointment of the first Pilot Board is un- certain, but in 1862 there existed a Department of Harbours, Lighthouses and Pilots. This Pilot Board consisted of W. A. Duncan, Chairman; Captain T. Watson, Captain R. Towns, Captain Rountree, Captain Vine Hall and W. F. Norrie. This Board resigned their appointments 26th November, 1862, and the new Board appointed comprised — Pilot Board :—F’. Hixson, R.N., John Crook, C. Harrold, for issue of certificates only. Superin- tendent of Pilots, Lighthouses and Harbours:—F. Hixson, R.N. LXXXVI. NEW SOUTH WALES LIGHTHOUSES. Steam Navigation Board :-—E. O. Moriarty, Chairman; B. Darley, C. Smith, J. Watson and H. T. Fox. The lighthouses are now under the jurisdiction of the Marine Board appointed under the Navigation Acts of 1871-96. LIGHTHOUSE OPTICS. Before describing the lighthouses it will be desirable to re-state — a few of the principles of lighthouse optics. Three laws govern the change of direction in the incident light produced by refraction— | 1. Incidence and refraction in a structure such as glass occur in a plane perpendicular to the refracting surface. 2. The sines of the angles of incidence and refraction have a fixed ratio, called the index of refraction, and a ray of light falling normally on a surface suffers no refraction. 3. The effect on a ray of light passing from air into glass is to make the angle of refraction less than the angle of incidence, and the converse takes p!ace on passing from glass into air. A ray of light passing from glass into air has its angle of re- fraction greater than its angle of incidence, and there is some angle of incidence whose angle of refraction is greater than a right angle. Beyond this no refraction can take place, and a ray is totally reflected. The index of refraction of glass is about 3. This index is usually represented by the letter p, and is equal to the sine of the angle of refraction divided by the sine of the angle of sin r sin 2° greater angle than about 42° with the normal, total reflection incidence = If, therefore, the incident ray makes a takes place. 12% 124 8. IDISTANC! DESCRIPTION SIBLE H raw SYOAGY OF LIGHT Hori20; POINT DANGER ee : QUEENSLAND “A TWEED RIVER-----— 372 |-4" order catadsoptric, FINGAS, HEAD fixed brighr 1g! t mMaciH TYEE A BRUNSWICK =S5 35) CAPE BYRON----4 345 RICHMOND R8- - | 328 |-4'*order cafadioptric, fired bright hig) r os fo, eny BORE, << CLARENCE ARIVER--- 294 |- 4 order catadioptric. Fixed bright Ne t. nano, WOOLGOOLGA G@AY----- 4 253 - ‘ *5.SOLITARY ISLAND---- 246 |-Lorder nolophotalciopmic, COFFS Shea 4 iG revolving Chignt Kon? a RMI BELLINGER RIVER----- 4 228 S NAMBUCCRA RIVER- -—-- 4 219 > MACLEAY RIVER-----~—- | 212 SMOKY CAPE-—-—- -----| 20) |-l*order dioptric, shows Se a es, oright light : I wermRrRis c® 't4B 07 TACKING POINT—- - - ----- (72% |-— 4 order catadiopiric, fixed oe j bright light CAMDEN! HAVEN—— —"— — —s—— ie 159% MANNING RINER-- - -- A) --- 1A) — 4™ order catadioptric fixed (CROW DY HEAP) bright light GARESHAW KH Ben 2S } SEAL ROCKS - SUGARLOAF PT—----- 107 | WMorder diopinc holophok! a ae revolving bright hight HELSONS NRAD- Caropinie) fimee while + ST is 0 ¢ Iain PORT S$ ERHE NS a Bea ees apes eeenl 63 _ aMclass catoptric revolving n Ve . ES7PORT HUNTER- NOBBYS.----— ---- - - ------| G2 Catoptrie Giaaah cote3 font LAKE) MACQUARIE =) 1-1 $90 4 c. # Si WALLER Awy 0a, Wy E] : \ wiser “7 i fgG. | 7 i B¥enonen cay - BARANIUE.- ------------------| 7 | -2etorder dioptne, fixes yf Z a x red light J WORMBY - - - - --- - ----------------------- |. order Cotoptric. fixed ehife Is!) 1-5 ae Ss = = Sass oa ae _ iNorter dioptric, holophoial, /PORT JACKSON ~ MACQUARIE a S feschung elvetrie igh also | OTF. SS ate a a as caviar FORT HACKING- -- SeSeeoses ose eee Sse ce] iy || © a | - —------------- Al 3 -------------- —------------;------+ 36 ies “1 aN OFY- POT PERPENDICULAR - - ------ ---- ---- -- cm™yie Tee ers) | SeMOMTAGS ISLANDS —-------- - - - - - TATHRA—- -- --- - ee eee eee ee RiveR CAPE hey oe) now (SAND ee ee i oe e 56 4Morder dioptric, fixed whe Tight? 4 = 4order giopreic, fixed green Wg r - Fined rect light iSlorder dhopiric, revolvin bright Want § ~Garsptric? revoly, PEE ry ae - White light Ng white | (orster diopiric, Fixed and fiashing bright Nght. Catoprric;fixed ced light - torder diontric, revol “Ying white hight H. R. CARLETON. XCIX. flame is about six inches, and great heat is given off, special care being necessary to prevent breakage of the glass chimney. Mineral oil is chiefly used in New South Wales, and the oil is made to flow into the burners by various means. Fresnel’s in- vention consisted of four small pumps worked by clockwork which forced the oil upwards to the flame. Other modes are by weights acting on a piston, by a spring doing the same office, in the pneumatic lamp by means of the pressure of air in the reservoir, and another plan is by placing the reservoir slightly higher than the lamp, the oil thus flowing freely by gravity to the required level. CHARACTERISTICS. The increase of lights naturally leads to the necessity of dis- tinction between them. What is required is a well defined and easily recognised light. The main distinctions are Fixed and Revolving. Fixed, though less powerful than Revolving, is a useful distinction, as coloured sections can be shown from it to- indicate dangers in the neighbourhood. With a Revolving light this cannot be effected, but Revolving lights are more distinctive than Fixed lights, the alternations of light and darkness are so marked as to strike the most careless observer. The tendency of late has been in the direction of shortening the interval of dark- ness, very few of the longest periods being now more than a minute, for with the increased speed of steamships a considerable distance might be traversed before the full character of a long period light could be made out. The characteristics in use are :— 1. Fixed. 2. Revolving light, gradua!ly increasing at equal periods to full power, and then gradually decreasing to eclipse. 3. Fixed lights, varied by flashes ; shows a fixed light which at certain periods is varied by white or coloured flashes. 4. Flash- ing, shows a single flash at intervals of a few.seconds. 5. Group Flashing, shows groups of two or more flashes in quick succession, separated by a period of eclipse between the groups. 6. Inter- mittent, which bursts instantaneously into full power, and, after remaining for a period as a fixed light, is suddenly eclipsed. Cc. NEW SOUTH WALES LIGHTHOUSES. 7. Alternating lights of different colours, generally white and red alternately. 8. Double lights. REVOLVING GEAR FOR LIGHTHOUSE APPARATUS. This is a clockwork motion, the motive power of which is a heavy weight suspended and working through a wrought iron tube in the centre of the tower. The cage itself vevolves upon and is supported by a roller base, consisting of a series of small rollers, kept equidistant, which revolve round the centre, and on their own spindles, thus reducing the friction to a minimum. The gear is fitted with a governor to regulate the speed of rota- tion, and is of the conical pendulum centre weight type. The centre weight consists of a metal disc connected to the governor arms, and the lift and speed is regulated by two set screws pro- jecting from the main framing. The motion can also be stopped at any time by means of a similar set screw which can be made to press on the edge of the disc. The weights, which are sus- pended by a pulley from an endless chain, are wound up periodi- cally according to the speed of rotation of the cage, the act of winding having no effect upon the revolving gear. In case of accident or repair to the gearing, the cage can be discon- nected and caused to revolve by manual power from a winch handle. Cost. The total capital expenditure on the Lighthouses up to the present has been about £200,000, and the present annual cost of attendance, stores, &c., about £11,500. The total expenditure on repairs and maintenance and additions during the last forty years has been £24,000. The design, construction, maintenance and repairs of the Light- houses were originally under the Colonial Architect, Mr. Barnet, but were transferred to the Harbours and Rivers Department in 1889, and placed under Mr. Cecil W. Darley, M. Inst. Calg the present Engineer-in-Chief for Public Works. H. R. CARLETON, Cl. New Licatsouse, Point PERPENDICULAR. It has long been known that the Cape St. George Lighthouse was not erected in the most suitable position, and a lighthouse is now in course of erection at Point Perpendicular which, when completed, will take the place of the Cape St. George Lighthouse. This establishment, a description of which will serve as a type, consists of a lighthouse with quarters for a principal] lightkeeper and two assistant keepers, with all the necessary storerooms, workrooms, stabling, cartshed, and other outbuildings, also a flagstaff and flag house for signalling purposes, The site of the lighthouse is situated in Lat. 35° 5’ 5” §., Long. 150° 50’ 0” E. on the extreme point of Point Perpendicular, distant about 150 feet from the edge of the cliff, which is here 284 feet above H.W., and has a sheer vertical face with deep water at the foot. A service road has been cut and formed from the lighthouse site to a sheltered Bay in Montagu Road, Jervis Bay, distant about five miles, where a jetty 200 feet long and 12 feet wide is constructed -with turpentine piles and hardwood girders and decking. The jetty is L shaped and has at its outer end a depth of nine feet at L.W. It is sheltered from all but the west and north-westerly winds, so that goods and passengers can be landed safely. A lock-up storeroom is provided adjacent to the jetty so that goods landed may be left in safety until it is convenient to transport them to the lighthouse. The storeroom is 15’ x Le and 9’ high, and is constructed of hardwood framing, and the walls covered with tallow wood weatherboards of special design. The roof is covered with red tiles and the floor is laid with stout tallow-wood boards. The building is raised on concrete blocks to a height of two feet from the ground, the space being left open for ventilation. The rain water from the roof is collected and stored for use of persons who may be detained at the wharf. The lighthouse establishment is situated on a level plateau with but little depth of surface soil, so no difficulty is experienced in obtaining a solid rock foundation for the whole of the walling, and advantage has been taken of the abundance of good, hard, coarse sandstone in the immediate neighbourhood to construct CII. NEW SOUTH WALES LIGHTHOUSES. the building, as far as possible, of concrete; the walling through- out being of concrete blocks cast in moulds of suitable size and shape to the various portions of the work, mostly in courses 12” high. These blocks, when moulded, are cemented on all external faces, then stacked until fit for use, when they are set in the same manner as is used for ordinary stonework, being bedded and jointed with cement mortar and having a margin of painters’ putty on the outer edge of all beds and joints. This class of work, while novel to the colony, is largely used in other parts of the world, and has the advantage of obviating the disfiguring cracks caused by shrinkage of material usually seen on the faces of structures built with mass concrete. LIGHTHOUSE BUILDINGS. The lighthouse buildings proper comprise the tower with entrance lobby and porch, and two large rooms for use as store and workrooms. They face the south-east, the tower being in the centre and having half its diameter clear in advance of the rest of the buildings, the work and storerooms being on either side with the lobby and porch in the central rear. The tower is 11’ 9” diameter in the clear inside, and 44’ high from the ground to top of walling. It stands on a footing of mass con- crete let into the rock as far as is necessary to insure solidity, the external face of walls rising from a bold moulded face and with a concave batter to the top, which is fitted with a massive cornice supporting the projecting gallery round the outside of the lantern. The tower is divided into three stories by concrete floors, 12” thick, the level of the lowest floor being kept up 3’ above the ground. Access to the various floors is gained by staircases 3’ wide extending from floor to floor, constructed of concrete blocks built in as the work proceeds, and fitted with rubbed slate treads, similar slate being fitted round the margin of all well holes, the treads being fixed with strong brass screws for the convenience of renewal when worn. The handrail to all staircases is of 2” heavy brass tubing, the balusters are of orna- mental wrought iron, and the newels are of cast iron. All the H. R. CARLETON. CIIl. concrete floors are paved with small black and white tiles, and the internal face of tower walls, together with the concrete ceil- ings and staircase, are smoothly rendered with cement and decorated with paint work. ‘The various windows, six in number, which are necessary to light up the floors of the tower, are small in size, and are made very strongly of gun-metal cast- ings to a perfectly waterproof design, and glazed with polished plate glass, 2” thick. The entrance lobby on the ground floor is 10’ long 6’ wide and 12’ high, having a tile floor and cedar entrance door with embossed plate glass panels and side lights opening from a porch, 6’ x 6’, which has an open entrance and side windows, and is paved with trachyte, and has a flight of trachyte steps. The storeroom and workroom are each 18’ x 15’, situated on each side of the entrance lobby, and entered from the same by cedar doors. These rooms are 12’ high, and are roofed over with flat concrete, 12” thick, supported where necessary on rolled iron girders. The flat roof thus formed over the whole area of store and work rooms, lobby and porch is paved with Val de Travers asphalt, and is entered from a door opening from the first door of the lighthouse tower, the door being protected from - the weather by wing walls and roof of concrete, and the whole is surrounded by embattled parapet walls 4’ high, ample provision being made by surface gutters and down pipes for remov- ing the heaviest downpour of rain. The internal walls and ceilings of all these rooms are cemented, the walls are painted, and, together with the tower, have a sunk dado moulding. The lower portion, or dado, being painted a darker colour and varnished. The outer walls of this block of buildings are finished with channelled joints to all concrete blocks in piain wall surfaces, and a bold splayed battered plinth and a massive cornice with plain fascia and architrave moulding is carried all round ; the whole being painted in plain colours. The floors of the store and workrooms are paved with Val de Travers asphalt, the windows are of cedar, having the lower portions fixed and the upper portions made to open as fanlights with strong brass CIV. NEW SOUTH WALES LIGHTHOUSES. fanlight openers. These rooms are fitted up with strong pine shelving for lamp glasses and other stores, strong stands for oil tanks, work table with drawers and shelves, and a wash sink with pump connected with an underground rain-water tank of 3,000 gallons capacity, having a manhole with raised trachyte kerb, and galvanized wrought iron cover and wrought iron foot holds built into the tank walls for access. The tank is sunk in the solid rock and lined all round the walls. with mass concrete 12” thick, and the floor with concrete 9” thick, the roof being formed with flat concrete 12” thick flush with the surface of the ground, the whole being carefully rendered with cement inside. A margin 6” thick and 6’ wide is put all round this building at the ground level, and having a fall from the walls outward rendered with cement to protect the foundations, of the buildings. At the top of the tower the lantern room is surrounded by an open gallery with a clear space all round, 4’ 4” wide, the floor of which is of trachyte 16” thick, in sixteen stones with radiating joints and moulded outer edge. The upper surface of these stones or floor of gallery is paved with Val de Travers asphalt to prevent any soakage of water into the walls below. The outer edge of the gallery is protected by a parapet wall of trachyte 3’ 6” high, having a moulded coping and panelled front. The whole of the trachyte work is strongly put together with copper cramps and dowels in all joints, and the floor stones are bolted down to the tower walls with wrought iron rods. The lantern room with its floor and domed roof, also the lantern and illuminating apparatus weighing altogether about 33 tons, have been manufactured by Messrs. Chance Brothers & Co., to the order of the New South Wales Government, and have been imported at a cost of nearly £4,000, and are not included in the contract now let for the buildings, the contractor for which, however, has to convey them from Sydney and erect them in position. The lantern room is circular in plan, 12’ id” clear diameter inside. The floor is of wrought iron chequered plate supported H, R. CARLETON. CV. on rolled iron girders. The walls are of cast iron to a height of 7’, lined on the inside with sheet iron, the spave between inner and outer surfaces being utilised for the admission of fresh air to the lantern, gratings being placed at intervals on the outside, and brass hit and miss grating on the inside for regulating the quantity and direction as required. Above the cast iron base is. an open framework 10’ 3” high, having astragal bars paved with polished plate glass 3” thick in lozenge-shaped squares, so that no vertical bars can obstruct the beam of light. A cast iron gallery supported on cast iron ornamental brackets is carried round the lantern both inside and out at the base of the glazed framing to facilitate cleaning operations, the gallery has perforated cast iron floors and light wrought iron handrail for protection, and is accessible by means of short flights of step ladder of wrought iron. The lantern room is roofed by a dome having sixteen cast iron ribs covered inside and out with strong copper sheeting, and surmounted by a strong copper ventilator, 6’ diameter, with a weather vane in the centre which, acting upon a dial visible in the room beneath, indicates to the keeper on duty the direction of the wind, and so enables him to regulate the admission of fresh air. The apparatus itself is of prismatic glass in gun-metal framing, nine sided with concave sides. It is about 6’ diameter and 9’ high, partially domed or contracted at top to a diameter of 2’ 3”. It is a first order dioptric revolving white light, triple flashing every 20 seconds, and making one complete revolution each minute and a half. The apparatus is attached to a cast iron base or carriage fitted with a gun-metal toothed driving wheel, and revolving on conical steel rollers, the driving wheel being operated on by a gun-metal driving pinion worked by a clock- work arrangement of steel and gun-metal, the motive power for which is obtained by weights suspended on chains working in a wrought iron tube 16” diameter passing through the whole height of the tower, aud having doors for access on each floor. Should any accident occur to this machinery provision is made for continuing the revolution of the lantern by hand gear. i. a, CVI. NEW SOUTH WALES LIGHTHOUSES. The height of the focal plane above the ground will be 56’, and above H.W. 304’, the visible horizon at this level being 234 miles, Due south of the lighthouse and distant 100’ therefrom is the Signal Station. The flagstaff is within 60’ of the edge of the cliff. Itis 60’ from the ground to the top of the truck, and consists of a mainmast, topmast and four radiating spars with the necessary rigging. The flag house is situated 25’ to the eastward of the flagstaff. It is a circular structure 6’ in diameter, built with concrete blocks and cemented inside. The roof is of concrete and conical in shape, slightly concave on its outer surface. The roof terminates at the eaves with a moulded cornice and at the apex with a cast cement ball terminal. Provision is made for ventilation by gratings, and the house is fitted up with 39 pigeon holes, each 12” x 12” x 9”, to hold the signal flags, and there is also a small fixed table. (JUARTERS. The keeper’s quarters are situated due south of the lighthouse and distant about 70’ to the nearest point. The buildings are constructed throughout of concrete blocks on mass concrete foundations. The roofs are framed of hardwood covered with red tiles of the French pattern, manufactured by Messrs. Goodlet and Smith, of Granville, each tile being secured to the roof timber by a loop of strong copper wire. The external walls are plastered throughout, and have cement polished skirtings. A fireplace is provided to each room, and these are lined throughout with colored glazed bricks and finished with cement mouldings and slate mantels and hearths. An underground rain water tank, similar to that described for the lighthouse building, but capable of holding 6,500 gallons, is supplied to each house with a brass- barrelled lift pump and sink inside the scullery. The verandah and laundry floors throughout’ are paved with Val de Travers asphalt on concrete, and they are roofed with tiles. Each cottage has a fair allowance of garden ground enclosed by concrete block walls 7’ high, and having concrete paths and edging to the soil beds, the soil for which to a depth of 18” is carted from a H. R. CARLETON. CVII. distance. The entire area enclosed for the three houses is 203’ x 130’, all in one block, the front fence wall being rather lower and finished with an iron railing on top. Earth closets are provided to each house, and a stable with coachhouse and work- room for carpenters or other work. The rain water from the roofs of these buildings is collected in three 400 gallon tanks. The drainage from the buildings is carried away in stoneware drain pipes, discharging over the face of the cliff where they are fitted with cast iron bends turned downwards. Inspection pits fitted with raised trachyte kerbs and wrought iron manhole. lids are placed at intervals along the line of pipe, and doors are fitted to the pipes at certain portions to allow of a collection of waste water in the higher levels of the pipes which can be suddenly discharged for flushing purposes. Ventilating pipes for foul air are connected with the drains and taken up to discharge above the roofs of cottages. The entire premises are enclosed from cliff to cliff on the N.E. and N.W. sides by a paling fence 6’ high, and a fence is also placed along the edge of the cliff. A three-rail fence is also put across the promontory from cliff to cliff, enclosing an area of about 80 acres to provide pasturage. The whole of the detail plans, specification, bill of quantities containing 400 items, and the estimate, have been prepared by Mr. Charles Harding, the architect in charge of lighthouse design in the Public Works Department, under the direction of Mr. C. W. Darley, M. Inst. C. E., Engineer-in-Chief for Public Works, and are so complete that Mr. Darley has decided to adopt them as the standard for lighthouse work in the future. Mr. Harding’s estimate of the cost of tho work was £10,266 5s. 8d., anda tender has been accepted for £10,719 16s. 10d., which shows remarkable care and accuracy when the isolated position and diticulty of access to the lighthouse.is taken into consideration. A sum of money has been placed on the estimates for the construction of a first order lighthouse and equipment at Cape Byron, i7 miles north of the Richmond River, the most eastern point of Australia. CVIII. Appenpix I. Lighthouse and Latitude and te of Gobatranaon Longitude. Green Cape. | 37°15" 7'S. 1883. 50s 2 ae Twofold Bay, 1862. Montagu Island, 1881. Ulladulla, 1873 ae is! 149° 55’ 6” 1h 30, 1b°3" BS. 150° 14’5” E. 35° 22’ 3” SB. 150° 31’'3” KE. NEW SOUTH WALES LIGHTHOUSES. 3 25%) Visible o 8 8 : Description of. £e5 | Horizon Light. 4 2 Bf 7. os os nautical SS s| miles. lst order diop- | 144 ft. 14 tric ; revolving white light, flashing every minute; visible between 8. 4 W. and N. ? W. Catoptric ; fixed | 133 ft. 133 red light, visible seaward between N. -39° EH. and S. 62° E. lst order diop- | 262ft.| 184 tric fixed, and flashing bright light; fixed for 33 seconds, then a flash of 5 se- conds, between two intervals of 16 seconds dark- ness. Keepers. -, | Annual | ie Solatics 3 | £008" Pilot £160 3 | £488 ~ £22,304 — kr H. R. CARLETON. THE COAST OF NEW SOUTH WALES. CIxX. DESCRIPTION OF BUILDINGS. Tower. Quarters, Situated on the extremity of Green or Bundoora Cape, Disaster Bay. Tower is 68 feet high from ground to floor of lantern, divided into 4 stories. Built with concrete mass walls, cemented inside and out. Iron staircases and floors. Bluestone gallery round lantern, with gun-metal railing. Small oil store attached to tower, also built of concrete, with domed concrete roof. Detached store and workroom is also provided, of similar construction to quarters. Situated on the southern extremity of Lookout Point. The tower is 28 feet high from ground to floor of lantern room, built of hardwood timber on stone foundations, walls being covered externally with weatherboards. Tower 10 feet square at base, and 6 feet hexagon in upper portion, with projecting hardwood gallery round lantern, with iron railing, externally. Situated on alarge granite boulder on the summit of the Island. The tower is circular, 11 feet diameter inside, 40 feet high from top of boulder to floor of lantern, the boulder being 18 feet high from the ordinary ground level, sealed by a flight of granite steps. The tower is divided into 3 storeys, built with dressed granite Painted white | | with weatherboards on the outside, and plastered walls 3 feet thick at base, battering to 2 feet | thick at top, with iron staircases and floors. Granite gallery round lantern, with gun-metal railing. The oil store is a detached building at foot of the boulder, and is built as described for quarters. Originally situated on the pier at Ulladulla Harbour. Was removed to Warden Head in 1889. The tower is constructed of iron, circular on plan, 11 feet diameter at ground, diminishing to 8 feet diameter at top; 27 feet high from | house. Quarters are provided for head keeper, con- taining 5 rooms, with kitchen and storeroom, also a room for visiting officers; and quarters for 2 assistant keepers, each with 4 rooms, kitchen and storeroom ; all built with brick walls, cemented outside, and with galvanized iron roof covering. Underground rain-water tanks of 6000 gallons capacity are provided to each house. Stable and cart shed are also provided, and a timber jetty with storeroom at Bittangabee Bay. Quarters are provided for pilot or harbour master (who has charge of the light), consisting of three rooms with out offices; and also for his boats crew and customs landing waiter, con- sisting also of 3 rooms with out offices. The quarters are situated at the rear of the tower, and attached to same, and are constructed of hardwood timbers on stone foundations, covered inside. shingles. The roofs are covered with ironbark A verandah 5 feet wide is carried all , round the building (except kitchen) supported ~ on wood posts and roofed with galvanized | corrugated iron. Quarters are provided for head keeper, contain- ing 5 rooms, with kitchen and storerooms; also a room for visiting officers, and quarters for 2 assistant keepers, each with 4 rooms, kitchen, and storerooms, all built with brick walls and cemented outside, and with galvanized iron roof covering. Underground and rain-water tanks of 6000 gallons capacity are provided to each Stable and cart shed, built of timber, are also provided, and a timber jetty with crane and boathouse at the landing place. Quarters were erected in 1890 for 1 keeper at Warden Head, containing 4 rooms and kitchen with out offices, all with brick walls cemented outside, on concrete foundations, and with galvanized iron roof covering. An undergronnd NEW SOUTH WALES LIGHTHOUSES. Cx. PARTICULARS OF LIGHTH! : 3282) viene | Sa N spate and | Latitude and Description of ease Horizon | sa NO. 3 : Se epee in ——— Govistrictien: Longitude. Light. ae > S nautical N Annual |- mS) miles. Salaries. | Ulladulla— : Continued : : E 5 | Cape St. George, | 35° 9’ 3” S. | Catoptric; re-|224ft.) 17 3 | £465 = 1860. 150° 474” KE. | volving, white, ee. ereen, and red, q alternating every 3 minute. tae (i g 6 | Point Perpen- | 35° 5’5” 8. | 1st order diop- |304ft.;| 20 Contract . dicular, 150° 50’0” E. | tric; 9 - sided, Amount: | 1897 revolving, bright mi) (now building). light, triple a flashing — every a 20 seconds, and Wharf, a making ] com- £ ee) plete revolution Lantern, © in 13 minutes. Ee: +7 | | | t » H. R. CARLETON. pOOAST OF NEW SOUTH WALES.—Continued. CxI. DESCRIPTION OF BUILDINGS. Tower. Quarters. eround to fioor of lantern, divided into 8 stories, with wood floors, connected by iron ladders. The foot of tower enters the ground to a depth of 74 feet, and is bedded in a solid mass of concrete 9 feet deep. Situated about 1 mile north of Cape St. George. | The tower is 53 feet high from ground to floor | of lantern, divided into 3 stories. It is circular in plan, 10 feet diameter inside. Built of sandstone, dressed both sides, bedded in lime mortar. The floors are of wood, and the internal staircases of iron, with a stone staircase from ground to Ist floor, torming entrance to tower. is also of sandstone, with a wrought iron hand- rail. An oil-store is provided in part of quarters building. Situated on Point Perpendicular, Jervis Bay. The Tower is 44 feet 43 inches high from ground to floor of lantern, divided into 3 stories circular in plan, 11 feet 9 inches diameter inside. Walls 33 feet thick at the base, Walls 34 feet | thick at base, tapering to 2 feet thick at top. | The gallery round lantern | Ii is | tapering with a concave batter to 24 feet thick | at top. Built of concrete blocks, bedded in cement mortar, the beds being crossed with a cement fillet; the faces of walling are cemented inside and out; the floors are of concrete, with tiled surfaces. The internal staircases are also of concrete, with slate treads, wrought iron balusters and brass tubular hand- rail. The floor of lantern room is of ironwork. The projecting gallery outside lantern is of _trachyte, trachyte parapet wall. The tower is entered from a lobby, 10 feet x 6 feet, having a tiled floor and outer porch 6 feet square. On each _ side of lobby are the workroom and store, each 18 feet x 15 feet; the floors paved with asphalt. The roofs of the stores, lobby, and porch are of concrete, flat, supported on rolled iron girders, and paved with Val de Travers asphalt, a door and having — supported on concrete oversailing | cornice and paved with asphalt, and has a | | 'vain water tank of 6,000 galls. capacity is provided. Quarters were originally provided for the head keeper, and assistant keepers, in a block of 1 storey buildings round the tower, which rises from the centre of them, 3 rooms being provided for head keeper, and 2 each for under keepers, inclusive of kitchens. The walls are of sand- stone, dressed both sides. ‘The roof is of stone flageing laid flat, supported on cast iron girders. and covered on top with asphalt. Additional rooms and verandahs have since been added to _ this block of buildings, and it is now devoted to | the use of the 2 under keepers only; a new _ weatherboard cottage on hardwood piles, con- taining 7 rooms, being erected for head keeper in 1877. Quarters are provided for head keeper in a detached cottage, containing 4 rooms, with kitchen, laundry, and storerooms, also a room for visiting officers; and quarters for 2 assistant keepers in 2 semi-detached cottages, each containing 4 rooms, with kitchen, laundry, and storerooms. The walls are of concrete blocks, cemented outside, and plastered within. The roofs are covered with red roofing tiles, of the Marseilles pattern. Verandahs, 8 feet wide, are put round all principal fronts, paved with Val de Travers asphalt. and roofed with tiles. Underground rain water tanks, of 6,500 galls. capacity, are provided to each house. A detached workroom is provided, as also is a 2-stall stable, a coachhouse, and the usual out offices. The fence, walls, enclosing gardens, _ &e., are all of concrete blocks, and the yards _ and pathways to houses and gardens are paved with concrete. CXII. No. Lighthouse and Latitude and Date of : Construction: Longitude. Point Perpen- dicular— Continued Shoalhaven, 34° 51’ S. 1882. 150° 47’ BK. Kiama, 1887. | 34° 40’ 4” §. 150° 5’ KE. Wollongong, 34° 25'S. 1872. 150° 55’ 5” EB. Macquarie (Old), | 33° 51’ 2” S. HST: 151° 18’ 37 PARTICULARS OF LIGHTHO Description of Light. Height of NEW SOUTH WALES LIGHTHOUSES. focal plane above high water mark Visible Horizon in nautical miles. Fixed red light. Ath order diop- tric, fixed green light. Red dan- ger, and green on breakwater ; lit by gas. Also one fixed green light on extremity of breakwater. 4th order diop- tric, fixed white light, shewing between NNE and E by 83 E. A fixed red ight is shewn from NE side of light- house, where it is dangerous to to enter the harbour. 3rd order cata- dioptric, white light. 119 ft. 56 ft. 346 ft. 123 (o2) NIH 214 Keepers. Annual N Salaries. Pilot.) £236 Pilot) eaten DE i f MD. hes nn ibn H. R. CARLETON. CxIII. COAST OF NEW SOUTH WALES.—Continued. DESCRIPTION OF BUILDINGS. Tower. Quarters. on Ist floor of tower opening on to same. A margin of concrete paving, 6 feet wide, is put all round the outside of the building, and an underground rain water tank of 3,000 galls. capacity, with pump, &c., is provided for the use of the workroom, &c. A timber wharf and storeroom are also provided at the landing place. Situated on the north point of entrance. Situated on the hill above Blowhole Rock. The tower is 38 feet high from ground to floor of lantern, divided into 3 storeys, with wood floors and iron ladders Circular on plan, 53 feet diameter inside, with brick walls 21 feet thick at the bottom, battering to 13 brick thick at top, 103 feet diameter externally at base, tapering to 8i feet diameter at top, having a gallery of dressed freestone round lantern,. with iron railing. The foundations of tower are of concrete. Gas laid on from town supply. Situated on end of breakwater. The tower is 37 feet high from the ground to the floor of lantern, constructed throughout of iron, circular on plan, 13} feet diameter at foot, diminishing by a concave batter to 8 feet diameter at top; divided into 3 storeys, with wood floors, con- nected by iron ladders, the bottom one being on | the outside, giving entrance to the tower on the ist floor. The lantern has an outer gallery of iron, with iron railing. The foot of tower stands on a base of dressed stonework, and is fastened to the ground by 12 wrought iron anchor rods, each 2 inches diameter and 12 feet long, having large washer plates; the whole buried in a mass of concrete 12 feet deep. Situated on South Head of Port Jackson Taken down in 1883. The tower was 58 feet high from ground to floor of lantern, divided into 3 stories, the lower floor being domed over with brickwork, and utilised as an oil store. . Circular on plan, 11 feet diameter inside, built of dressed Quarters are provided for 1 keeper, containing 4 rooms and out offices. The walls are built of brickwork, cemented outside, and _ plastered inside, on concrete foundations, and roofed with galvanized corrugated iron. Verandah on one front. An underground rain water tank, of 6,000 galls. capacity, is provided. No quarters provided. Quarters were provided for 2 keepers in 2 wings, each about 24 feet square, one on either side of tower and attached to same. These wings being 2 stories high, with 1 room on each floor, ani entrance lobbies, staircases, landings, &c. The bedrooms on upper floor were surmounted CXIV. Lighthouse and No. Date of Construction. Macquarie (Old) Continued 11 | (Macquarie New) 1883. 12 | Hornby, 1858 Latitude and Longitude. 33° 51’ 2” §. 151° 18’ 3” BE. 33° 50’ 2” S. 151° 18) 77 Es PARTICULARS OF LIGH' Description of Light. Height of focal plane above high water mark lst order diop- tric; holophotal, revolving white light, electric light, gas or oil; visible between | N. by E. } and S. by E., shew- ing a flash every minute and making a com- plete revolution in 16 minutes. lst order catop- tric ; fixed white 345 ft. 90 ft. NEW SOUTH WALES LIGHTHOUSES. | - Horizon in nautical miles. Visible _ No. Keepers. | | Annual £867 £19,620 « oe H 4 a { i } { \ { I | H. R. CARLETON. CXYV. COAST OF NEW SOUTH WALES.— Continued. DESCRIPTION OF BUILDINGS. Tower. Quarters. sandstone, the base of tower externally is 24 feet square to a height of 16 feet, above which the building is circular, the walls being 3? feet thick at the bottom, tapering to 23 feet at the top. The tower is entered by a stone staircase from an adjoining lobby, landing on the Ist floor above oil store 133 feet high, from which a circular stone staircase with iron railing rises to the next floor 34 feet 8 inches above Ist floor, the lantern being reached from this level by a wooden ladder. The upper floors and lantern gallery are constructed of wood, with iron railing. The lower position of lantern 43 feet above floor is also of wood, circular on plan, covered outside with copper. being duo-decagonal, with vertical and hori- zontal framework for glass, surmounted with a copper dome and vane. Situated immediately in the rear of the old lighthouse at South Head, of Port Jackson. The tower is 61 feet high from ground to floor of lantern, divided into 4 stories All floors and staircases are of iron It is circular on plan, 114 feet diameter on the inside, built of sand- stone, dressed both sides, designed to resemble as closely as possible the old lighthouse. The base of tower, externally, is 234 feet square, to a height of 17 feet, above which it is circular, the walls being 4 feet thick at the bottom, tapering to 3 feet thick at the top. Bluestone gallery round lantern, with gun metal railing. Engine room, oil stores, and workrooms are ‘provided in 2 one storey wings, one on either The lantern itself | by domes, 12 feet diameter, framed of wood- work and covered with lead, light being admitted by small glazed lanterns in the apex of each dome. The walls were built of dressed stone- work, designed to work in with base of tower. Two detached rooms, each 13 feet square inside, were also provided, one at each extremity of the _ ground on the road frontage, for the accommo- side of tower and attached to same, the wings © being each about 24 feet square, surmounted by domes constructed of woodwork and covered with lead. The engine room contains two 8-h p. Crossley’s gas engines, and two De Meritens magneto-eleetric machines, weighing 23 tons each. A gasholder, containing 4 or 5 days supply, is also provided, connected with the mains of the Australian Gas Light Co. Situated on edge of cliff at inner South Head, Port Jackson. The tower is 25 feet high from dation of the military guard. Quarters are provided for 1 engineer superin- tendant, 1 assistant engineer, and 3 under keepers in 5 one storied houses, in 3 blocks, 1 single house, and 2 blocks of semi-detached. That for the superintendent containing 5 rooms, and all others 4 rooms, and all with kitchens, storerooms, &c. The walls are of dressed stone- work, plastered inside. The roofs covered with galvanized iron, and verandahs round all frontages. Underground rain water tanks, of 6,000 galls. capacity, are provided to each house, and water is laid on from the mains of the Metropolitan Water and Sewerage Board. Stable and cart shed are also provided. Quarters are provided for head keeper, con- taining 6 rooms, with kitchen and storerooms, CXVI. NEW SOUTH WALES LIGHTHOUSES. PARTICULARS OF LIGHTHOUSES ON THE ; 32 'ms Visible eepere No. aioe aa Latitude and Description of 2n5 A Horas —— F Cost of Construction. Longitude. Light. ee 52| nautical | y Annual | Erection. MS2§| miles. °- | Salaries. Hornby— light, shewn Continued from SE by 8S eastward to NE4 |E. Lantern originally im- _ ported for King’s 4 Island. 13 Barrenjuey, 33° 35'S. 2nd order diop- |371ft.| 22 3 | £431 £16,400 1881. 151° 20'5” E. | tric ; fixed red ‘ | light, shewn be- | | tween SSE and | | NE through E. | | 14 | Nobby’s (New | 32 59° 3" Se | Catoptric ; fixed | 115 ft. 124 3 £513 £4,465 _ castle), 1858. | 151° 49'3” E. | white light, with | fixed red light | over breakwater. H. R. CARLETON. CxXVII COAST OF NEW SOUTH WALES.—Continued. DESCRIPTION OF BUILDINGS. Tower. Quarters. ground to floor of lantern, painted outside in red and white stripes. Circular on plan, 10 feet diameter, with walls of 23 feet thickness at the bottom, tapering to 14 feet thick at the top. Divided into 2 floors, the lower floor used as an oil store, an external flight of stone steps leading up to the first floor, the inner staircase, from this level to floor of lantern, being of iron. The floors are of wood; the walls are built of sand- stone, dressed both sides. The gallery round lantern is of stone, with an iron railing. Situated on Barrenjuey Head, Broken Bay. The tower is 39 feet high from the ground to the lantern floor. Circular on plan, 10 feet diameter inside. The base externally is octagonal to a height of 13 feet, above which the tower is circular. It is divided into 3 stories, with iron floors and staircases. The walls are built of local sandstone, dressed on both sides, 5 feet thick at the bottom, tapering to 2 feet | thick atthe top. The gallery round lantern is also of sandstone, supported on massive stone | cantilevers, and having a gun-metal railing. The oil room is 13 feet square, attached to the base of tower. both it and the tower being entered from a passage leading down by an | open stairway to the head keeper’s quarters. Situated on south side of entrance to Port Hunter. to floor of lantern. access to the lantern above built of dressed stone 2 feet thick at the base, The tower is 13 feet high from ground | Circular on plan, 102 feet | diameter inside, in one storey, which is used as | an oil store, etc., a step ladder of wood giving | The walls are | | etc. tapering off to 1 foot 5 inches thick at the top. | The gallery round lantern is of wood, supported | on iron cantilevers. lantern are also of wood. The stone walls are carried up 3 feet 9 inches above the lantern floor, and upon this is set the iron framework, having yertical and horizontal bars for glass. The ironwork framing is duo-decagonal on plan, and surmounted with a pointed roof, framed of iron, and covered with copper. The floor of oil store and | and for 2 assistant keepers, each containing 4 rooms with kitchen, laundry, &c. The walls are of dressed, coursed, rubble stone, plastered inside. The roofs covered with galvanized corrugated iron. Verandahs are put to all principal fronts. One underground rain-water tank was provided, holding about 6000 gallons, also several 400 gallon iron tanks for the general use, but the water from the city mains has since been laid on. Quarters are provided for the head keeper in a detached house containing 5 rooms with kitchen in the basement, and storerooms, the quick slope of the ground making the building 2 stories high on one side; also for 2 assistant keepers in 2 semi-detached cottages, each containing 3 rooms, with kitchen, storerooms, The walls are of dressed, coursed, rubble stonework, plastered inside. The roofs are covered with galvanised corrugated iron. Verandahs are put round all the principal fronts. Underground rain-water tanks of 6,750 gallons capacity are provided to each house. Quarters are provided for the head keeper in a detached cottage containing 5 rooms and kitchen, and for 2 assistant keepers in 2 semi-detached cottages, each containing 2 rooms and kitchen. The walls are of brickwork on stone foundations, plastered inside. The roofs are covered with galvanized corrugated iron. Verandahs are put to the principal fronts. CXVIII. NEW SOUTH WALES ’ PARTICULARS OF LIGHTHOUSES ON THE LIGHTHOUSES Lighth d Beer tenes: SOUS ae Latitude and Description of (2—6-= 8| 7 0rz0n No. ‘ ip Se Goacieeeneet Longitude. ight. 38 eS nautical mT o2§| miles. 15 | Point Stephens, | 32° 45’ 2” S. 8rd class catop- | 126 ft. 123 1862. 152° 13’ 3” E. | tric; revolving ‘red and white light, alternat- ing every min- ute, with a short eclipse between | the colours. | | 16 Nelson’s Head | | Catoptric; fixed | 175 ft. 153 (Port Stephens), | white and red 1872. | light, bright sea- ward, eclipsed | 'over entrance | shoal, red after _ shoal is passed, and bright to_ S.W. | 17 | Sugarloaf Point 32° 26’3”S. Ist order diop- | 258ft.| 18 1875 (Seal Rocks), | 152°33'7” E. tric; holophotal, 16 sided, revolv- ing bright light, flashing every 4 'minute, and -having a 4th order dioptric fixed green light lower in tower as warning from | Seal Rocks. Cost of above in London, £3400; ‘ditto of green light, £80. Keepers. Annual No. Salavied! 3 £410 1 £134 | 3 £522 | Cost of = Erection. ‘£7,400 £2,837 £18,973 H. R. CARLETON. CXIXxX. COAST OF NEW SOUTH WALES.— Continued. Tower. DESCRIPTION OF BUILDINGS. Quarters. Situated on south side of entrance to Port Stephens. The tower is 52 feet high from ground to floor of lantern. Circular on plan, 10 feet diameter inside, divided into 4 stories. All floors and interval stairs are of iron. The itself being entered by a flight of stone steps, landing at 1st floor level. of sandstone imported from Sydney, dressed both sides. They are 6 feet thick at the ground line, diminishing by a concave batter to 2 feet thick at the top. The gallery round the lantern | The | walls are carried up 44 feet above the lantern | floor, and upon this is set the metal framework | is of stone, guarded by an iron railing. for glass. The tower is an octagonal structure, 11 feet | _ covered with slates. The walls are built | internal diameter, 1 storey in height, attached | to the keeper’s residence, and entered from the | verandah of same. The walls are built of brick in cement, 14 inches thick, cemented outside and in. The room is vaulted with coke concrete _ corrugated iron. 9 inches thick, over which is the pointed timber | roof framing, covered with galvanized iron, and | with the copper ventilating cowl for lamps in the centre. Present structure erected 1876, originally of wood. Situated on Sugarloaf Point. 22 feet high from ground to floor of lantern room. Circular on plan, 11 feet diameter inside, divided into 2 storeys. The lower floor is used as an oil store. A flight of external bluestone steps with gun-metal railing leads from the > ground to the first floor level, at which point the | light tower is entered, a flight of iron stairs leading up to the lantern. lantern room is of iron. The Ist floor over oil store is of concrete, it and the oil store being | paved with asphalt. The walls are built of sandstone, imported from Sydney, dressed both sides. tapering to 2 feet at the top. The outer gallery round lantern is of bluestone, with gun-metal railing. A ring fence wall of stone, 4 feet high, with gate, is placed round the tower, leaving a The tower is | Quarters are provided for the head keeper and assistant keepers, in a terrace of 3 one storied cottages, the head keeper having 4 rooms, and _the others 3 rooms each, all with kitchens, | storerooms, &c. lower floor is utilized as an oil store, the tower | The walls are built of dressed Sydney stone, plastered inside. The roofs are A wide verandah is put all round the terrace. Two underground rain- _water tanks, each of 7,650 galls. capacity, are provided, also a stable, and a boatshed with slip. Quarters are provided for 1 keeper ina one-storied cottage, containing 4 rooms, with kitchen, and with verandah on 8 sides. The walls are built of brickwork, cemented outside and plastered inside. The roof is covered with galvanized An underground rain-water tank, of 6,000 galls. capacity, is provided. Krected in 1875. Quarters are provided for the head keeper in a _detached cottage, containing 5 rooms with _ kitchen, storerooms, &c ; The floor of the | They are 2 feet 9 inches thick at the base, | and for 2 assistant keepers in 2 semi-detached cottages, each containing 3 rooms, with kitchen, storerooms, &c. The walls are of sandstone, imported from Sydney, dressed on the outside and plastered inside, on local stone rubble foundations. The roofs are covered with galvanized iron. Wide verandahs are put all round the houses. Underground rain-water tanks are provided to each house, that for the head keeper containing 6,750 galls., and the others 4,725 galls. each. The sites for quarters have been excavated out of the hillside, heavy retaining walls being erected at the back and sides of excavations, and to the pathway to lighthouse. CxXX, No | | Lighthouse and | Date of Construction. 18 WS) 20 | | Sugarloaf Point — Contiuued _ Crowdy Head, | 1879. Tacking Point, 1879 Smoky Cape, 1891. NEW SOUTH WALES LIGHTHOUSES. oT i ‘a a 0G of US Latitude and Description of |S'a“& Longitude. icht. pa S & mses 31° 51’ 2”8. | 4th order cata- | 185 ft. 152° 46’ E. | dioptric ;_ fixed bright light, shewing Red over Mermaid Reef, northward to the land. | 270° and 90° reflector. 31° 28’ 7” S. | 4th order cata- | 195 ft. 152° 57'3” E. | dioptric ;_ fixed bright light. 210° sand 90" reflector. 30° 55’ 7” 8. Ist order diop- | 420 ft. 153° 6’ E. the Fish Rock) tric; bright light, shews 3 flashes in 10 seconds, followed by 20 seconds eclipse. A subsidiary red light is provided on the first floor of tower, to cover danger, with ] mile clear in all directions. Visible Horizon in nautical miles. 23 Keepers. Agel Nig Sailanes i £116 l £126 3 £427 Cost of Erection. — _ £4,365, exclusive | of lantern. £4,000, exclusive of lantern. ~ £12,400 “a 7 H. R. CARLETON. CXxI. COAST OF NEW SOUTH WALES.— Continued. DESCRIPTION OF BUILDINGS. Tower. clear space of 9 feet all round, paved with glazed paving bricks. Situated on Crowdy Head, Manning River. | The tower is 12 feet high from the ground to floor of lantern room. Circular on plan, 6 feet diameter inside, in 1 storey, with an internal iron staircase. The walls are built of brickwork 1 foot 7 inches thick at the base, tapering to | foot 2 inches thick at the top. The outer gallery round lantern is of bluestone, supported on bluestone corbels, and with an iron railing. The floor of lantern room is of iron. The tower | stands on a bed of concrete, 2 feet 6 inches | thick, forming floor and foundations. Annexed | to the tower is an enclosed porch, and 2 rooms, | i being an oil store, and the other a room for the keeper when on duty; all built of brick, roofed with galvanized iron, the rooms having boarded floors, and the porch a concrete floor. | All walls are cemented outside and plastered | inside. Situated on Tacking Point, Port Macquarie. Construction precisely similar to that at Crowdy Head. Quarters. Quarters are provided for 1 keeper in a detached cottage, containing 4 rooms, with kitchen and store, &c., and with back and front verandahs. The walls are built of brickwork, on local rubble stone foundations, the walls being cemented outside and plastered inside. The roof is covered with galvanized iron. An underground rain-water tank, of 6,000 galls. | capacity, is provided. Precisely similar quarters to those provided at_ | Crowdy Head. Situated on Smoky Cape, Trial Bay. The tower | is 32 feet high from ground to floor of lantern room, 12 feet diameter inside, and octagonal outside, divided into 2 stories, with iron floors | The walls are built of mass | and staircases. concrete, cemented inside and out, 34 feet thick | at the base, tapering to 24 feet thick at the top. The gallery round lantern is of granite, sup- _ plastered inside. ported on moulded granite cantilevers, and | having a gun-metal railing. The tower is entered from an enclosea passage 43 feet wide, from which also 2 storerooms are entered, each 142 feet x 10 feet. built of mass concrete. A screen wall of concrete, 4 feet high, is built all round the tower, at a distance of 75 feet from same, the space thus enclosed, also the floors of store- rooms, being paved with concrete, and cemented. | The walls of which are also | put all _galvanized iron, and paved | Quarters are provided for the head keeper in a detached cottage, containing 4 rooms, with kitchen and stores, also a room for visiting officers; and quarters for 2 assistant keepers 2 semi-detached cottages, each containing 4 rooms, with kitchen and stores. The walls are built of mass concrete, cemented outside and The roofs are covered with galvanized iron. Verandahs, 8 feet wide, are round the buildings, roofed with with concrete. Cemented underground rain-water tanks, of 6,000 galls. capacity, are provided to each house. A stall stable, with cart shed and forage room, are also provided. Extensive excavation and stone retaining walls were necessary in preparing the sites for these buildings. CXXII. NEW SOUTH WALES LIGHTHOUSES. PARTICULARS OF LIGHTHOUSES ON THE . og ee Ss ac| Visible K ' ‘ Axes : eepers. = Pashthoure and Latitude and Description of |S 6" 8 er Cost of 0. - ate of Longitude. Light. BS 2 : Erection. onstruction. O86 + nautical NG Annual Mo2| miles. * | Salaries. Smoky Cape— Continued 21 | South Solitary | 30°11’ 8’ S. | 1st order holo- |192ft.) 16 3 £373 | £31,259 Island, 153° 17' 3” E.| photal, 8 sided 1880. dioptric ; revolv- ing bright light, with eclipses | every 3} minute. 22 | Clarence Heads, | 29° 25’ 5” S. | 4th order cata- | 35 ft. 6 1866. | 153° 23! 2” BH. | dioptric, fixed | bright light. | 270° and 90° re- flector. Pilot) £106 £1,097 aloo 23 Richmond Heads, 28° 51’ 5” S. | 4th order cata- | 116 ft. 122 1 £106 | 1866. 153° 35'9” E.| dioptric, fixed bright light. 270° and 90° re- flector. 24 | Fingal Head, , 28° 11’ 2”S. | 4th order cata-| 80 ft. 164 1 £106 1872. | 153° 35’ 5” E.| dioptric, fixed bright light, ob- scured by Cook Island between N.E.34E. and E.N.E.; 270° and 90° reflector. H. ‘R. CARLETON. CXXIII. COAST OF NEW SOUTH WALES.— Continued. DESCRIPTION OF BUILDINGS. Tower. Quarters. The roofs of storerooms are covered with galvanized iron. Situated on the summit of the island. The Tower is 40 feet high from ground to floor of lantern room. Circular on plan, 11 feet diameter inside, divided into 3 stories, with iron floors and staircases. The walls are built of mass concrete, 4} feet thick at the base, tapering to 24 feet thick at the top, cemented inside and out. The gallery round lantern is of bluestone, supported on a massive oversailing moulded concrete cornice, and furnished with a gun-metal railing. The tower is entered from an enclosed passage 5} feet wide, with 2 store- rooms opening from same, one being 20 ft x 13ft., — and the other 10 ft. by 5ft, the walls of which are also built of mass concrete, the roof being covered with galvanized iron. A screen wall of concrete, 4 feet high, surrounds the tower at a distance of 9 feet from same, the space thus enclosed, also the floors of storerooms, &c., are paved with concrete. Situated on South Head, Clarence River. Construction and design precisely similar to that at Crowdy Head. Situated on North Head, Richmond River. Construction and design precisely similar to that at Crowdy Head. Situated on Fingal Head, Tweed River. Con- struction and design precisely similar to that at Crowdy Head. | cemented. Quarters are provided for the head keeper in a detached cottage containing 4 rooms, with kitchen and stores, also a room for visiting officers ; and quarters for 2 assistant keepers in 2 semi-detached cottages, each containing 3 rooms, with kitchen and stores. The walls are built of mass concrete, cemented outside and plastered inside. The roofs are covered with galvanized iron. Verandahs 7 feet wide are put all round the buildings, roofed with galvanized iron, and -paved with concrete Underground rain-water tanks of 6,000 gallons capacity are provided to each house. A skeleton wharf, with tramway, travelling crane, and storeroom, are provided at the landing place. No special quarters provided. Quarters are provided for 1 keeper. Precisely similar in design and construction to that at Crowdy Head. Quarters are provided for 1 keeper. Precisely similar in design and construction to that at Crowdy Head. NOTE.—Nos. 1, 3, 4, 11, 13, 16, 17, 18, 19, 21, 22, 23 and 24, were constructed by Mr. Barnet, Colonial Arcni- tect. Nos. 2, 5, 12, 14 and 15, were constructed by Mr. Dawson, Colonial Architect. No. 10 was constructed by prison labour, under direction of Captain J. Gill, Engineer, and F. H. Greenaway, Civil Architect. Architect, and completed by Mr. Darley. Engineer in Chief for Public Works. Moriarty, Engineer in Chief for Harbours and Rivers. Darley, Engineer in Chief for Public Works. No. 8 was constructed by Mr. No. 20 was commenced by Mr. Barnet, Colonial No. 6 is being constructed by Mr. ApPENDIx II, Lighthouses Erected. e ae = £ : é e re 2 2 . ae E 5 g & i: E } 5 Year |2/S) 2/2/39 /21e/S/5/8le/eislalelelslS/Siols|s s/Slelslalslel eT S/S/SiSi=|S (Se /F isle lalal= Year. Place. O/SISISIS(H(SlSlalelslelslelelsislSislialelels FI/EELSIE |S) s/o lol/ols(Siel/ola|sl(Sialo\$|o|o\a BGO eR lOlQ|E/OlM 14S /A lo |B I|O lS 0/0 |n 1m 14a Ja ESOT eeleeaiee peel L808}... foes Pecefoes|eee|-o- [oo] [= [oreleotlamellelen| eel ee ine an aa ina 1}. leils|Outer Sth Hd; Sydiet3|) eel. |e. aoe MOS slesc ARE eo] ss: |e cae alk 1828) | Led becc| ee] «s[o oe] eslicaclfess lee eee] cealeaell sell eee ee eee oer Oe hn | TB29].. |iccloccliocleesles [ees|ee-|occt. lee [leee|asuliees| aetlceel eee oe or | 1513) ea Ie io feces leoe (Pees eller lane ||Boe too woud elles | hel eect aap 1834|.. « s|ec'o| se fare eel tet aa 8 1835}... DAI |tesl) 5.2 «ele eel Seal oem peas lass |ase|e=d | eeoll oon eee ae aie LSS6\5..\ asad! <|ae3(e4] ae wv0]|weclits.c|eatll ey eae “eels 1839]. se| boc eel are ate es eco lf 2c «| ule apewelle eee eam Be Gi. 1858\Inner §’th H’d, Syd.1854]...)...)...)1]...)...}...[... APG Pes Meee ios. |s. cl. 1858 Nobbys, Newcastlef1857| - ceulagelece|ses| aefess[eoe|oevlom | « [eecleculmenlae: leet see oa a. a 1860 Cape St. George, | Jervis Bay .... .---f1S862),.0|\. 42 |eeleec|ss | | ecole aides lon ee Se lee |e 1862 Port Stephens =“ ALSG3) | salsanlelone Pe ee Me eee I |Sealooe ln loool. o- | Lee | 1864]...).. Ii, va. [eee] oam{aen [esr age aca e sell eamae lla zany | ESOC! Wy Wee alee spel ellis seals ele Ts | caboose ee | Aa | SOW. Niselae eee em esa seal A me eee elie ooh laos]... SOS) sales wn |B | Le yeeva i alee en lane MEST eealiee [ose || -< wtfewelece| sale [eoe| silicon? « ifh-oelkemellgeral eae ean oo or al | ESTO! The cele esab ach lesa tlewel ee Bip eile J | LST) . pecctecc| Wh caleeslee fee | ccfce a] coefew=l| be ctl odd] Bre | elem Mea een eee 1872 Pier h’d, Wollongong}1872)...|...),. | 1 Dp eecfewe [Sh e[ oe | on] eas] ec ces |Srmpheiesllbeeea aaa ean en lem 1873 Pier, Ulladalla, since ' removed to Warden | Head Bn | ois fo a Peet nh et ls Pmt (aa sated Ls}, cil 4) altel UST4|..cp | 2a) ee Med |; Dalovees te alee le | 1) Lie ee ee bei fexe Ue OG el LAN alee |ieaalionel face Paice ae Bian | 1876 Sugarloaf Pt, (Seal | Rocks) .. Aes ewidelestlerml alot | de eal bene A: \...| Qe 1876 Nelson Head (Port Stephens) mae DheW MAA eae Cin. Peon ef 1) 1 | ..¢ ome HS7s ela 2) Ieee ier lae leu Su lll qfal | L. Aaa 1879 Fingal Head (near | Tweed River) ep USES | tbe ASE | IL oe aolnce ; 1. | 35) 2 |250) 2 eel a eae Billo Te7o|Richmond River .../1880) . | 1) ../2)..40).)...14. il Me ecillearaltee Ale aelale I 1879 Clarence River fop| Uletedl ll IU ee aes.) of ES AE ee 12s) ene asl 1879 Tacking Point . 1882)... Ali 1 1 Bie a ee se 1879 Crowdy Head... .. [1883] ..| . |.. |3 J] c|nes| east eeg lt. [eet eeel as ee ele 1880 South Solitary Island}1884) 1 | 1 |. Be lelale Scola eee 1) aa 1880 Baranjuey (Broken Bay) an eee eSB: er ena les las . baal 4 1880, Montagu Island ...J1886] . | . | 1 alae | 2] oa 2a ae ee 3 1880 Twofold Bay EST 1 |) 2s oi ial Bite Memes ss 5. silnomiees ral 1882 Shoalhaven River ...J1888] 1) .| . «Ze oto Mgt vn «|. gcal te | ee ese tener eee dug ils 1 1883 Green Cape =» F1889) ol 2) 4) | Sa | alee es |e ee | oo |e Die ls bah Seb /Kiama~—... 2. .-»'FL890) | 1). oh Lileoe| ae. | 23) ee ee eee me. 1889 Warden Head, Ulla- eee Fe cat OOM lak Osta a) ES Ea 1891 Smoky Cape (near Trial Bay) pe (2) Pane il I 5 ape eps eee | 2 alae Hdl | 18935) 4) tee | I he a Peele a Vo) he) 7. | 1894). |) 2) 1/4. ie, | Veale 1)... .) 2) | 1895)... 0 Sea | lee 11-1 |...]...|.ezlee olbteelee o LSSG) 45. cdl alee, Die 2 sal esa OR eels |: 2, alee Totals 10)13}10/241 3 |1611/2/418/8]5|6 | 7] 5 111711) 1 | 9 [34/2713] 12 STATEMENT SHOWING WHERE WRECKS OCCURRED NORTH COAST. Bungaree Norah Tuggerah eee: ON THE COAST OF NEW SOUTH WALES. SOUTH COAST. : - = ~| ; e 5 4S Alt. ighth ouses Erected. Slef>| j=] | /218) |sigsis!./2]l2].| 2lalzigis aera as iy) ce 9/2/a/S1S|8/4135)] wB/2lolG| & Year. S/H IZ 2/5) 8/5|8|4|2/4/4lele/4| S12] S2l8lsl ale 3) 2/9) s/2/S5/5/2/2/8/2/8/8/8/8/8|2|S)28]5/3/ 318 Place. Year. S\SMSIS/BIS\E(SElSlalzl5lalSislz| SlSlElsle ef ical calc pac ah & foo. [ema tee lwo) ladle .. {1807 Eee fees |Solocchees|sccles [os BAS ...|L808 ie Por _.{...(1813/Outer S’th Hd, Syd./1813 cele Al SS ee De (ee ae .|.../1814 ae ee [rel cccrclh clice cHlece cll o-s:eil accifisters [fore'ss| see [Pe hale .| ..{1828 ghee SR) het ES a MV eee | ll . |1829 reese sels ee a cieeall) lca lemhuee Veemeel msec! | callers eesled .|1833 | 2) 2) eel Se ae ee ee Bored Pe Weil orall a | ae .. {L834 ~-| ok n| Beal el ee ie ofl |e 5 ees ae .. {L835 | ae Ee -clicec| Saal Seal eae ema eae eel ldo! exalts call ce .|...(1836 reer tte... | s [vc clescleodl cclemslees . (1839 repent | |. |. facc|-~ |ovcducolves|eestegel oe |.../1854jlnner S’th H’d, Syd.J1858 ae RS ae aR Pe ee ese ..| . |1857)Nobbys, Neweastle|/1858 Cape St. George, hcl. mi Ah ee ee ..|...[ 1 |...]1862] Jervis Bay ...| 1860 ae a 1: alleen ee eee 1B es ea 2 1863/Port Stephens... .../1862 mf |S) 8 a | ee SH iad ag (etd waa eal 1864 1M ita ee Dae || ae ...| .. [1866 | at LA ee en A also ies |l000llodellsoell Ube] Mace Amn Pee ae eee 1867 1 | Sl eS i ee 1S a) sell cact! llega | AS Ae ee ee 1868 | iS ek ee oe BL cif lies) 2o|isec|l ua 4 Sad Gaal) area ean eee I Pee 1869 At |. ne Sy a ae Pa .. |... |L870 Ba it coal: collec parolee: |b cots « Dei alluSrel ~oe| a ..|1872|Pier-h’d, Wollongong|1872 Pier, Ulladulla, since removed to Warden reser tt ot. .|...|.. | ..|c- lee ...{..|...| 8 {L873} Head .. {1873 oe GS Se ae ee ee Hil: lle a 1 .| 3 |1874 eee eet | ot secteteeine ||) tt esc] +. |. (ea c)e-r [eer 1875 Sugarloaf Pt. (Seal Mememoereere tet tt ..| ..1...|-ccPecleeclee|... [es if .|9 |1876] Rocks)... .. 18 Nelson Head (Port 29 S446 se cotl eel eee] Oceana (ie (| ee (Val 6 |1877| Stephens 1876 2 Li Rae: he Pons Fingal Head (near 2) eae a Dales. . 3 Bie .| 4 |1879] Tweed River... ...|1879 rae) OE oe 4 SLs ace a a ee ..|...|...[L880/Richmond River ., |1879 | 24 ee ae ee | Lo) Gee eee ee ..| 6 |L881{Clarence River ..| L879 764 Bg EA i 3 ee ian es wee 7} cee) al al ean (Oe ee 1882|Tacking Point EST. | Li) 22) eal ae Ba an ee eee Be en A Dela | ..| 1 ]1883|Crowdy Head... ...|1879 Sie 1|1 aid ee Faleoe ..| 7 |1884{South Solitary Island|1880 Barranjuey (Broken seeleerleerleas 1 see alee | on %"* | 6:0 allaaatan 1885 Bay) Oo O66 1880 SF OS =|) LW Ee ae a | 9) A) Bel ae a .| 1 }...|1886{Montagu Island .. {1880 bs Be | | Gon Gaels BAe See a siliser lta (ee ..|. |1887/Twofold Bay ... .../1880 1 1}. Cn Se ae ee ft eel: ..| 5 |1888]Shoalhaven River .../1882 if ie A 122] Ae ee i ae ..| 6 |1889}Green Cape ... | 1883 Leh och ee |oeclee-| oslo e Ae ..| 9 |1890/Kiama ne «(L886 Warden Head, Ulla- _ | a) SS ER a RR oo Tiel eles. ..|6 1891] dulla oe 1889 Smoky Cape (near oa (ag Ga nel . |6|1892] Trial Bay) ... .../1891 more, | Lt. nf Lem a Ae a. ..| 2 |1893 Sh eee eh tek. (eles ik ..| 9 [1894 Se zz \ soo] Om ie ig eee Oy ee Valea leasionlLege re Pei... loci) local cileoe| coe [eet lecel oes 2/1896 10\3a86|7}3/5\1/3/4)elelsl4i3i3l4i3! 1 lalileles *pestvl S[OSSA daIYT, ‘uosHoVe WOg Ul SuTVoo sIYM pougsnp “S°S} ‘USI SPOOY [VG 107 FY ST] susydayg 410g Yooystur vuorw “GG, ‘sO SuLINp suo fo Usand enbavgq pure howv770/ » “dO SULINP oT0Yse UBT S19Y}O OMT, ‘aSOTD 00} Sues “TABU pUB ‘soy HOY} UI pvoPT vaIVM “BLING VOU “UNIT UYOL “B'S ‘N'S'T ‘dOJ SULINP sueyde}g 410g IVOU YOOL YonIS Huzasy aussoqy °S Sx soz ut ‘Avg Auvyog ‘pvoxy YyNog uo wsau07 YOY x "U9e8 9q JOU prnod JUST] es100H 4qQ odeg -10yIvOM yoru} pus e[vs -M'g Sulmnp Avg YOM OFUL UBI Yi2PDUQSNP fo asoaT ,. ‘petepunojs puv ‘pozisdeo ‘10a ly USABY, “[BOUG Jo yno poyseam Y7906UH1009 *S'S x "SY ICUIY oh *pozisden | 9x G T € 4 Gx T T I T T T ae S T Vx G 9 T 6 iE if G T G Gx il G T S i I it as 8 Lx I I a v Tx I ; L if ; G iad G ob i Ss 2 MDM Lia? ee/5 Ble l7ok| & |e ig He | se @ [ete | & | fos Bog |oth | & |ems | 2 | ons sos OF S|) wa q Fe 5s |oss sele o| 2 igs") | Fg ro las as ee ‘HAISOTIONI ‘9681 OL €Z81T WOM an) lore te) co ao xs ‘oye ‘SUL -yeay Yono1yy pe1epano,7 *AIQULYO eI, 19430 10 nN Ivay SUlIIe9g 03 gueprooy | re * JOATY JO JNO payseM ‘spoory Aq “poypoveg | tes) uw a —s *soysolj Io ‘sjvenbs ‘solv ,O1YY 10 ‘Sul[ley PUIM ysnoiyy ‘41ds 10 Jeq UO 4SO'T ‘GHSNVO MOH DNIMOHS ‘SHIVA HLOAOS MHN JO LSVOO AHL AIO SNOUUM JO LNANWALVLS "I@OX GIP tt peo, tie | Op Pel i We) Bs jor | de @ | oT 8h : i. I ok G ag I I I es T G 968T ; G G I 6 § y * ae oi C68T ‘SOJ UL ‘ATJSBOMON “QUIOg eee fuojg uo hapswpoy fyjog yory.| | ‘ Ge | 1 j T j 8 U I POST a aes! oe I ih G I G G I I §68T coe T it 9 ° e G68Fb I I § 6 9 I T G T68T Foo, PUL] ToyING Uo ‘TayyVea OU UT ouO pu ‘soy SuLInpoug + ‘sauewv)7) oSpaiq, | | | ib peor T j 6 L a ea ea te O68T “soy ut Avg ueyoIg | esouvlua ‘Y2JvaFF eUOOyOS ‘osTy ‘BOF UL Joo, Suory uo wyayuayang ‘9°¢ “30 UL YOvog YVIoN | eoresung OL UBT pampoadg onbreg| | Ve I T 9 9 a. aaa’ ve 688T Be cory a oes Ie I z e e G ve vee ss vee SSST ‘(Qysru euy UO) SOF UL payooIM os[e aurysafry | pus ‘ony ‘Sg ‘uougr-aa-hT “3'9 ; G G 9 & : : L881 ‘SOF SULINp Avg Yool OUT uel apuvbuvwog sg | * I G. | & it g j g I j G 988T "Joo SUVA OJUL UBI swoynQ ga, | | | oo" Se | iT G Naa 1G T cr G S88T soe eee eee oe o Z eee 9 9 it . o PSs “4yoIT o1renbov toy yoveg tpuog uo yyst, yooystp, | | | Tx G T T ir ih S88T fe) ka © ™ 2} ct QAomn bh © m B |e) Belo Blog) Slete lags | Bess | 3] P| Pelees . e |e) wee |S Bl epe | 2 | ESS (Ree | SSse | BE) S| SERS SNCUe 2|/See|S8e| a leer | 8 | ses [ora | Sees | sge| & | PP Sees | won PRS ee eee | | ERS | e@ |6'8) |. oeaee esi” $| a /8°8 re) BBs |? 8 "BRES ‘ponuywod—SATVM HLAOS MUN JO LSVOO AHL TO SMOWIAM TO LNUNLLVES ‘000‘OLF ontea ‘uny? -L9990) *S' { USATS JOU ONTVA UC , ‘USAIS JOU ONTVA 9UQC x ‘USAT JOU SONTVA OAT, x 000‘9TF yHoqe {Tea souereyO JO JNO poysVa a9UaUv7IQ osperq “YUTS you prp ynq ‘DALONDPLAY YIM PEptT[Oo 1/092A7 UI/IFT “SQ SUSATS JOU SONTVA OAT, x ‘(poste ATyUenbesqns) 000‘OOTF JOAO JOF} poIMsuL eq O} pts ‘USAIS JOU ON[VA “7DLISNP *N'S'O x ‘USAIS JOU SONTVA OMT, y “USAIS JOU ONTVA DOURINSUI 9UQ ‘SyIvVULIyY *‘paansuy “ON ChE Cees 008‘SF 006°ZI OSt'F 00¢‘F 008‘8FT x oe 006°LF 6E9°LT OST 6I 909°ET OS¢'€T ogs'F 006'F F “e0UvINSUT 9SL‘O8ST TS OI8‘8T G60‘LLx 86G'SP OTE‘ LZ] COP LL x 0€8‘8Zx OSS‘CFTx OF0‘0E 098‘ LF OSF‘'9E O€L‘ZET x 00869 0Z8‘TS 008‘8T OST'€0Ts “UOAIS SONnTvA ON O16'0Z« 810°F8 CSL 6F €8L'L9 068°TS 006'S6 O10‘0F 069'0€ os ‘One A paqeuys| UN L& 6& LY oT UN 8 6§ 86 1G Gé ‘4S0'T SOATT G8F 606 F6L 60 861 TLT IGI GGL SST 8ST ‘s1a.dUOSSeg pu MID JO “ON VET €70'T 8F6‘S 8GL‘S 6SL‘T e8h 886% €08‘¢ Waard ELE‘ 600° T0F'¢ OT9'T GEE'S 6GL G8L‘9 TSL‘s 918‘ 8GF‘'s TE0‘'S a OL6‘T GTL'T 691'S 6699'S ‘asvuuoy, L18‘89 6IP GE 96 6 14 G ie 9 G ST GL 9 CT Il Y IT L 14 ST 9T G 91 OT ] 0G 9T 14 GT 6 9 §T OT § €G GL {if IT 6 G 61 FL G OT L G ST 8 OT LT CT G ST al V 86 &@ G GG 1G iL GG 0G G 9G 9G = GT €T G VG VG “* 0G 9T v eIoL, | ‘Treg | ‘weayg ‘SOOT MA JO ‘ON "VOX “HAISNTIONI 968T OL L481 UVHA AHL WOW ‘SHUTVM HLAOS MUN AO LSVYOO FHL AIO SNOUUM AO LNAWNALVIS TESTING MACHINE FOR EQUAL ALTERNATING STRESSES. CXXIX. A TESTING MACHINE FOR EQUAL ALTERNATING STRESSES. By Pror. W. H. WarREN, M. Inst. C.£., Wu. Sc. [ Read before the Engineering Section of the Royal Society of N.S. Wales, Decemher 21, 1898. | THIs machine was designed and constructed in the Engineering School of the University for the purpose of subjecting test specimens to equal alternating stresses, and thus determining the vibrating strength of the material, Fig. 1. As will be seen from the diagram (Fig. 2), three specimens are tested at the same time ; and spare test pieces are kept in stock to replace those that are the first to fail, so that all the spindles may be maintained in continuous rotation. The three pedestals on one side of the base plate can be moved transversely, tu allow of different lengths of test pieces being used. For example, © Oly Zz < > ul = od Z ul & = ws a : 7) x e fa Oo a= Ay « S3ssaulLS OINILVNYSLIV 1VNOF , ANIHOVN ONILSAL K NOILVAS13 GONG TESTING MACHINE FOR EQUAL ALTERNATING STRESSES. CXXXI. it will be observed that in the illustration (Fig. 1) one of the test pieces is considerably shorter than the other two. The extreme lengths between the shoulders of the piece are 18 inches and 3 inches respectively. The specimen to be tested is screwed at each end into the overhanging spindles, and these rotate in bearings supported on knife edges. In this way the bending moment is constant over the span from knife-edge to knife-edge, and the test piece in breaking will therefore select the plane of greatest weakness throughout its length. The machine will be used in the first place for determining the vibrating strength of materials, and the effect of alternating stress upon the position of the elastic limit. (xxvii.) INDEX. A PAGE Acetylene light... Rae XXX1. Acid reagents for blue pigment in corals etc.—Butyric ... 262 — Caprylic acid ... 262 — Citric acid .. ... 263 — Ethylidene lactic acid... 262 — Formic acid van ae — Glycollic acid ... 262 — Heptoic acid = , 262 — Hydrochloric acid... ... 260 — Lactic acid .. fe ... 262 Nitric acid... .. 261 —— Nonylic acid ... 262 — Oleic acid ... Hn 202 — Oxalicacid .. ee ... 268 Proprionic acid -... ... 262 Propionitril ... 262 Sulphuric acid peau Tartaric acid . 268 Address to Engineering Section le Adelaide Water Supply ee. il. Aeronautics be 55, X. Agriculture, Department of ... 23 — Chemical Laboratory 24 Dairying 26 — Entomology 26 — Pathology ... 27 — Vine culture . 26 Alge, brown : PEs Amansia marchantioides . 170 Anniversary Address ... Bae. val! Antarctic research pe) Antedonin ... 265 Aplysiopurpurin 266 Armstrong, Dr. W. G., “on Dis- infection of Dwellings in Notifiable Infectious Dis- eases.. ; op ERY: Artesian Bores os z, 30, XIV. Water in N.S. W... 88, xi. Artificial silk Ses, Auditors .. +, Lie Auditory ossicles, model demon- strating action of . « Mixes Australian divisional systems 66, x Museum ... i. 30 Australasian Association for the Advancement of Science... 42 B PAGE Baker, R. T., r.u.s.,and Smith, H. G., F.c.s., On the « Stringy- bark ” trees of N.S. Wales, especially in regard to their essential oils 104, xili. Barkunjee tribes 241, xli. Barraclough, S. H., M.M.E., Assoc, M. Inst. C.E., and Warren, Prof. W. H., wh. 8c. M. Inst.C.E., &., On some physical properties of nickel steel 150, xix. Bastow, Richard A., Key to tribes and genera of Melan- ospermez (Olive-green sea- weeds) 169, xv., XXv. Bernier, Julien, Etude sur les dialectes de la Nouvelle- Calédonie 173, xxv. Riology 60 .. 40 Blue coral 256, xxx, xlii. pigment in animal organ- isms ... ee 259) Books purchased i in 1898 .. Lviil. Botanic Gardens 33 Boultbee, J. W., On artesian water in N.S. Wales 88, x1. Bridges in N.S. Wales... isi) GE «Brown Stringybark ” 105, 106 Building and Investment Fund iv. Burge, C. O., M. Inst. c.E., The nar- row gauge as applied to Branch Railways in New South Wales XXII. C Carleton, H. R., M.A.1., M. Inst. C.E., New South Wales Light- houses ; LXXXII. Chemistry - ol Circumcision .. 245 City Railway a 23 eS Clarke Medal, awards . (xxiv.) Memorial Fund soe Ni Conversazione 14 Jan., 1898 ... 11 Copper nuggets, sections of .., xxi. Coral, blue pigment in 256, xxxi., xlii. . rock cores, from Funafuti xxxi. Current observations on Cana- dian-Australian route 120, xiv. (XXVIII. ) PAGE Current papers ...280, XXX1. Cyanide Process in N.S. Wales x1II. D Deep water wharf Deane, Henry, ™.a., M. Inst. C.E., Anniversary Address _... Dialectes de la Nouvelle-Calé- LXIV. donie ‘ Se io, XXV. Disinfection of dwellings Be XY.. Divisions of native tribes, Bar- kunjee, N. S. Wales 241, x., x —- North Queensland < Donations Xi., XV1., XxXlii., XxVii., axaiie Se. xliv. Doris . 266 EB ‘Edible earth’ of Fiji ... xliv. Electric Tramways aD: Emu egg shell ... . 268 Engineering Section, Committee vi. meetings in 1897 ... 10 proceedings : eee! xa; — construction in connection with rainfall XXXIII. Essential oils of the N. S. Wales ‘Stringybark ” trees 104, xiii Eucalyptene (AVG Eucalyptus amygdalina .. i me L9o —— Baileyana, F.v.M.... ~ 1H Bridgesiana 2200 — capitellata, Sm. 104-107, 112, 114, 115 —— coriacea : Ow —— dextropinea .. 197, 199, 201, 205 —— eugenioides, Sieb 104, 106 —108, 113-115 fastigata, Deane & Maiden 104 globulus 198 — 200 goniocalyx ... ... 200 —— levopinea 196 — 198, 202 —- macrorhyncha, F.v.M. 104 — 108, 110, 111, 114-117, 198 obliqua, L’ Her. 104, 198 oil, a new ... XXvl. — piperita, Link., 104, 116. 196, 198 — punctata, DC. 105, 107, 108, Li 17 triantha, Link . 1044 Eudesmene . 207 Eudesmol : Le 1 Exchanges PAGE F Fiaschi, Dr., Notes on two cases of amputation of the Rectum for Extreme Prolapsus _... lxv. Financial Position 11; ane | Fiji ‘ edible-earth ” be _xliv. Formic Aldehyde Gas as a dis- infectant ‘to Ae Funafuti coral boring expedition 36 G Galena, artificial ee. Geological Survey of NS. W... 28 “Grey gum’ . 105 Group divisions of the Barkunj A tribes.. 241, xli. Harbours and Rivers Branch... 14 Hargrave, L., on Aeronautics 55, x. on Soaring Machines 209, xxxv. Haycroft, J. I., M. Inst. 0. B. 1, &e., Engineering construction in connection with rainfall xxx111. Hemocyanin ue ... 267 Heliopora cerulea 256, xxxi., xlil. Hepworth, Capt. M. W. Camp- bell, F.R. Met. Soc, F.R.AS., R.M. S. “Aorangi,”? on Current observations on the Cana- dian-Australian route 120, XIV. High Carbon Rails oe 14 Hormosira Banksia sen WAG Houghton, T. H., M. mst. cE, Annual Address to the En- gineering Section ... ie I Ianthina ... 266 Imperial Institute, London ix, Indigo 267 Infectious diseases and disinfec- tion of dwellings . xv. Initiation ceremonies of the Barkunjee tribes 241 Intercolonial Engineering works 11. Interdental splint Ixv. International Scientific Cata- logue .. ... XVI. . 243 ! Kuranda ceremony, the Larmer, Mr. Surveyor, Native vocabulary of miscellaneous N.S. Wales objects 223, xxxv. (xxix.) PAGE Leucocytes lxv. Library ... 11 Lighthouses, N. S. Wales Lxxxt. -Liversidge, Professor, M.A.,LL.D., F.R.S.,0n The blue pigment: in coral (Heliopora cerulea) and other animal organisms 256,. X¥xi:, Xlil. —— Native silver accompanying matte and artificial galena xli. M Macleay Bacteriologist 41 Maori net sinkers x: Mathews, R. H., L.s., on ‘Austra- lian Divisional Systems 66, x. on The group divisions and initiation ceremonies of the Barkunjee tribes ... 241, xl. Medal, awards of the Clarke (xxiv.) —— Society’s, and money prize (xxiv.) Medical Section, Committee ... ix. — meetings in 1897 ... 10 — proceedings pabxiv: Melanospermee... nay BGOY xxv. Melbourne Sewerage Works III. Members, Corresponding (xxiii.) Honorary ... (xxiil.) — Obituary 1898 (xxiil.) Ordinary ... b(t.) Mining notes for 1897 .. 27 Monier system of combined con- crete and steelconstruction 16 Myriodesma quercifolia... 170,172 Narrow gauge as applied to Branch Railways in N.S.W. xxit. Native names of runs in the Lachlan District ... 5, XA. silver accompanying matte and artificial galena elie Native vocabulary ... 223, XXXV. Net sinkers of barytes... eRe New Colony Map 37 —— Hebrides, communication with. — South Wales Lighthouses LXXXII. Nickel steel sat toe ph oO;, xix, Nouvelle-Calédonie, dialectes de la 173, XXv. 41 O Obituary 1897 soe 000 soe 9) PAGE Obituary 1898 ... (xxiii.) Observatory Sydney 38 Mount Kosciusko... 38 Ocean currents ... 236 - 240, xxxi. Oils (essential) of the “ Stringy- bark” trees... . 104, xiii. of the genus Eucalyptus 195 Original Researches 11 PB Papers read in 1887 Periodicals purchased in 1898 Ivii. Phormosoma, hoplocantha UAMMS5 Physical properties of nickel steel ... oo oO ymax, Physikalisch Gesellschaft Ké6- nigsberg i. Pr. Prize XVill. Pinenes of the oils of the genus Eucalyptus .. ~ 195) xxix, Proceedings of the Engineering Section oe ie 1xi. — Medical Section ... xiv. Society : iii. Purification of Sewerage 16 Purple pentacrinin .. 205 Purpura capillus... ... 266 Pyocyanin . 267 R Railway Commissioner’s Dept. 12 Narrow Gauge XXII. Rainfall in connection with Engineering construction xxxXIII. Reception July 14th, 1897 10 «Red Stringybark ” . 105 Road Bridges 15 Rules alterations to | WAG.) Vilegoxe Russell, H.C., B.A., C.M.G., F.B.S., Current Papers, No. 3 230, xxxi. on Waterspouts on the coast of N.S. Wales 182, xviii. P. N., Scholarship 40 iS) Seaweeds, olive-green 169, xv., xxv. Section, Engineering, eages in 1897 10 Medical, meetings i in 1897 10 Selfe, Noemie M. Inst. C. E., etc., Some notes on a wharf re- cently built in deep water at Dawes Point, Sydney, New South Wales ... LXIv. Sewerage, purification of 16 of Sydney, low level 18 - | Sr ae ‘ Om a q (XxXx.) PAGE PAGE Silver nuggets, sections of ... xxi. | Terebinthene ... 199 Smith, Henry G., F.c.s.,on The Pinenes of the oils of the genus. Eucalyptus,-Part 1 195, xxix. — and Baker, R. T., F.L.s., on The Stringybark trees of N.S. Wales, especially in regard to their Essential Oils ... .. 104, xiii. Soaring machines ... 209, xxXxv. Stalactites 5 .. XXL. Stalagmites 5 KA. Stentor ceruleus ... . 266 Stormwater drainage ... LVII. “Stringybark” trees of New South Wales 104, xiii. Stuart, Prof. Anderson, m.p., Model demonstrating the action of the auditory ossicles é sin wer XX Sydney City Railway oe ba We —— Sewerage ... Sad VII. Tablet on Inscription Point, Botany Bay... .: XV; Technical College 39 Training 48 Telegraphs and Telephones 5. 19 Testing machine for equal alter- nating stresses CVIII. ‘Thetis’ Trawling Cruise ... 33 Threlfall, Prof., departure of xxxvi. —— Notes on matters connected with nega in Eng- land ... lxiil. Tumba (the) coremony . 247 Turacin ... a * . 267 Vocabulary, native .. 223, XXXV, Voluta mamilla ... 35 W Warren, Prof. W. H., wh. sc., M Inst. C.E., on A testing machine for equal alternating stresses CVIII. —— and Barraclough, S. H., M.M.E., Assoc. M. Inst.C.E., on Some physical properties of nickel steel ... ... 150, xix. Waste products, utilization of XVIII. Water Conservation inN.S.W. 30 Water-spouts on the coast of New South Wales ... 182, xviii. Wharf in deep water LXIv. “White Stringybark”... 105, 106 =. Spdnep: ; F, W. Waite, PRINTER, 39 MaRKET STREET. : 1899. , ee ge 4 Ir 6 --1H ; ee ee Fe | | ~ JOURNAL AND PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES, EDITED BY THE HONORARY SHECKETARIES. THE AUTHORS OF PAPERS ARE ALONE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE OPINIONS EXPRESSED THEREIN. PUBLISHED BY THE SOCIETY, 5 ELIZABETH STREET NORTH, SYDNEY. 6 LONDON AGENTS: t GEORGE ROBERTSON & Co., 17 Warwick Squarer, PaTERNOsTER Row, Lonpoy, E.C. WA 1898. CONTENTS, VOLUME XXXII. OFFICERS FOR 1898-99... 0. we pia my = List or MEMBERS, ers aa a . : Reese yi Art. I.—PreEsIpENT’s AppREss. By feae. Deane. M Ay uw. Inst. c. E. Art. II.—Aeronautics.: By L..Hargrave ...° 1. oe ue Art. ITI.—Australian Divisional Systems. By R. H. Mathews, LS. 2 Art. 1V.—Artesian Waterin New South Wales. By J. W. Boultbee Art. V.—On the “Stringybark ”’ Trees of N.S. Wales, especially ite in regard to their Essential Oils. By R. T. Baker, ¥. 18.5% Curator, and H. G. Smith, F.c.s., Technological Museum, Su Sydney... oe 3 a ae sae a ae Art. VI.—Current ‘Diservaitions on the Canadian-Australian oa Route. By Capt. M. W. Campbell Hepworth, F. R. Met. Soc, F.R.A.S., R.M.S. Aorangi. (Communicated by Mr. H. Be ae Russell, B.A., C.M.G., F.K.S.) Ast pee Meee ie cco Art. VII.—Water-spouts on the Coast of New South Wales. By Ne H. C. Russell, B.a., c.M.c., #.R.S. (Plates ii. -ix.)... | be Art. VIII.-—Some Physical Properties of Nickel Steel. By W. H. Warren, Wh. Sc., M. Inst. C.E., M. Am. Soc. C.E., Challis Professor | of. Engineering, and S. H. Barraclough, M.MWE., Assoc, M. Inst. C.B.,_ i Lecturer in Reminisce. University of Sydney... .. Art. JX.—Key to the Tribes and Genera of Melanosperme, = (Olive-Green Seaweeds). By Richard A. Bastow, Fitzroy, — Victoria. (Communicated by J. H. Maiden, r.u.s.) (Plate i.) Art. X.—Etude sur les Dialectes de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Par Julien Bernier. (Communicated by C. Hedley, F.u.s.) Art, XI.—On the Pinenes of the Oils of the Genus Bucslppeaes rs PartI. By Henry G. Smith, r.c.s., Technological Museum, ~ Sydney ae eee oa zs